[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022108176A1 - Circuit breaker and circuit breaker assembly including same - Google Patents

Circuit breaker and circuit breaker assembly including same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022108176A1
WO2022108176A1 PCT/KR2021/015584 KR2021015584W WO2022108176A1 WO 2022108176 A1 WO2022108176 A1 WO 2022108176A1 KR 2021015584 W KR2021015584 W KR 2021015584W WO 2022108176 A1 WO2022108176 A1 WO 2022108176A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
circuit breaker
coupled
link
unit
plate
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/KR2021/015584
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
정동환
김규환
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
LS Electric Co Ltd
Original Assignee
LS Electric Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by LS Electric Co Ltd filed Critical LS Electric Co Ltd
Priority to CN202180064469.XA priority Critical patent/CN116250056A/en
Publication of WO2022108176A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022108176A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H33/00High-tension or heavy-current switches with arc-extinguishing or arc-preventing means
    • H01H33/60Switches wherein the means for extinguishing or preventing the arc do not include separate means for obtaining or increasing flow of arc-extinguishing fluid
    • H01H33/66Vacuum switches
    • H01H33/662Housings or protective screens
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02BBOARDS, SUBSTATIONS OR SWITCHING ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE SUPPLY OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02B11/00Switchgear having carriage withdrawable for isolation
    • H02B11/12Switchgear having carriage withdrawable for isolation with isolation by horizontal withdrawal

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a circuit breaker and a circuit breaker assembly including the same, and more particularly, to a circuit breaker having a structure capable of allowing or restricting withdrawal of a circuit breaker from a casing depending on a connection state of a control power plug, and a circuit breaker assembly including the same .
  • a vacuum circuit breaker is a device provided to block a circuit when an abnormal current such as an overcurrent, a short circuit, or a ground fault occurs in an extra-high voltage or high voltage distribution line.
  • the vacuum circuit breaker can be operated in closed state or tripped state. In the closed state, the vacuum circuit breaker is energized with an external power source or load. In the trip state, the vacuum circuit breaker is disconnected from external power or load.
  • the vacuum circuit breaker is used assembled in the casing.
  • the casing is provided with a separate jack that is energably coupled to the vacuum circuit breaker. Power of the vacuum circuit breaker may be transmitted through the jack.
  • the vacuum interrupter may be slidably coupled to the casing. That is, after the vacuum circuit breaker is slid and coupled to the casing, the jack is coupled and operated.
  • the coupling state of the jack and the vacuum circuit breaker must be maintained while the vacuum circuit breaker is operating. This is due to the possibility of damage and malfunction of the vacuum circuit breaker when the coupling state is arbitrarily released.
  • the conventional vacuum circuit breaker has an interlock structure for maintaining the state of the accommodated mechanism, but does not include a separate structure for maintaining the coupled state of the jack.
  • the coupled jack may be arbitrarily separated from the vacuum circuit breaker according to the coupling and separation of the vacuum circuit breaker, vibration generated during the operation of the vacuum circuit breaker, or a change in the position of the vacuum circuit breaker.
  • the inside of the jack may be disconnected, the reliability of the control power supply may be deteriorated, and the output of the signal transmitted by the vacuum circuit breaker to the outside may also be unstable due to wiring or incomplete contact.
  • Korean Patent Document No. 10-1470048 discloses a pull-out device for a vacuum circuit breaker having a double locking function. Specifically, the present invention discloses a pull-out device for a vacuum circuit breaker having a structure that can automatically double lock a cross member and a rail in a state in which the truck is separated from the cross member.
  • the pull-out device of the vacuum circuit breaker having such a structure has a limitation in suggesting only a method for maintaining the coupling state between the cross member and the rail. That is, the prior literature does not disclose a consideration for a method for stably maintaining the energization state of the jack and the vacuum circuit breaker for energization with an external control power source.
  • Korean Patent Document No. 10-0852436 discloses a door and input interlock device of a vacuum circuit breaker. Specifically, a door and an input interlock device of a vacuum circuit breaker having a structure in which the vacuum circuit breaker is able to withdraw and withdraw only when the door is closed only at a power off position display unit is disclosed.
  • Patent Document 1 Korean Patent Document No. 10-1470048 (2014.12.05.)
  • Patent Document 2 Korean Patent Document No. 10-0852436 (2008.08.14.)
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure capable of solving the above-described problems and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure that can prevent arbitrary movement in a state in which a member for transmitting external control power is coupled, and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure in which movement can be controlled by interlocking with a member for transmitting external control power, and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure that can prevent arbitrary movement of the circuit breaker operating in various modes, and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure in which arbitrary movement can be effectively prevented and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure that is easy to be coupled to and separated from a casing, and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.
  • a cart unit a limiting plate movably coupled to the cart in a first direction and in a second direction opposite to the first direction; a rotation link unit rotatably coupled to the cart unit and linked to the limit plate; a vertical link portion coupled to the rotation link portion and extending in a third direction; and a connector connected to the vertical link unit and moved together with the vertical link unit in the third direction and a fourth direction opposite to the third direction, wherein the limiting plate includes the first direction and the second direction.
  • the cart part When moving in any one of the two directions, the cart part overlaps with a blocking plate positioned outside the fourth direction in a fifth direction, and moves in the other one of the first direction and the second direction When done, the blocking plate and the circuit breaker spaced apart along the fifth direction are provided.
  • the blocking plate of the circuit breaker may include: a blocking extension extending in the fifth direction and formed to have a predetermined height; and a blocking protrusion continuous with the blocking extension and formed to have a height greater than that of the blocking extension, wherein the limiting plate includes a locking protrusion extending toward the blocking plate from one side facing the blocking plate And, the end in the direction in which the locking protrusion extends may be positioned higher than the height of the blocking extension, and positioned lower than the height of the blocking protrusion.
  • the blocking plate is moved in one of the first direction and the second direction to move the blocking protrusion and the engaging part.
  • the protrusions may be disposed to overlap in the fifth direction.
  • the limiting plate of the circuit breaker may include: a first portion extending in the first direction and the second direction; a second portion continuous with the first portion and extending in the first direction and the second direction; and a coupling groove partially surrounded by the first part and the second part and receiving an operation handle part movably coupled to the cart part.
  • the rotation link portion of the circuit breaker includes a pressing pin rotatably coupled to the restriction plate, wherein the restriction plate is recessed in the outer periphery of the second part, and a pin insertion unit in which the pressing pin is accommodated.
  • the breaker may include: a frame positioned outside the cart part in the third direction to be connected to the cart part, and to which the vertical link part is movably coupled in the third direction and the fourth direction; and a lifting frame coupled to the connector and movably coupled to the frame in the third and fourth directions together with the connector.
  • the vertical link portion of the breaker a head portion connected to the lifting frame; a vertical extension part connected to the head part and extending between the lifting frame and the rotation link part; and a link connection part connected to the vertical extension part and the rotation link part, respectively.
  • the vertical link portion of the circuit breaker may include a return spring positioned outside the head portion in the fourth direction to elastically support the head portion.
  • the rotation link portion of the circuit breaker a link body extending between the vertical link portion and the limiting plate; a first link coupled to the link body and the vertical link unit, respectively; and a second link coupled to the link body and the limiting plate, respectively.
  • first link of the breaker may convert the movement of the vertical link unit into rotation of the link body
  • second link may convert the rotation of the link body into movement of the limit plate
  • the breaker includes a fastening member for movably coupling the restriction plate to the cart unit, the restriction plate comprising: a first portion extending in the first direction and the second direction; and a second portion continuous with the first portion and extending in the first direction and the second direction, wherein at least one of the first portion and the second portion has the first direction and the second portion A movable groove extending in two directions to which the fastening member is coupled may be formed.
  • the casing is formed with a space therein; and a circuit breaker that is slidably coupled to the casing and is drawn into or withdrawn into the space, wherein the casing includes a rail portion positioned below the introduced circuit breaker and extending in the front-rear direction; and a blocking plate positioned on one side of the rail part in the width direction and extending in the front-rear direction, the height of the front end being higher than the height of the rear end, the circuit breaker being able to conduct electricity with an external control power source a connector connected to and provided to be able to ascend and descend in an up-down direction; a vertical link unit extending in the vertical direction and connected to the connector to be lifted and lowered together with the connector; a rotary link unit coupled to the vertical link unit and rotated according to the elevation of the vertical link unit; and a limiting plate positioned above the rail part and linked to the rotation link part and moved to the left or right according to the rotation of the rotation link part, wherein the limit plate protrudes
  • the circuit breaker of the circuit breaker assembly is introduced into the casing from the front side of the casing, the upper side of the rail portion, located on the front side of the rail portion, the upper side of the first groove portion open; and an operation handle portion located on the rear side of the rail portion, the second groove portion having an open upper side formed thereon, the circuit breaker extending toward the front side, and movably coupled in the vertical direction; and an insertion protrusion that is connected to the manipulation handle part, is lifted together with the manipulation handle part, and is inserted into the first groove part or the second groove part.
  • circuit breaker is slidably coupled to the casing, the body portion facing the rail portion; and a lifting spring provided in the body portion to elastically support the insertion protrusion, wherein when the manipulation handle part is pressed upward, the lifting spring may store a restoring force.
  • the external control power is applied to the circuit breaker by detachably coupled to the jack (jack) connector.
  • the connector is coupled to the elevating frame provided to be elevating.
  • the elevating frame is coupled to a vertical link unit coupled to the cart to enable elevating in the vertical direction.
  • the vertical link unit is coupled to a rotation link unit that is rotatably coupled to the cart unit.
  • the rotation link unit is coupled to a limit plate coupled to the cart unit to be movable in the left and right directions.
  • the rotary link unit converts the vertical link unit's vertical movement into rotational movement, and then converts it to the left-right movement of the limiting plate.
  • a blocking plate is provided on the left or right side of the restriction plate.
  • the limiting plate When the jack is disconnected from the connector and the components are operated in opposite directions, the limiting plate is moved in the opposite direction to the blocking plate.
  • the moved limiting plate and blocking plate are spaced apart in the front-rear direction and do not overlap.
  • the circuit breaker may be moved in a direction to be separated from the casing.
  • the movement of the circuit breaker may be permitted or restricted depending on whether the jack is coupled to the connector. Furthermore, if a jack is connected to the connector, the breaker will not be randomly disconnected from the casing until the jack is disconnected.
  • the casing is provided with a rail portion extending in a direction in which the circuit breaker is inserted and drawn out.
  • a plurality of locking grooves are formed on the upper surface of the rail unit.
  • a plurality of locking grooves are respectively formed at positions corresponding to the mode in which the circuit breaker is operated.
  • the circuit breaker has a lifting unit positioned to face the rail unit.
  • the lifting unit includes an insertion protrusion that is moved in the vertical direction to be inserted into or withdrawn from any one of the plurality of locking grooves.
  • the lifting unit is connected to the operation handle unit.
  • the operation handle part is provided on the circuit breaker to be movable in the vertical direction, and one end thereof is exposed to the outside of the circuit breaker.
  • the operator may position the circuit breaker to operate in a specific mode and insert the insertion protrusion into any one of the plurality of locking grooves by manipulating the operation handle.
  • the operator manipulates the operation handle to withdraw the insertion protrusion from any one of the grooves. Accordingly, the circuit breaker may slide along the rail portion. Accordingly, the circuit breaker operating in a specific mode does not move arbitrarily.
  • the purpose can be easily achieved by withdrawing the insertion protrusion from the locking groove portion. Insertion and withdrawal of the insertion protrusion are linked with the movement of the manipulation handle part exposed to the outside. Therefore, the operator can easily control whether the circuit breaker moves by manipulating the operation handle.
  • the movement of the circuit breaker can be controlled in multiple stages by the above-described configuration. That is, the circuit breaker can be moved only when all conditions related to whether the insertion protrusion is inserted into the locking groove and whether the connector and the jack are coupled to each other are satisfied.
  • the rail portion on which the circuit breaker is mounted is provided with an inclined surface.
  • the inclined surface extends toward the direction in which insertion of the circuit breaker is started, and extends downward. That is, the inclined surface guides the circuit breaker from the lower side.
  • circuit breaker can be easily inserted into and withdrawn from the casing. Accordingly, work convenience may be improved.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a circuit breaker assembly according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a plan view illustrating the breaker assembly of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 3 is a front view of the breaker assembly of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view illustrating a casing provided in the circuit breaker assembly of FIG. 1 .
  • Fig. 5 is a plan view showing the casing of Fig. 4;
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view illustrating a circuit breaker coupling unit provided in the casing of FIG. 4 .
  • FIG. 7 is a front view showing the circuit breaker coupling part of FIG. 6 .
  • FIG. 8 is a left side view (a) and a right side view (b) illustrating the circuit breaker coupling portion of FIG. 6 .
  • FIG. 9 is a plan view (a) and a bottom view (b) illustrating the circuit breaker coupling portion of FIG. 6 .
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view illustrating a circuit breaker provided in the circuit breaker assembly of FIG. 1 .
  • Fig. 11 is a plan view showing the circuit breaker of Fig. 10;
  • Fig. 12 is a front view showing the circuit breaker of Fig. 10;
  • Fig. 13 is a side view showing the circuit breaker of Fig. 10;
  • Fig. 14 is a bottom view showing the circuit breaker of Fig. 10;
  • Fig. 15 is a perspective view showing the internal configuration of the circuit breaker of Fig. 10;
  • FIG. 16 is a perspective view illustrating a cart unit and a movement limiting unit provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .
  • FIG. 17 is a front view illustrating a cart unit and a movement limiting unit provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A' showing a cart unit and a movement limiting unit provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .
  • FIG. 19 is a front cross-sectional view illustrating a cart unit and a movement limiting unit provided in the circuit breaker of FIG.
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view (a) and a front view (b) illustrating a limiting plate provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .
  • 21 to 24 are bottom perspective views illustrating a cart unit and a movement limiting unit provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .
  • FIG. 25 is a perspective view illustrating a state in which the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 is coupled to the casing of FIG. 4 .
  • 26 is a perspective view illustrating a state in which arbitrary separation of the circuit breaker is prevented by the blocking plate provided in the casing of FIG. 4 and the limiting plate provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .
  • circuit breaker 20 and the circuit breaker assembly 1 including the same according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • breaker used in the following description means any device that is connected to a power source and a load to be energized, respectively, and can allow or cut off the conduction of the power source and the load.
  • the circuit breaker may be provided as a vacuum circuit breaker or an air circuit breaker.
  • energized used in the following description refers to a state in which two or more different members can receive current or electrical signals from each other.
  • the energized state may be formed in a wired manner by a conducting wire member or the like, or may be formed in a wireless manner by Wi-Fi or Bluetooth.
  • jack used in the following description means a member provided to connect two or more different members to be energized.
  • the jack may be detachably coupled to a connector provided on one member and energized.
  • the jack may be electrically connected to another member by a conducting wire member or the like.
  • any one member including the connector and the other member to which the jack is connected by a conducting wire member may be electrically connected to each other.
  • the term “spaced apart along a specific direction” refers to a state in which they are arranged so as not to overlap along the specific direction.
  • being spaced apart along the front-rear direction means that they are arranged so as not to overlap along the front-rear direction.
  • the circuit breaker assembly 1 includes a casing 10 and a circuit breaker 20 .
  • the casing 10 forms the outline of the circuit breaker assembly 1 .
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be slidably coupled to the casing 10 .
  • the circuit breaker 20 is introduced into the casing 10 by sliding to the front side.
  • the circuit breaker 20 is pulled out from the casing 10 by sliding to the rear side.
  • the jack in the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention, the jack must be coupled to the circuit breaker 20 in order to move further after the circuit breaker 20 slides in by the predetermined distance.
  • the introduced circuit breaker 20 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the casing 10 .
  • the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a casing 10 .
  • the casing 10 forms the outline of the circuit breaker assembly 1 .
  • a space is formed inside the casing 10 to accommodate the circuit breaker 20 .
  • the circuit breaker 20 accommodated in the space may be electrically connected to an external control power source by the jack.
  • the casing 10 is preferably formed of a material having sufficient rigidity. This is to prevent damage to the accommodated circuit breaker 20 due to an external impact.
  • the casing 10 may be formed of a material such as stainless steel.
  • the casing 10 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular prism shape extending in the vertical direction.
  • the shape of the casing 10 may be changed according to the shape of the circuit breaker 20 accommodated therein or the surrounding environment in which the circuit breaker assembly 1 is installed.
  • the casing 10 includes a base 100 , a vertical portion 200 and a circuit breaker coupling portion 300 .
  • the base 100 forms the lower side of the casing 10 .
  • a vertical portion 200 and a circuit breaker coupling portion 300 are positioned on the base 100 .
  • the base 100 supports the circuit breaker 20 inserted into the casing 10 from the lower side. That is, the circuit breaker 20 may be slidably moved in the extension direction of the base 100 in a state in which it is seated on the base 100 , in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the base 100 may have any shape capable of supporting the circuit breaker 20 from the lower side.
  • the base 100 is formed in a rectangular plate shape extending in the left-right direction and the front-rear direction.
  • a vertical portion 200 is positioned above the base 100 .
  • the vertical portion 200 has its lower side coupled to the base 100 and extends upward in the direction opposite to the base 100 , in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned on the upper side of the base 100 .
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 may be fixedly coupled to the base 100 .
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 supports the circuit breaker 20 accommodated in the casing 10 to be slidably moved in the front and rear directions.
  • the base 100 includes a horizontal plate 110 , a support member 120 , and an accommodation space 130 .
  • the horizontal plate 110 forms the outer shape of the base 100 .
  • the horizontal plate 110 is coupled with other components of the casing 10 , the vertical portion 200 and the circuit breaker coupling portion 300 in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the horizontal plate 110 may support the components from the lower side.
  • the horizontal plate 110 is coupled with other components of the base 100 .
  • the horizontal plate 110 is coupled to the support member 120 and the receiving space (130).
  • the horizontal plate 110 is provided in a plate shape.
  • the horizontal plate 110 extends in the front-rear and left-right directions, and is provided in a rectangular plate shape having a thickness in the vertical direction.
  • the shape of the horizontal plate 110 may be changed to any shape capable of performing the above-described functions.
  • each corner in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment is coupled to the support member 120 .
  • the accommodating space 130 is formed on the upper side of the horizontal plate 110 in the thickness direction, and in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the support member 120 is a portion coupled to the ground or the bottom surface of the installation location of the base 100.
  • the support member 120 supports the horizontal plate 110 so that the horizontal plate 110 is spaced apart from the ground or the bottom surface by a predetermined distance.
  • the support member 120 is coupled to the horizontal plate 110 .
  • a plurality of support members 120 may be provided.
  • the plurality of support members 120 may be spaced apart from each other and coupled to respective corners of the horizontal plate 110 in the extending direction.
  • the support member 120 and the horizontal plate 110 may be fastened by a screw member or the like.
  • two support members 120 are provided, respectively, positioned at the left and right corners of the horizontal plate 110 .
  • the support member 120 may be fixedly coupled to each corner of the horizontal plate 110 .
  • the plurality of support members 120 are positioned to face each other with the horizontal plate 110 interposed therebetween. In other words, the plurality of support members 120 are positioned to face each other with the accommodation space 130 , the vertical part 200 and the circuit breaker coupling part 300 interposed therebetween.
  • the support member 120 may be provided in any shape capable of supporting the horizontal plate 110 .
  • the support member 120 includes a first portion extending in an up-down direction and a second portion continuous with the first portion, and extending in a left-right direction parallel to the ground or the floor surface.
  • the support member 120 may extend in any one of the directions in which the horizontal plate 110 extends. In the illustrated embodiment, the support member 120 extends in the front-rear direction, which is the direction in which the left edge and the right edge of the horizontal plate 110 extend.
  • an extended length of the support member 120 may be longer than an extended length of the horizontal plate 110 . Accordingly, the area in which the support member 120 comes into contact with the ground or the bottom surface is also increased, so that the support member 120 can stably support the horizontal plate 110 .
  • An accommodating space 130 is formed between the upper side of the horizontal plate 110 and the plurality of support members 120 .
  • the accommodation space 130 is a space in which the circuit breaker 20 is accommodated.
  • the accommodation space 130 may be defined as a space formed inside the casing 10 .
  • the accommodation space 130 is located above the horizontal plate 110 .
  • the accommodation space 130 may be surrounded by the horizontal plate 110 and the vertical portion 200 .
  • the lower side of the receiving space 130 is surrounded by the horizontal plate (110).
  • the left and right sides of the rear of the receiving space 130 are surrounded by the first plate 210 of the vertical portion 200
  • the rear side is surrounded by the second plate 220 of the vertical portion 200 .
  • a portion of the accommodating space 130 surrounded by other members and a different portion are in communication with the outside.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may enter the accommodation space 130 in any one direction among the other parts.
  • the front side of the accommodation space 130 , the left and right sides of the front and the upper side communicate with the outside.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may enter the accommodation space 130 through the front side of the accommodation space 130 .
  • the entered circuit breaker 20 is directed toward the accommodation space 130 by the circuit breaker coupling part 300 coupled to the horizontal plate 110 surrounding the lower side of the accommodation space 130 and the opposite direction, shown In the illustrated embodiment, it may be slidably moved in the front-rear direction. A detailed description thereof will be provided later.
  • the vertical portion 200 partially surrounds the circuit breaker 20 inserted into the casing 10 .
  • the vertical portion 200 includes various configurations for the circuit breaker 20 to conduct electricity with an external control power source, power source, or load.
  • the vertical portion 200 is fixed so that the circuit breaker 20 accommodated in the accommodation space 130 does not swing randomly.
  • the coupled state of the circuit breaker 20 and the casing 10 may be stably maintained by the vertical portion 200 .
  • the vertical part 200 is coupled to the base 100 . Specifically, one end of the vertical portion 200 facing the base 100, the lower end in the illustrated embodiment is coupled to the horizontal plate (110). In an embodiment, the vertical part 200 may be fixedly coupled to the base 100 .
  • the vertical portion 200 is positioned to be biased toward one side of the extending direction of the horizontal plate 110 . In the illustrated embodiment, the vertical portion 200 is biased toward the rear side of the horizontal plate 110 .
  • the vertical portion 200 may be partially surrounded by the support member 120 .
  • the left and right sides of the vertical portion 200 are partially covered by the support member 120 .
  • the vertical portion 200 is formed to extend upward in the direction opposite to the base 100, in the illustrated embodiment.
  • a space is formed inside the vertical part 200 .
  • the space may be surrounded by the first plate 210 , the second plate 220 , and the reinforcing member 230 constituting the vertical part 200 .
  • One side of the space in the illustrated embodiment the front side, is open.
  • the coupled circuit breaker 20 may be partially accommodated in the space formed inside the vertical portion 200 .
  • the vertical portion 200 has a quadrangular prism shape in which the front side and the upper side are open, the left and right sides are closed, and the rear side is partially open.
  • the shape of the vertical part 200 may be changed according to the shape of the circuit breaker 20 .
  • the vertical portion 200 includes a first plate 210 , a second plate 220 , a reinforcing member 230 , a guide rail 240 , and a guide part 250 .
  • the first plate 210 forms both sides of the vertical portion 200 , left and right in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first plate 210 is coupled to the base 100 . Specifically, the lower side of the first plate 210 is coupled to the horizontal plate 110 and the support member 120 , respectively.
  • a screw member or a rivet member may be provided for the coupling.
  • a plurality of first plates 210 may be provided.
  • the plurality of first plates 210 may be spaced apart from each other to form respective sides of the vertical portion 200 , respectively.
  • two first plates 210 are provided to face the space formed inside the vertical part 200 .
  • the first plate 210 extends in two different directions.
  • the first plate 210 is provided in a rectangular plate shape having a vertical extension length longer than a front-rear extension length and a left-right direction thickness.
  • the first plate 210 is connected to the second plate 220 and the reinforcing member 230 , respectively.
  • the second plate 220 and the reinforcing member 230 may extend between the plurality of first plates 210 , and respective ends may be coupled to the plurality of first plates 210 , respectively.
  • the second plate 220 forms the other side of the vertical portion 200 , the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second plate 220 is coupled to the first plate 210 .
  • the second plate 220 extends between the plurality of first plates 210 , and respective ends in the extending direction thereof are respectively coupled to the plurality of first plates 210 .
  • the second plate 220 extends in the left-right direction, so that each end in the left-right direction is coupled to the first plate 210 , respectively.
  • the rigidity of the vertical portion 200 may be reinforced by the second plate 220 .
  • the reinforcing member 230 forms the other side of the vertical portion 200 , the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the reinforcing member 230 is disposed to partially cover the front side of the vertical portion 200 . That is, the width of the reinforcing member 230 is shorter than the vertical extension length of the first plate 210 .
  • the reinforcing member 230 is coupled to the first plate 210 . Specifically, the reinforcing member 230 extends between the plurality of first plates 210 , and respective ends in the extending direction thereof are respectively coupled to the plurality of first plates 210 . In the illustrated embodiment, the reinforcing member 230 extends in the left and right directions, and each end of the reinforcing member 230 in the left and right directions is coupled to the first plate 210 , respectively.
  • the rigidity of the vertical portion 200 in the front-rear direction and the vertical direction may be reinforced by the second plate 220 and the reinforcing member 230 .
  • the guide rail 240 guides the sliding movement of the circuit breaker 20 accommodated in the casing 10 .
  • the circuit breaker 20 may slide along a preset path in a direction toward the vertical portion 200 or in a direction opposite to that, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the guide rail 240 is formed to extend in the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 will slide, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • One end of the guide rail 240 in the extending direction, the front end in the illustrated embodiment may be located biased toward the front side of the horizontal plate (110).
  • the other end in the extension direction of the guide rail 240 , the rear end in the illustrated embodiment may be positioned to be biased toward the rear side of the horizontal plate 110 .
  • a plurality of guide rails 240 may be formed.
  • a plurality of guide rails 240 are spaced apart from each other.
  • the plurality of guide rails 240 may slidably support the circuit breaker 20 at different positions.
  • two guide rails 240 are provided, including a first guide rail 241 and a second guide rail 242 .
  • the first guide rail 241 slidably supports the circuit breaker 20 on the left side.
  • the second guide rail 242 slidably supports the circuit breaker 20 from the right side.
  • the guide rail 240 is formed with a space extending in its extension direction, that is, in the front-rear direction.
  • the wheel part 720 provided in the cart part 700 of the circuit breaker 20 is rotatably accommodated in the space.
  • the wheel part 720 may be rotated in a direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, that is, in a front-rear direction, while being accommodated in the space.
  • the height of the space that is, the length in the vertical direction may be determined according to the diameter of the wheel part 720 .
  • the guide unit 250 guides the circuit breaker 20 coupled to the casing 10 so that it can slide to an accurate position in the width direction, and in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the guide part 250 is coupled to the base 100 . Specifically, the guide unit 250 is coupled to the upper side of the horizontal plate (110).
  • the guide unit 250 extends in the direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. It will be understood that the extension direction of the guide part 250 is the same as the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 slides.
  • the extension length of the guide part 250 may be shorter than the extension length of the guide rail 240 .
  • the guide part 250 may be positioned to overlap the guide rail 240 in the left and right directions.
  • the front end of the guide part 250 may be located at the rear end of the guide rail 240 than the front end.
  • the rear end of the guide part 250 may be located on the front side than the rear end of the guide rail 240 .
  • the guide part 250 is positioned between the plurality of guide rails 240 .
  • the guide part 250 is positioned between the first guide rail 241 on the left and the second guide rail 242 on the right.
  • the distance between the guide part 250 and each of the guide rails 241 and 242 may be the same.
  • the insertion guide part 730 provided in the cart part 700 of the circuit breaker 20 is located above the guide part 250 .
  • the guide part 250 is disposed to overlap the insertion guide part 730 in the vertical direction.
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned adjacent to the guide part 250 .
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is a part to which the circuit breaker 20 accommodated in the casing 10 is slidably coupled.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may slide forward and backward in the illustrated embodiment in a state coupled to the circuit breaker coupling part 300 .
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned between the plurality of guide rails 240 .
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned between the first guide rail 241 positioned on the left and the second guide rail 242 positioned on the right.
  • circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned adjacent to the guide part 250 .
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned between the first guide rail 241 and the guide part 250 positioned on the left.
  • the circuit breaker coupling unit 300 is formed to extend in the direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. In this case, the extension length of the circuit breaker coupling part 300 may be shorter than the extension length of the guide rail 240 .
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is coupled to the base 100 . Specifically, the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is coupled to the horizontal plate 110 of the base 100 . In one embodiment, the circuit breaker coupling unit 300 may be fixedly coupled to the horizontal plate 110 by a separate fastening member.
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 may limit the sliding movement of the circuit breaker 20 . Specifically, after the circuit breaker 20 is slid by a predetermined distance in the direction to be coupled to the casing 10, the circuit breaker coupling part 300 restricts the circuit breaker 20 from being further moved unless additional manipulation is involved. .
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 allows the additional sliding movement of the circuit breaker 20 . Accordingly, the circuit breaker 20 can be moved to a position where it can be operated.
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 may be in contact with or spaced apart from the movement limiting part 800 provided in the circuit breaker 20 .
  • the contact or separation is achieved by manipulating the cart 700 while the circuit breaker 20 slides along the circuit breaker coupling portion 300 . A detailed description thereof will be provided later.
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 includes a rail part 310 , an inclined surface 320 , a locking groove part 330 , and a blocking plate 340 .
  • the rail part 310 forms the body of the circuit breaker coupling part 300 .
  • the rail unit 310 is formed to extend in the direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may slide along the rail portion 310 in a direction toward the vertical portion 200 or in a direction opposite to that, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • extension length of the circuit breaker coupling part 300 may be determined according to the length of the rail part 310 extending therefrom.
  • the rail part 310 includes an upper surface 311 and a side surface 312 .
  • the upper surface 311 forms one side opposite to the horizontal plate 110 among each side surface of the rail part 310, and in the illustrated embodiment, the upper surface is formed.
  • the upper surface 311 covers the space formed inside the rail part 310 from the upper side.
  • the upper surface 311 is formed to extend in the direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the upper surface 311 has a width in a direction facing each of the plurality of guide rails 240, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the upper surface 311 is provided in the form of a rectangular plate having a length in the front-rear direction is longer than an extension length in the left-right direction and a thickness in the vertical direction.
  • the shape of the upper surface 311 may be changed according to the shape of the circuit breaker coupling part 300 .
  • a locking groove 330 is formed on the upper surface 311 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 penetrating through the guide bracket 814 of the movement limiting part 800 is inserted into or drawn out from the locking groove part 330 . Accordingly, the sliding movement of the circuit breaker 20 may be restricted or allowed.
  • a plurality of locking grooves 330 may be formed. That is, in the illustrated embodiment, a first groove portion 331 is formed at the front end of the upper surface 311 . In addition, a second groove portion 332 is formed through and adjacent to the rear end of the upper surface 311 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 of the movement limiting part 800 is inserted in each of the grooves 331 and 332 to be withdrawn. Accordingly, the circuit breaker 20 can be maintained in a test position or a service position. A detailed description thereof will be provided later.
  • the upper surface 311 may be located at a predetermined height.
  • the height of the upper surface 311 may be defined as the second height h2.
  • the second height h2 may be defined as a vertical distance between a portion where the base 100 or the side surface 312 is coupled to the base 100 and an upper end of the upper surface 311 .
  • the second height h2 may be formed to be higher than the first height h1, which is the maximum height of the inclined surface 320 . That is, the height in the vertical direction of the upper surface 311 is higher than the height in the vertical direction of the flat portion of the inclined surface 320 . In an embodiment, the second height h2 may be higher than the first height h1 by 2 mm.
  • the length at which the manipulation handle part 740 must be moved upward in order for the insertion protrusion 815 to be withdrawn from the first groove part 331 is determined by the length of the insertion protrusion 815 being the second groove part 332 . It is shorter than the length at which the manipulation handle part 740 has to be moved upward in order to be withdrawn from the .
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be separated from the casing 10 in a state in which the jack (not shown) is separated from the connector 410 so that the limiting plate 820 does not contact the blocking plate 340 . A detailed description thereof will be provided later.
  • Each edge of the width direction of the upper surface 311, the left edge and the right edge in the illustrated embodiment, the side 312 is formed to extend.
  • an inclined surface 320 is provided at one edge in the longitudinal direction of the upper surface 311 , a front side edge in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the side surface 312 forms the other side of each side of the rail unit 310 , left and right sides in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the side surface 312 covers the space formed inside the rail part 310 from the left and right sides.
  • the side surface 312 is formed to extend in the direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the side surface 312 has a width in a direction facing the horizontal plate 110 and a direction opposite thereto, in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the side surface 312 is provided in a rectangular plate shape having a length in the front-rear direction is longer than an extension length in the vertical direction and a width in the left-right direction.
  • the shape of the side surface 312 may be changed according to the shape of the circuit breaker coupling part 300 .
  • the side surface 312 is continuous with the upper surface 311 .
  • the side surface 312 forms a predetermined angle with the upper surface 311 and may extend in a direction opposite to the upper surface 311, downward in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the predetermined angle may be a right angle.
  • the side 312 is coupled to the horizontal plate 110 .
  • the side 312 may be coupled to the horizontal plate 110 on one side opposite to the upper surface 311 , and the lower side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the side surface 312 may be coupled to the horizontal plate 110 at a predetermined angle.
  • the predetermined angle may be a right angle.
  • a plurality of side surfaces 312 may be provided.
  • two side surfaces 312 are provided so as to be spaced apart from each other in the thickness direction, that is, in the left-right direction.
  • a blocking plate 340 may be coupled to the outside of any one of the side surfaces 312 among the plurality of side surfaces 312 .
  • the blocking plate 340 is coupled to the side 312 located on the right side.
  • the blocking plate 340 is located adjacent to the front side end of the side 312 located on the right side.
  • the inclined surface 320 guides the circuit breaker 20 coupled to the casing 10 from the lower side.
  • the circuit breaker 20 slides along the inclined surface 320 and can be easily entered into the rail unit 310 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 of the movement limiter 800 is seated on the inclined surface 320 and can be moved in the front-rear direction. At this time, the inclined surface 320 and the insertion protrusion 815 may be maintained in a contact state. In addition, as will be described later, the insertion protrusion 815 is elastically supported by the elevating spring 816 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 may be moved toward the rear side while in contact with the inclined surface 320 while pressing the elevating spring 816 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 is pressed downward (ie, in the direction toward the inclined surface 320 ) by the lifting spring 816 and is moved downward.
  • the insertion protrusion 815 is maintained in contact with the inclined surface 320 and may be moved in the front-rear direction.
  • the inclined surface 320 is spaced apart from the upper surface 311 of the rail part 310 .
  • the inclined surface 320 is spaced apart from one end of the extending direction of the upper surface 311, that is, the front end.
  • An opening in which the inclined surface 320 and the one end of the upper surface 311 are spaced apart from each other may be defined as a first groove portion 331 .
  • the inclined surface 320 is continuous with the side surface 312 of the rail unit 310 .
  • the end of the inclined surface 320 in the width direction, each end in the left and right direction in the illustrated embodiment may be coupled to the side 312, respectively.
  • the inclined surface 320 is positioned between the plurality of side surfaces 312 and is respectively coupled to the plurality of side surfaces 312 .
  • the inclined surface 320 is formed to extend obliquely toward the horizontal plate 110 . Specifically, the inclined surface 320 is formed to extend from the front end of the upper surface 311, inclined downward toward the front side.
  • the inclined surface 320 extends at a predetermined angle with the upper surface 311 .
  • the predetermined angle may be an obtuse angle.
  • the inclined surface 320 is formed so that the height of the front side in the illustrated embodiment (ie, the distance from the horizontal plate 110) is lower than the height of the rear side in one side of the extension direction.
  • the insertion protrusion 815 moved in contact with the inclined surface 320 increases in height toward the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 is coupled to the casing 10 (ie, the rear side).
  • the height of the insertion protrusion 815 decreases in the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 is separated from the casing 10 (ie, the front side).
  • the inclined surface 320 is formed to extend in the same direction as the upper surface 311, in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment, and is provided in a rectangular plate shape having a width in the left-right direction.
  • the shape of the inclined surface 320 may be changed to any shape capable of guiding the insertion protrusion 815 of the circuit breaker 20 from the lower side.
  • the insertion protrusion 815 of the circuit breaker 20 is inserted or withdrawn into the locking groove portion 330 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 inserted into the locking groove 330 is not arbitrarily drawn out unless an external force is applied.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be maintained at a position where the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into the locking groove portion 330 . As a result, any movement of the circuit breaker 20 is prevented, so that the operational reliability and service life of the circuit breaker assembly 1 can be improved.
  • Insertion of the insertion protrusion 815 may be achieved by the restoring force stored by the lifting spring 816 being pressed.
  • withdrawal of the insertion protrusion 815 may be achieved by manipulating the operation handle unit 740 provided in the cart unit 700 . A detailed description thereof will be provided later.
  • the locking groove part 330 is located on one side of the rail part 310 opposite to the base 100, and on the upper side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the one side of the locking groove part 330, the upper side in the illustrated embodiment, is formed to be open, and communicates with the space formed inside the rail part 310 .
  • the locking groove part 330 may be recessed in the upper surface 311 .
  • the locking groove 330 has a rectangular shape extending in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction.
  • the locking groove portion 330 is depressed by a predetermined depth in the direction toward the horizontal plate 110, toward the lower side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the shape of the locking groove 330 may be any shape into which the insertion protrusion 815 can be inserted and withdrawn.
  • a plurality of locking grooves 330 may be provided.
  • the plurality of locking grooves 330 may be positioned to be spaced apart from each other in the direction in which the upper surface 311 extends, and in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the locking groove portion 330 is provided with two including the first groove portion 331 and the second groove portion 332 .
  • the first groove portion 331 is relatively positioned on the front side compared to the second groove portion 332 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 may be inserted into the first groove part 331 first.
  • the insertion protrusion 815 may be positioned at at least four different points.
  • the insertion protrusion 815 may be positioned between the inclined surface 320 and the first groove 331 . Also, when the circuit breaker 20 moves, the insertion protrusion 815 may be inserted into the first groove portion 331 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 drawn out from the first groove portion 331 after the manipulation process is performed may be positioned between the first groove portion 331 and the second groove portion 332 according to the movement of the circuit breaker 20 . Furthermore, when the movement of the circuit breaker 20 further proceeds, the insertion protrusion 815 may be inserted into the second groove portion 332 .
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be operated in a test mode. Accordingly, the position at which the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into the first groove portion 331 may be defined as a test position.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be operated in a service mode. Accordingly, the position at which the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into the second groove portion 332 may be defined as a service position.
  • the circuit breaker 20 can prevent arbitrary separation of the coupled jack when the insertion protrusion 815 is moved between the first groove portion 331 and the second groove portion 332 . have. This is achieved by the movement limiter 800 to be described later, a detailed description thereof will be described later.
  • the blocking plate 340 constrains the circuit breaker 20 to be movable in a direction drawn out from the casing 10 only after a predetermined operation process. Specifically, the blocking plate 340 is in contact with or spaced apart from the limiting plate 820 of the movement limiting unit 800 by the predetermined manipulation process.
  • the circuit breaker 20 is not moved in the direction in which it is drawn out from the casing 10 , that is, the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be moved to the front side to be withdrawn from the casing 10 .
  • the contact and separation of the blocking plate 340 and the limiting plate 820 may be achieved by manipulating the operation handle portion 740 , the rotary link portion 850 , and the vertical link portion 860 of the cart portion 700 . A detailed description thereof will be provided later.
  • the blocking plate 340 extends in the same direction as the rail unit 310 , in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the blocking plate 340 may be provided in the form of a plate extending in the extending direction, that is, in the front-rear direction, having a width in the vertical direction, and having a thickness in the left-right direction.
  • the blocking plate 340 may be formed in a plate shape similar to the side surface 312 of the rail unit 310 .
  • the blocking plate 340 is positioned adjacent to the rail unit 310 . Also, the blocking plate 340 may be positioned between the rail part 310 and the guide part 250 .
  • the blocking plate 340 is coupled to the side surface 312 positioned in the direction (ie, the right side) toward the guide unit 250 among the side surfaces 312 of the rail unit 310 .
  • the position of the blocking plate 340 may be changed according to the position of the restriction plate 820 of the movement limiter 800 .
  • the blocking plate 340 includes a blocking extension 341 and a blocking projection 342 .
  • the blocking extension 341 forms the body of the blocking plate 340 .
  • the blocking extension part 341 is formed to extend in the direction in which the rail part 310 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the extension length of the blocking extension part 341 may be the same as the extension length of the side surface 312 of the rail part 310 .
  • the blocking extension 341 is formed to have a predetermined height, that is, a length in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • a height of the blocking extension 341 may be defined as a first length l1 .
  • the first length l1 of the blocking extension part 341 may be shorter than the first height h1 of the rail part 310 . Also, the first length l1 of the blocking extension 341 may be shorter than the second length l2 of the blocking protrusion 342 .
  • the height of the upper end of the blocking extension 341 is formed to be lower than the height of the upper end of the blocking protrusion 342 .
  • the blocking extension 341 is positioned below the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 and spaced apart from the limiting plate 820 .
  • the locking protrusion 828 is located at the lowermost side of the limiting plate 820 . Accordingly, it will be appreciated that the blocking extension 341 does not contact the limiting plate 820 .
  • the movement of the circuit breaker 20 may be limited by the contact between the blocking projection 342 and the locking projection 828 .
  • the blocking protrusion 342 is in contact with or spaced apart from the restriction plate 820 to allow or limit the sliding movement of the restriction plate 820 and the blocker 20 included therein. Specifically, the blocking protrusion 342 restricts the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 is drawn out from the casing 10 , which is moved toward the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the blocking protrusion 342 is located at one end in the direction in which the blocking extension 341 extends.
  • the blocking projection 342 is located at the front side end of the blocking extension 341 .
  • the blocking projection 342 is continuous with the end of the blocking extension 341 .
  • the blocking protrusion 342 may extend in the direction in which the blocking extension 341 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the blocking protrusion 342 is formed to have a predetermined height, and a length in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • a height of the blocking protrusion 342 may be defined as a second length l2 .
  • the second length l2 of the blocking protrusion 342 may be less than or equal to the first height h1 of the rail unit 310 . Also, the second length l2 of the blocking protrusion 342 may be longer than the first length l1 of the blocking extension 341 .
  • the height of the upper end of the blocking protrusion 342 is formed to be higher than the height of the upper end of the blocking extension 341 .
  • the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 is in contact with the blocking protrusion 342 . Accordingly, the movement of the circuit breaker 20 may be restricted.
  • the movement of the blocking plate 340 is interlocked with the operation of the mechanism structure 400 and the movement limiter 800 . That is, the movement of the blocking plate 340 is operated in communication with whether the jack is coupled to the connector 410 . As a result, whether or not the circuit breaker 20 is drawn out depends on whether the connector 410 and the jack are coupled.
  • the blocking plate 340 is disposed at a position in contact with the limiting plate 820 . Accordingly, in a state in which the jack is coupled to the connector 410 , the circuit breaker 20 is not arbitrarily separated from the casing 10 .
  • the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a circuit breaker 20 .
  • the circuit breaker 20 is electrically connected to an external control power source, power source, or load.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be operated by an external control power source to allow or cut off current between the power source and the load.
  • the circuit breaker 20 is accommodated in the casing 10 . Specifically, the circuit breaker 20 is accommodated in the receiving space 130 of the base 100 . The circuit breaker 20 accommodated inside the casing 10 may be partially surrounded by the vertical portion 200 .
  • the circuit breaker 20 is electrically connected to an external control power source by the jack.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be slidably moved from the inside of the casing 10 toward the vertical portion 200 or in a direction opposite to the vertical portion 200 . That is, the circuit breaker 20 may be moved to the front side or the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the circuit breaker 20 is slidably connected to the guide rail 240 , the guide part 250 , and the circuit breaker coupling part 300 , respectively.
  • the breaker 20 may be allowed or limited in sliding movement depending on whether the jack is coupled. Accordingly, arbitrary separation of the jack coupled to the circuit breaker 20 can be prevented, thereby preventing the circuit breaker 20 and the load from being burned out.
  • the circuit breaker 20 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular prism shape having a predetermined height.
  • the shape of the circuit breaker 20 may be changed according to the shape of the casing 10 and the surrounding environment in which the circuit breaker assembly 1 is to be provided.
  • a part of the outer shape of the circuit breaker 20 may be formed by a housing (not shown).
  • the housing (not shown) may be formed of an insulating material. This is to prevent the circuit breaker 20 from being arbitrarily energized with an external control power source, power source, or load.
  • the circuit breaker 20 includes a mechanism structure 400 , a blocking portion 500 , a terminal portion 600 , a cart portion 700 , and a movement limiting portion 800 .
  • the mechanism structure 400 is operated by an external control power source to operate the circuit breaker 20 in a closed state or a trip state.
  • the mechanism structure 400 is electrically connected to an external control power source.
  • the connection may be achieved by detachably coupling the jack to a connector 410 to be described later.
  • the mechanism structure 400 is accommodated in the housing (not shown) of the circuit breaker 20 .
  • the mechanism structure 400 may be partially exposed to the outside of the housing (not shown).
  • the connector 410 is exposed on the upper side of the housing (not shown), so that the jack can be detachably coupled.
  • the mechanism structure 400 includes a connector 410 , a connector fastening portion 420 , a frame 430 , a mechanism 440 , and a lifting frame 450 .
  • the connector 410 is a part in which the mechanism 440 of the mechanism structure 400 is electrically connected to an external control power source. Through the connector 410 , a control signal for actuating the mechanism 440 may be input.
  • the jack is detachably coupled to the connector 410 . At this time, when the jack is coupled or separated, the connector fastening part 420 provided on the outside of the connector 410 and the lifting frame 450 connected thereto are operated.
  • the movement limiter 800 is operated so that the circuit breaker 20 can slide in a direction toward the vertical portion 200 or in a direction opposite to the vertical portion 200 in conjunction with the operation. A detailed description thereof will be provided later.
  • the connector 410 is located on one side of the mechanism structure 400 opposite the base 100 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the upper side.
  • the connector 410 may be exposed above the housing (not shown) and the frame 430 .
  • the connector 410 is through-coupled to the opening formed through the horizontal frame 431 .
  • the connector 410 is coupled to the lifting frame 450 .
  • the connector 410 may be lifted up and down together with the elevating frame 450 according to whether the jack is coupled or not.
  • the connector 410 is coupled through the frame 430 . Specifically, the connector 410 is coupled through the opening formed through the horizontal frame 431 of the frame 430 .
  • a connector fastening part 420 is provided on the outside of the connector 410 .
  • the connector fastening part 420 maintains coupling between the connector 410 and the jack. When the connector 410 and the jack are coupled, the connector 410 and the jack are not arbitrarily separated unless the connector fastening part 420 is operated separately.
  • the connector fastening part 420 is located outside the connector 410 .
  • the connector fastening part 420 is located on the upper side of the mechanism structure 400 , and is positioned to surround the front side, the rear side, the left and the right side of the connector 410 .
  • the connector fastening part 420 is coupled through the frame 430 . Specifically, the connector fastening part 420 is coupled through the opening formed through the horizontal frame 431 of the frame 430 .
  • the connector fastening part 420 is connected to the lifting frame 450 .
  • the connector fastening part 420 may be raised and lowered together with the elevating frame 450 .
  • the connector fastening part 420 presses the lifting frame 450 . Accordingly, the vertical link unit 860 of the movement limiter 800 connected to the lifting frame 450 and the limiting plate 820 connected thereto may be moved.
  • the connector fastening part 420 is raised together with the lifting frame 450 . Accordingly, the vertical link unit 860 of the movement limiter 800 connected to the lifting frame 450 and the limiting plate 820 connected thereto may be moved.
  • the limiting plate 820 and the blocking plate 340 are in contact to limit the withdrawal of the circuit breaker 20, or the limiting plate 820 and the blocking plate 340 are spaced apart. Withdrawal of the circuit breaker 20 may be permitted.
  • the connector fastening part 420 may be exposed to the upper side of the housing (not shown) and the frame 430 .
  • the connector fastening part 420 is through-coupled to the opening formed through the horizontal frame 431 .
  • the connector fastening part 420 includes a side plate 421 and a locking bar 422 .
  • the side plates 421 are located on both sides of the connector 410, respectively, in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the side plate 421 movably supports the locking bar 422 .
  • a plurality of side plates 421 may be provided.
  • the plurality of side plates 421 may be spaced apart from each other and disposed to face each other.
  • two side plates 421 are provided, respectively, disposed on the left and right sides with the connector 410 therebetween.
  • the side plate 421 is coupled to the lifting frame 450 .
  • the side plate 421 may be lifted up and down together with the elevating frame 450 .
  • the side plate 421 is coupled through the horizontal frame 431 . Specifically, the side plate 421 is through-coupled to the opening formed through the horizontal frame 431 .
  • the side plate 421 is formed in a plate shape in which an extension length in the vertical direction is longer than an extension length in the front-rear direction.
  • the shape of the side plate 421 may be any shape capable of slidably supporting the locking bar 422 .
  • a fastening hole 421a is provided in the side plate 421 .
  • a locking bar 422 is movably inserted and coupled to the fastening hole 421a. That is, the locking bar 422 is coupled to the side plate 421 to be slidably movable along the fastening hole 421a.
  • the fastening hole 421a may extend in a direction in which the locking bar 422 is rotated.
  • the fastening hole 421a is formed in a circular arc shape with its center located at the lower side.
  • the engaging bar 422 coupled thereto may also be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise by the arc shape.
  • the locking bar 422 is movably coupled to the side plate 421 to restrain or release the jack coupled to the connector 410 .
  • the locking bar 422 may be divided into a plurality of parts. That is, the locking bar 422 may be divided into a first part operated by an operator and a second part connected to each end of the first part and slidably coupled to the fastening hole 421a.
  • the second part may be formed in a direction opposite to the frame 430 , and an upper end thereof in the illustrated embodiment may be formed in a hook shape. Accordingly, the jack coupled to the connector 410 may be constrained by the hook shape, so that the coupled state with the connector 410 may be stably maintained.
  • the first portion forms a front side of the locking bar 422 , and extends in a direction in which a plurality of side plates 421 are spaced apart from each other, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second part is located at an end in each direction in which the first part extends, in the illustrated embodiment at each end of the left and right sides.
  • the second part is slidably coupled to each of the plurality of side plates 421 .
  • each end of the first part and the second part may be link-coupled to each other. Accordingly, the rotation direction of the first part and the rotation direction of the second part may be opposite to each other.
  • each end of the first part and the second part may be elastically coupled by an elastic member (not shown).
  • the elastic member (not shown) may provide a restoring force so that the locking bar 422 is maintained at a position that restrains the jack.
  • the first portion of the locking bar 422 is pressed downward, and the second part of the locking bar 422 is rotated to the rear side.
  • the elastic member (not shown) is pressed and stores a restoring force.
  • the elastic member (not shown) when the force applied to the first portion of the locking bar 422 is released, the elastic member (not shown) is restored to its original shape. At this time, by the elastic member (not shown), the first part of the locking bar 422 is rotated upward, and the second part is rotated forward.
  • the elastic member may be provided in any shape that can be deformed to store a restoring force and transmit the stored restoring force to another member.
  • the elastic member may be provided as a torsion spring.
  • Frame 430 forms the remainder of the contour of mechanism structure 400 .
  • the frame 430 forms the top, left, right portions and rear sides of the outline of the mechanism structure 400 .
  • the frame 430 is coupled to other components of the mechanism structure 400 and the movement limiter 800 . Specifically, a connector 410 , a connector fastening part 420 , and a lifting frame 450 are coupled to the frame 430 . In addition, the vertical link unit 860 is coupled to the frame 430 to be liftable.
  • a space is formed inside the frame 430 .
  • other components of the mechanism structure 400 and the movement limiter 800 are accommodated.
  • the mechanism 440 and the vertical link unit 860 are accommodated in the space formed inside the frame 430 .
  • the frame 430 includes a horizontal frame 431 , a vertical frame 432 , a rear frame 433 , and a bracket 434 .
  • the horizontal frame 431 forms one side of the frame 430 , the upper side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • An opening is formed through the inside of the horizontal frame 431 .
  • a connector 410 and a connector fastening part 420 may pass through the opening. Accordingly, the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 may be exposed to the upper side of the frame 430 .
  • the horizontal frame 431 is formed in a rectangular plate shape in which the extended length in the left and right directions is longer than the extended length in the front and rear directions.
  • Each corner of the horizontal frame 431 in the left and right direction is continuous with the vertical frame 432 .
  • the edge of the rear side of the horizontal frame 431 is continuous with the rear frame 433 .
  • the horizontal frame 431 is coupled to the elevating frame 450 .
  • the elevating frame 450 may be coupled to the horizontal frame 431 so as to be elevating with respect to the horizontal frame 431 .
  • the vertical frame 432 forms the other side of the frame 430 , left and right in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the vertical frame 432 is continuous with the horizontal frame 431 .
  • an upper edge of the vertical frame 432 is continuous with each edge of the horizontal frame 431 in the left-right direction.
  • the vertical frame 432 is continuous with the rear frame 433 .
  • the rear side corners of the vertical frame 432 are continuous with each of the left and right corners of the rear frame 433, respectively.
  • the vertical frame 432 supports the elevating frame 450 to be elevating.
  • the elevating frame 450 may be lifted up and down in a state coupled to the vertical frame 432 .
  • a plurality of vertical frames 432 may be provided.
  • the plurality of vertical frames 432 may face each other with a space formed inside the frame 430 and a mechanism 440 accommodated in the space therebetween.
  • two vertical frames 432 are provided to form the left and right sides of the frame 430 , respectively.
  • the rear frame 433 forms the other other side of the frame 430 , the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the rear frame 433 is continuous with the horizontal frame 431 .
  • the upper edge of the rear frame 433 is continuous with the rear side edge of the horizontal frame 431 .
  • the rear frame 433 is continuous with the vertical frame 432 .
  • each corner in the left and right direction of the rear frame 433 is continuous with the front side corner of the vertical frame 432 , respectively.
  • a space surrounded by the horizontal frame 431 , the vertical frame 432 , and the rear frame 433 is formed inside the frame 430 .
  • a bracket 434 is coupled to the rear frame 433 .
  • the bracket 434 supports the vertical link unit 860 of the movement limiting unit 800 to be elevating.
  • the bracket 434 is accommodated in a space formed inside the frame 430 and is coupled to the rear frame 433 .
  • a portion of the bracket 434 may be spaced apart from the rear frame 433 .
  • a vertical extension portion 861 of the vertical link portion 860 may pass through a space in which the one portion of the bracket 434 is spaced apart from the rear frame 433 to be elevating.
  • the lifting frame 450 is lifted up and down in the vertical direction according to whether the connector 410 and the jack are fastened.
  • the lifting frame 450 is lowered downward. In addition, when the connector 410 and the jack are separated, the lifting frame 450 is raised upward.
  • the mechanism 440 is operated by receiving a control signal from an external control power source. As the mechanism 440 is actuated, the breaker 20 may be actuated to either the closed state or the trip state.
  • Mechanism 440 is accommodated in a space formed inside of frame 430 .
  • Mechanism 440 is electrically connected to connector 410 .
  • Control signals may be communicated to the mechanism 440 via a connector 410 coupled to the jack.
  • the mechanism 440 may elastically support the lifting frame 450 .
  • the elevating frame 450 is coupled to the horizontal frame 431 so as to be elevating.
  • the lifting frame 450 may be lifted in a direction toward the horizontal frame 431 or in a direction opposite to the horizontal frame 431 .
  • the elevating frame 450 is coupled to the vertical frame 432 so as to be elevating.
  • the elevating frame 450 may be elevated in the vertical direction in a state in which each end in the extending direction, left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment, is coupled to the vertical frame 432 .
  • the lifting frame 450 is connected to the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 .
  • the lifting frame 450 is lowered together with the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 as the jack is coupled to the connector 410 and pressed.
  • the lifting frame 450 is raised together with the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 as the connector 410 and the jack are separated.
  • the lifting frame 450 is connected to the vertical link unit 860 of the movement limiter 800 . Specifically, the lifting frame 450 is coupled to the head portion 862 of the vertical link portion 860, it may be lifted together.
  • the lifting frame 450 is elastically supported by the vertical link portion 860 of the movement limiter 800 . Specifically, the lifting frame 450 is elastically supported by the return spring 864 of the vertical link portion 860 .
  • the lifting frame 450 When the jack is separated from the connector 410 , the lifting frame 450 may be raised to its original position by the restoring force provided by the return spring 864 .
  • the elevating frame 450 is provided in a plate shape having a length in the left and right direction longer than an extension length in the front-rear direction and a thickness in the vertical direction.
  • the elevating frame 450 may have any shape that can be elevated and elevated together with the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 by being elevatingly coupled to the horizontal frame 431 .
  • the circuit breaker 500 When the circuit breaker 20 is operated in the closed state, the circuit breaker 500 connects the circuit breaker 20 and an external power source or load to be energized. In addition, when the circuit breaker 20 operates in a trip state, the circuit breaker 500 cuts off electricity between the circuit breaker 20 and an external power source or load.
  • the blocking portion 500 is coupled to the mechanism 440 .
  • the blocking unit 500 connected thereto is also operated so that the fixed contact (not shown) and the movable contact (not shown) are spaced apart from each other.
  • the cut-off unit 500 may be cut off from energization with an external power source or load.
  • the blocking unit 500 is connected to an external power source or a load to be energized. The connection is achieved by the terminal unit 600 energably connected to the blocking unit 500 .
  • the blocking unit 500 is electrically connected to the terminal unit 600 .
  • a plurality of blocking units 500 may be provided.
  • the plurality of blocking units 500 may be physically and electrically spaced apart from each other so that currents in different phases may pass therethrough.
  • the blocking unit 500 is provided with three including the first blocking unit 510 , the second blocking unit 520 , and the third blocking unit 530 .
  • the plurality of blocking units 500 are electrically connected to the plurality of terminal units 600 , respectively.
  • the first to third blocking parts 510 , 520 , and 530 are electrically connected to the first to third terminal parts 610 , 620 , and 630 , respectively.
  • the terminal unit 600 is electrically connected to an external power source or load. In addition, the terminal unit 600 is electrically connected to the blocking unit 500 .
  • a plurality of terminal units 600 may be provided.
  • the plurality of terminal units 600 may be physically and electrically spaced apart from each other so that currents in different phases may pass therethrough.
  • three terminal parts 600 are provided, including a first terminal part 610 , a second terminal part 620 , and a third terminal part 630 .
  • the plurality of terminal units 600 are respectively energably connected to the plurality of blocking units 500 .
  • first to third terminal parts 610 , 620 , and 630 may be provided, respectively.
  • two first to third terminal parts 610 , 620 , and 630 are provided, respectively, and are spaced apart from each other in the vertical direction to be coupled to the first to third blocking parts 510 , 520 and 530 , respectively. .
  • Each of the two first to third terminal parts (610, 620, 630) is supplied with an external power source, and the other of the two first to third terminal parts (610, 620, 630) is supplied with an external load. It will be understood that possibly connected.
  • the circuit breaker 20 includes a cart unit 700 .
  • the cart unit 700 supports each component provided in the circuit breaker 20 from the lower side. Each component provided in the circuit breaker 20 may be seated or coupled to the cart unit 700 .
  • the cart 700 is coupled to the casing 10 .
  • the cart unit 700 is slidably coupled to the guide rail 240 , the guide unit 250 and the circuit breaker coupling unit 300 .
  • the cart unit 700 may be slidably moved in the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 is inserted and withdrawn from the state coupled to the casing 10 , in the illustrated embodiment, to the front side or the rear side.
  • the cart unit 700 may slide or be limited in movement depending on whether the connector 410 and the jack are coupled.
  • the cart part 700 includes a body part 710 , a wheel part 720 , an insertion guide part 730 , and an operation handle part 740 .
  • the body portion 710 forms a lower body of the cart portion 700 .
  • the body portion 710 is combined with other components of the cart portion 700 , in the illustrated embodiment, the wheel portion 720 , the insertion guide portion 730 , and the manipulation handle portion 740 .
  • the body 710 may be combined with other components provided in the circuit breaker 20 .
  • the body portion 710 is coupled to the mechanism structure 400 , the blocking portion 500 , the terminal portion 600 , and the movement limiting portion 800 to support them.
  • the body portion 710 extends in the front-rear and left-right directions, and is provided in a rectangular plate shape having a thickness in the vertical direction.
  • the shape of the body portion 710 may be changed to any shape capable of performing the above-described functions.
  • the wheel unit 720 is rotatably coupled to each corner in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the insertion guide part 730 and the operation handle part 740 are coupled to the other one of the extension directions of the body part 710 , the front side edge in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the manipulation handle unit 740 is coupled to the corner so as to be lifted up and down in the vertical direction.
  • One side of the body portion 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400, the lower side of the body portion 710 in the illustrated embodiment, the movement limiting portion 800 is accommodated and coupled.
  • the body portion 710 includes a first support plate 711 and a second support plate 712 .
  • the first support plate 711 is coupled to one edge of the body portion 710, the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first support plate 711 forms a part of the vertical direction of the one side of the body portion 710 .
  • the first support plate 711 forms the front left side of the body portion 710 .
  • the first support plate 711 extends at a predetermined angle with the horizontal portion of the body 710 .
  • the first support plate 711 may extend perpendicularly to a horizontal portion of the body 710 .
  • the first support plate 711 extends downward in a direction opposite to the mechanism structure 400 , in the illustrated embodiment. In this case, it is preferable that the lower end of the first support plate 711 is extended enough to be positioned above the portion where the wheel part 720 is in contact with the ground or the floor.
  • the lower end of the first support plate 711 does not contact the ground or the floor surface.
  • the first support plate 711 extends in any one of the directions in which the horizontal portion of the body 710 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left and right directions. That is, the first support plate 711 is a plate shape having a length in the left-right direction, a width in the up-down direction, and a thickness in the front-back direction.
  • the extended length of the first support plate 711 may be shorter than the length in the left and right direction of the horizontal portion of the body 710 . This is due to the fact that, in addition to the first support plate 711 , the second support plate 712 and the insertion guide part 730 are provided at the front side edge of the horizontal plane portion of the body part 710 .
  • the first support plate 711 is disposed in parallel with the second support plate 712 in the extending direction of the insertion guide part 730 interposed therebetween, and in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first support plate 711 may be formed and disposed symmetrically with the second support plate 712 with respect to the insertion guide part 730 .
  • a recess is formed in the lower side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the groove may be formed to have a higher position than the circuit breaker coupling part 300 .
  • the first support plate 711 is spaced apart from each other along the second support plate 712 and its extension direction, and in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • An insertion guide part 730 is positioned between the first support plate 711 and the second support plate 712 .
  • a first support groove 711a and a second guide groove 711b are formed inside the first support plate 711 (best shown in FIG. 12 ).
  • a pressing pin 856 of the rotary link unit 850 is movably through-coupled to the first guide groove 711a.
  • the first guide groove 711a is formed through the thickness direction of the first support plate 711 , in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first guide groove 711a is formed to extend in the direction in which the rotary link unit 850 moves, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left and right direction.
  • the pressing pin 856 is moved in an arc as the rotary link unit 850 is operated.
  • the first guide groove 711a may be formed in an arc shape with a center of the first guide groove 711a positioned on the upper side and having a central angle of a predetermined size.
  • the extension length of the first guide groove 711a may be determined according to the distance at which the limiting plate 820 connected thereto is moved to be in contact with and spaced apart from the blocking plate 340 as the rotation link part 850 is operated.
  • the first guide groove 711a may extend by a distance between a position where the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 contacts the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 and a position where it is spaced apart.
  • the first guide groove 711a is located biased to the right side of the first support plate 711 .
  • the first support plate 711 is located below the second connection part 855 of the rotation link part 850 .
  • a second guide groove 711b is formed on the left side of the first guide groove 711a.
  • the operation handle part 740 is movably coupled through the second guide groove 711b.
  • the second guide groove 711b is formed through the thickness direction of the first support plate 711 in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second guide groove 711b is formed to extend in the direction in which the manipulation handle unit 740 moves, in the illustrated embodiment, in the vertical direction.
  • the manipulation handle unit 740 is connected to the lifting unit 810 . As the manipulation handle unit 740 is vertically manipulated, the insertion protrusion 815 may be inserted into or withdrawn from the locking groove unit 330 .
  • the second guide groove 711b is located adjacent to the central portion of the first support plate 711 .
  • the second guide groove 711b is located on the left side of the first guide groove 711a, spaced apart from the first guide groove 711a.
  • the second guide groove 711b extends in the vertical direction by a predetermined length.
  • the extended length of the second guide groove 711b may be determined according to the distance the insertion protrusion 815 needs to be moved upward in order to be completely drawn out into the locking groove portion 330 .
  • the second guide groove 711b may be partially covered by the limiting plate 820 .
  • the limiting plate 820 when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the left, the upper side of the second guide groove 711b is partially covered.
  • the manipulation handle portion 740 can be moved only between the lower end of the limiting plate 820 and the lower end of the second guide groove 711b.
  • the circuit breaker coupling part 300 may be formed to have different heights along the extending direction thereof. Therefore, in a state where the limiting plate 820 partially covers the second guide groove 711b, the manipulation handle part 740 is moved to a height at which the insertion protrusion 815 can be withdrawn from the first groove part 331 . can
  • the manipulation handle part 740 cannot be moved to a height at which the insertion protrusion 815 can be withdrawn from the second groove part 332 .
  • the circuit breaker 20 moves in the direction (ie, the front side) drawn out from the casing 10 in the test position.
  • the circuit breaker 20 is connected to the casing ( It will be understood that 10) can be moved.
  • the second support plate 712 is located on the one side edge of the body portion 710, the front side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second support plate 712 forms the remaining portion in the vertical direction of the one side of the body portion 710 .
  • the second support plate 712 forms the front right side of the body portion 710 .
  • the second support plate 712 extends at a predetermined angle with the horizontal portion of the body 710 . In one embodiment, the second support plate 712 may extend perpendicularly to the horizontal portion of the body portion 710 .
  • the second support plate 712 extends in a direction opposite to the mechanism structure 400 , in the illustrated embodiment, downward. At this time, it is preferable that the lower end of the second support plate 712 extends so that the wheel portion 720 is positioned above the portion in contact with the ground or the floor.
  • the lower end of the second support plate 712 does not contact the ground or the floor surface.
  • the second support plate 712 extends in any one of the directions in which the horizontal portion of the body 710 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left and right directions. That is, the second support plate 712 is a plate having a length in the left-right direction, a width in the up-down direction, and a thickness in the front-back direction.
  • the extended length of the second support plate 712 may be shorter than the length in the left-right direction of the horizontal portion of the body 710 .
  • the second support plate 712 is disposed in parallel with the first support plate 711 in the extending direction of the insertion guide part 730 interposed therebetween, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second support plate 712 may be formed and disposed symmetrically with the first support plate 711 with respect to the insertion guide part 730 .
  • the wheel part 720 is rotated so that the circuit breaker 20 can be slidably moved in the direction accommodated in the casing 10 or the direction with which the casing 10 is drawn out, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the wheel part 720 is rotatably coupled to the body part 710 .
  • the wheel part 720 rotatably supports the body part 710 and other components of the cart part 700 .
  • the wheel unit 720 may be provided in any shape that can be rotated to move the cart unit 700 .
  • the wheel portion 720 is formed by stacking a plurality of disks.
  • a plurality of wheel units 720 may be provided.
  • the plurality of wheel parts 720 may be rotatably coupled to the body part 710 at different positions.
  • four wheel parts 720 are provided.
  • a pair of wheel parts 720 are positioned to be spaced apart from each other in the front-rear direction of the left edge of the body part 710 .
  • the other pair of wheel parts 720 are positioned to be spaced apart from each other in the front-rear direction of the right edge of the body part 710 .
  • the wheel part 720 is rotatably coupled to the guide rail 240 .
  • the wheel part 720 is formed inside the guide rail 240 and is accommodated in a space extending in the extension direction of the guide rail 240 (ie, the front-rear direction).
  • the wheel part 720 may be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise in the space of the guide rail 240 .
  • a plurality of wheel parts 720 are provided.
  • a plurality of guide rails 240 are also provided. Accordingly, different pairs of wheel parts 720 rotatably coupled to different sides of the body part 710 may be rotatably coupled to spaces formed inside different guide rails 240 , respectively.
  • the insertion guide part 730 is a part gripped by the operator when the cart part 700 is coupled to the casing 10 .
  • the operator may hold the insertion guide unit 730 to control the cart unit 700 , and thereby insert the circuit breaker 20 into the casing 10 .
  • the insertion guide part 730 is coupled to the body part 710 . Specifically, the insertion guide portion 730 is coupled to one side of the body portion 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400, the lower side of the body portion 710 in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the insertion guide part 730 extends in any one of the directions in which the body part 710 extends, and in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the upper side of the insertion guide unit 730 is coupled to the lower side of the body unit 710 , and one side of the extension direction, in the illustrated embodiment, the front side end may be exposed toward the front side of the body unit 710 .
  • the end at which the insertion guide part 730 is exposed to the outside of the body part 710 may be provided with a bar that can be gripped by a user. That is, in the illustrated embodiment, the end of the insertion guide portion 730 includes two plate members each coupled to the body portion 710 and disposed to face each other and a bar extending between the two plate members.
  • An operator may grip the bar to easily control the movement of the cart unit 700 .
  • the insertion guide part 730 may be positioned between the first support plate 711 and the second support plate 712 . In an embodiment, the insertion guide part 730 may be positioned to be spaced apart from each other by the same distance from the first support plate 711 and the second support plate 712 along the left and right directions of the body part 710 .
  • the insertion guide portion 730 may be located in the middle portion along the left and right direction of the body portion (710).
  • the operation handle unit 740 is operated to move in the direction toward the mechanism structure 400 or in the opposite direction, in the illustrated embodiment, in the vertical direction.
  • the movement limiting unit 800 is operated by the manipulation of the manipulation handle unit 740 , so that the movement of the cart unit 700 in the front-rear direction may be permitted or restricted.
  • the operation handle part 740 is coupled to the first support plate 711 .
  • the manipulation handle unit 740 is coupled through the second guide groove 711b formed through the first support plate 711 .
  • the manipulation handle unit 740 extends in any one of the directions in which the body unit 710 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the manipulation handle part 740 is exposed to one side of the extension direction, and the front end in the illustrated embodiment is exposed to the front side of the body part 710 .
  • the operator may grip the front end to move the manipulation handle unit 740 in the vertical direction.
  • the operation handle unit 740 may be coupled to the insertion protrusion 815 of the lifting unit 810 at the other end of the extended direction, and the rear end in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the manipulation handle unit 740 When the manipulation handle unit 740 is operated upward or downward, the insertion protrusion 815 may also be moved upward or downward to be inserted into or withdrawn from the engaging groove 330 .
  • the operator may limit or allow the movement of the circuit breaker 20 by lifting the operation handle portion 740 .
  • the manipulation handle unit 740 may be maintained at a position manipulated by an operator. Specifically, the operation handle unit 740 may be maintained at the position operated by the operator as long as no additional external force is applied.
  • the circuit breaker 20 includes a movement limiting unit 800 .
  • the movement limiter 800 may be operated by an operator to allow or restrict movement of the circuit breaker 20 in a direction accommodated in the casing 10 or in a direction drawn out from the casing 10 .
  • the movement limiting unit 800 is coupled to the mechanism structure 400 and the cart unit 700 .
  • the movement limiter 800 is coupled to the mechanism structure 400 and the cart 700 to be moved or rotatably moved in the vertical direction, the front-back direction, the left-right direction.
  • the movement limiter 800 is connected to the mechanism structure 400 .
  • the movement limiter 800 may be operated in conjunction with the operation.
  • the movement limiting unit 800 is connected to the cart unit 700 .
  • the movement limiter 800 may be operated in conjunction with the operation.
  • the movement limiter 800 may allow movement of the circuit breaker 20 through at least two steps.
  • the coupling state between the connector 410 and the jack can be stably maintained.
  • the operation of the circuit breaker 20 and the operation reliability and stability of the operator may be improved. Furthermore, damage to the circuit breaker 20 due to an unexpected accident can be prevented.
  • the movement limiting unit 800 includes a lifting unit 810 , a limiting plate 820 , a fastening member 840 , a rotating link unit 850 , and a vertical link unit 860 .
  • the lifting unit 810 is raised and lowered together with the lifting of the operation handle unit 740 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into or withdrawn from any one of the locking grooves 330 according to the elevation of the lifting unit 810 .
  • any one of the above-described plurality of steps is performed by the lifting unit 810 .
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be slidably moved in the direction accommodated in the casing 10 or the withdrawal direction, that is, in the front-rear direction.
  • the lifting unit 810 is coupled to the cart unit 700 . Specifically, the lifting unit 810 is coupled to one side of the body portion 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400, to the lower side in the illustrated embodiment, so as to be lifted in the vertical direction.
  • the lifting unit 810 is connected to the manipulation handle unit 740 .
  • the lifting unit 810 may be moved in the vertical direction together with the manipulation handle unit 740 .
  • the lifting unit 810 includes an extension bar 811 , a shaft portion 812 , a support protrusion 813 , a guide bracket 814 , an insertion protrusion 815 , and a lifting spring 816 .
  • the extension bar 811 is connected to the manipulation handle unit 740 and moves in the vertical direction in conjunction with the lifting and lowering of the manipulation handle unit 740 .
  • the extension bar 811 extends in the same direction as the extension direction of the manipulation handle unit 740 , in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. One end of the extension bar 811 facing the manipulation handle unit 740 , in the illustrated embodiment, the front end is connected to the rear end of the manipulation handle unit 740 .
  • a separate member (not shown) for interlocking their lifting and lowering may be provided between the extension bar 811 and the manipulation handle unit 740 .
  • the other end in the direction in which the extension bar 811 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, the rear end is rotatably coupled to the shaft portion 812 .
  • the extension bar 811 may be rotated in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction about the shaft portion 812 .
  • a plurality of extension bars 811 may be provided.
  • the plurality of extension bars 811 are spaced apart from each other and disposed to face each other.
  • two extension bars 811 are provided and are respectively connected to the manipulation handle unit 740 and the shaft unit 812 .
  • the plurality of extension bars 811 may be rotated together in association with the lifting and lowering of the manipulation handle unit 740 .
  • the extension bar 811 is coupled to the guide bracket 814 . Specifically, the extension bar 811 is coupled to the guide bracket 814 by the guide protrusion 811a to be liftable.
  • the extension bar 811 is coupled to the insertion protrusion 815 .
  • the extension bar 811 may be rotated together with the insertion protrusion 815 .
  • the extension bar 811 is elastically supported by a lifting spring 816 .
  • the lifting spring 816 is compressed to store a restoring force.
  • the extension bar 811 includes a guide protrusion 811a.
  • the guide protrusion 811a is movably coupled to the guide bracket 814 to guide the elevation of the extension bar 811 .
  • the guide protrusion 811a is located on the outside of the extension bar 811 .
  • the guide protrusion 811a is positioned in a direction opposite to the direction in which the plurality of extension bars 811 face each other. That is, the guide protrusion 811a is positioned on the left side of the extension bar 811 positioned on the left side and on the right side of the extension bar 811 positioned on the right side, respectively.
  • the guide protrusion 811a may be formed to protrude outward by a predetermined length from the position of the extension bar 811 .
  • the guide protrusion 811a is movably coupled to the guide bracket 814 . Specifically, the guide protrusion 811a is movably coupled to the elevating guide groove 814a formed in the vertical direction on the guide bracket 814 .
  • the extension bar 811 and the guide protrusion 811a are also lifted in the vertical direction. At this time, the extension bar 811 is lifted while maintaining the guide protrusion 811a coupled to the guide bracket 814 .
  • the extension bar 811 may be raised and lowered only in the vertical direction without being moved arbitrarily in other directions.
  • the shaft portion 812 functions as a rotation shaft on which the extension bar 811 is rotated.
  • the shaft portion 812 is rotatably coupled to the extension bar 811 .
  • the shaft portion 812 is rotatably coupled to the other end in the extending direction of the extension bar 811, that is, the rear end.
  • the shaft portion 812 may be rotatably through-coupled with the plurality of extension bars 811 , respectively.
  • the shaft portion 812 is rotatably coupled through the support protrusion 813 .
  • the shaft portion 812 may be rotatably supported by the support protrusion 813 .
  • the shaft portion 812 has a circular cross-section and a cylindrical shape extending in the left-right direction.
  • the shape of the shaft portion 812 may be any shape that can be rotatably through-coupled with the extension bar 811 and the support protrusion 813 , respectively.
  • the support protrusion 813 rotatably supports the shaft portion 812 .
  • a shaft portion 812 is rotatably coupled through the support protrusion 813 .
  • the support protrusion 813 is coupled to one side of the body portion 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400 , to the lower side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the support protrusion 813 may be formed to extend downward from the lower surface of the body portion 710 .
  • the support protrusion 813 is located adjacent to the rear side end of the extension bar 811 .
  • the support protrusion 813 may be positioned between the plurality of extension bars 811 .
  • the guide bracket 814 partially surrounds the extension bar 811 .
  • the guide bracket 814 guides the elevation according to the rotation of the extension bar 811 .
  • a space is formed inside the guide bracket 814 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 is accommodated in the space to be liftable.
  • the guide bracket 814 may guide the elevation of the insertion protrusion 815 according to the rotation of the extension bar 811 .
  • the guide bracket 814 may be disposed adjacent to a position where the manipulation handle unit 740 and the extension bar 811 are coupled. In the illustrated embodiment, the guide bracket 814 partially surrounds a portion of the extension bar 811 adjacent to the portion where the operation handle unit 740 and the extension bar 811 are coupled.
  • the guide bracket 814 is coupled to one side of the body portion 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400 , to the lower side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the guide bracket 814 is formed penetrating in the direction in which the extension bar 811 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. That is, the front side and the rear side of the guide bracket 814 are open and communicate with the outside.
  • the extension bar 811 may pass through the front side and the rear side of the guide bracket 814 .
  • Elevating guide grooves 814a extending in the vertical direction are formed in the portion where the guide bracket 814 is coupled to the lower side of the body 710, left and right surfaces in the illustrated embodiment.
  • a guide protrusion 811a is inserted and coupled to the elevating guide groove 814a.
  • the guide protrusion 811a may be moved in the vertical direction along the elevating guide groove 814a.
  • a through-hole is formed in the portion of the guide bracket 814 facing the one side, that is, the lower side of the body portion 710 , in the illustrated embodiment, the lower side.
  • An insertion protrusion 815 is movably coupled to the through hole in an up-down direction.
  • the lower surface of the guide bracket 814 may be spaced apart from the upper surface 311 of the rail unit 310 . That is, the lower surface of the guide bracket 814 is located adjacent to the upper surface 311 of the rail part 310, but may not be in contact.
  • the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into or withdrawn from the locking groove 330 . Accordingly, movement of the circuit breaker 20 may be permitted or restricted.
  • the movement of the circuit breaker 20 is limited.
  • the movement of the circuit breaker 20 is permitted.
  • the insertion protrusion 815 is coupled to the extension bar 811 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 may be lifted together as the extension bar 811 is lifted. That is, the vertical movement of the insertion protrusion 815 may be achieved as the manipulation handle unit 740 and the extension bar 811 connected thereto move in the vertical direction.
  • the insertion protrusion 815 is accommodated in a space formed inside the guide bracket 814 .
  • the insertion protrusion 815 is through-coupled to the one side of the guide bracket 814, a through hole formed through the lower surface in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the insertion protrusion 815 is accommodated in the space of the guide bracket 814 to be elevating.
  • the insertion protrusion 815 may be raised and lowered together with the manipulation handle unit 740 and the extension bar 811 connected thereto.
  • the insertion protrusion 815 is elastically supported by a lifting spring 816 .
  • the lifting spring 816 elastically supports the insertion protrusion 815 that is raised and lowered together with the operation handle unit 740 .
  • the lifting spring 816 presses the insertion protrusion 815 downward, that is, in a direction toward the breaker coupling part 300 . Accordingly, the insertion protrusion 815 inserted into the locking groove portion 330 is not arbitrarily drawn out.
  • the extension bar 811 and the insertion protrusion 815 connected to the manipulation handle unit 740 move upward together.
  • the lifting spring 816 is pressed by the extension bar 811 or the insertion protrusion 815 to deform the shape and store the restoring force.
  • the lifting spring 816 When the external force applied to the operation handle unit 740 is extinguished, the lifting spring 816 is restored to its original shape and provides the stored restoring force to the insertion protrusion 815 . At this time, the restoring force is downward, that is, in a direction toward the circuit breaker coupling part 300 . Accordingly, the insertion protrusion 815 may be maintained while being inserted into the locking groove portion 330 .
  • the lifting spring 816 may be provided in any form capable of storing the restoring force by shape deformation and transmitting the stored restoring force to the outside.
  • the elevating spring 816 is provided as a coil spring.
  • the limiting plate 820 is moved in the direction in which the first support plate 711 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left-right direction to contact or separate from the blocking plate 340 .
  • the limiting plate 820 comes into contact with the blocking plate 340 , the movement of the circuit breaker 20 in the direction in which it is withdrawn from the casing 10 , that is, toward the front side is restricted.
  • the limiting plate 820 is movably coupled to the body 710 . Specifically, the limiting plate 820 is coupled to the inner side of the first support plate 711, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment, movably in the left and right direction. The coupling is achieved by means of a fastening member 840 .
  • the limiting plate 820 may be moved according to the elevation of the vertical link unit 860 . Specifically, when the vertical link unit 860 is raised and lowered in the vertical direction, the rotation link unit 850 connected to the vertical link unit 860 is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise.
  • the limit plate 820 connected to the rotation link unit 850 may be moved left or right.
  • the limiting plate 820 when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the right, it may be understood that it is moved in a direction toward the blocking plate 340 . That is, when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the right, the limiting plate 820 and the blocking plate 340 come into contact with each other. Accordingly, the movement to the front side of the circuit breaker 20 is restricted.
  • the limiting plate 820 when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the left, it is moved in a direction opposite to the blocking plate 340 . That is, when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the left, the limiting plate 820 and the blocking plate 340 are spaced apart. Accordingly, movement to the front side of the circuit breaker 20 is permitted.
  • the limiting plate 820 is connected to the rotation link unit 850 . Elevation of the vertical link unit 860 is converted into horizontal movement of the limiting plate 820 by the rotary link unit 850 .
  • the limit plate 820 may be link-coupled to the rotation link unit 850 .
  • the limiting plate 820 is link-coupled with the second link 853 of the rotary link unit 850 .
  • the link engagement is achieved by means of press pins 856 .
  • the limiting plate 820 includes a first portion 821 , a second portion 822 , an engaging groove 823 , a limiting protrusion 824 , a first moving groove 825 , and a first 2 includes a moving groove 826 , a pin insertion portion 827 , and a locking projection 828 .
  • the first portion 821 forms a portion facing the body portion 710 among portions of the limiting plate 820 , in the illustrated embodiment, the upper side.
  • the first portion 821 extends in the direction in which the first support plate 711 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left-right direction.
  • the first portion 821 is movably coupled to the first support plate 711 .
  • the coupling is achieved by a first fastening member 841 .
  • the first portion 821 is continuous with the second portion 822 . Specifically, the lower right portion of the first portion 821 is continuous with the upper left portion of the second portion 822 .
  • a limiting protrusion 824 is positioned at one end in the direction in which the first portion 821 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, at the left end.
  • the limiting protrusion 824 is formed to protrude downward from the left end of the first portion 821 toward the manipulation handle unit 740 , in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the first portion 821 is formed in a rectangular plate shape in which the length extended in the left and right direction is longer than the extension length in the vertical direction.
  • the first portion 821 may be provided in any shape capable of being movably coupled to the first support plate 711 .
  • a first moving groove 825 is formed through the inside of the first part 821 in the thickness direction, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the first portion 821 partially surrounds the engaging groove 823 which is a space in which the operation handle portion 740 is located. In the illustrated embodiment, the first portion 821 surrounds the upper side of the engaging groove 823 .
  • the first portion 821 may partially cover the second guide groove 711b. have.
  • the second portion 822 forms a portion opposite to the body portion 710 among portions of the limiting plate 820 , the lower side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the second portion 822 is formed to extend in the direction in which the first support plate 711 or the first portion 821 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left-right direction.
  • the second portion 822 is movably coupled to the first support plate 711 .
  • the engagement is achieved by a second fastening member 842 .
  • the second portion 822 is continuous with the first portion 821 . Specifically, the upper left portion of the second portion 822 is continuous with the lower right portion of the first portion 821 .
  • first portion 821 and the second portion 822 are disposed to be alternated with each other in the vertical direction.
  • the second portion 822 is formed in a rectangular plate shape in which the length extended in the left and right direction is longer than the extension length in the vertical direction.
  • the length in which the second part 822 extends in the left-right direction may be longer than the length in which the first part 821 extends in the left-right direction.
  • the second portion 822 may be provided in any shape capable of being movably coupled to the first support plate 711 .
  • a second moving groove 826 is formed through the inside of the second portion 822 in the thickness direction, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the lower end of the second portion 822 may be located above the upper end of the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 . That is, the lower end of the second portion 822 does not contact the blocking plate 340 .
  • a pin insertion part 827 is recessed on the lower right side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the pressing pin 856 of the rotary link unit 850 is inserted into the pin insertion unit 827 .
  • the rotation link unit 850 when the rotation link unit 850 is rotated, the second portion 822 and the limiting plate 820 may be pressed by the pressing pin 856 to move left or right.
  • the second portion 822 partially surrounds the engaging groove 823 which is a space in which the operation handle portion 740 is located. In the illustrated embodiment, the second portion 822 surrounds the right side of the engagement groove 823 .
  • the end of the second portion 822 surrounding the coupling groove 823, the left portion in the illustrated embodiment may be formed to be rounded so that its upper side is convex to the lower side.
  • the coupling groove 823 is a space into which the manipulation handle part 740 coupled through the first support plate 711 is inserted.
  • the manipulation handle unit 740 may be moved in the direction opposite to the direction toward the first portion 821 in the state inserted into the coupling groove 823, and in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the manipulation handle unit 740 is received through the coupling groove 823 in the front-rear direction.
  • the engaging groove 823 is partially surrounded by the first portion 821 , the second portion 822 , and the limiting projection 824 .
  • an upper side of the engaging groove 823 is surrounded by a first portion 821
  • a right side of the engaging groove 823 is surrounded by a second portion 822 .
  • the left side of the engaging groove 823 is partially surrounded by a limiting projection 824 .
  • the remaining portion of the coupling groove 823 communicates with the outside.
  • the remaining portion and the lower side of the left side of the coupling groove 823 communicates with the outside.
  • the limiting projection 824 prevents any detachment of the operation handle portion 740 received in the engagement groove 823 .
  • the limiting protrusion 824 prevents any movement of the limiting plate 820 when the manipulation handle portion 740 is not operated.
  • the limiting projection 824 is continuous with the first portion 821 . In the illustrated embodiment, the limiting projection 824 is formed to protrude downward from the left end of the first portion 821 .
  • the limiting projection 824 partially surrounds the engaging groove 823 .
  • the limiting projection 824 partially surrounds the upper left side of the engaging groove 823 .
  • the limiting plate 820 is moved to the right by a predetermined distance in the above state, the limiting protrusion 824 comes into contact with the manipulation handle part 740 . Accordingly, the limiting plate 820 is no longer moved to the right.
  • the manipulation handle unit 740 When the manipulation handle unit 740 is operated to move downward, even if the limit plate 820 is moved to the right, the manipulation handle unit 740 is connected through the engaging groove 823 through the opening (ie, the opening formed on the left side) of the engaging groove 823 . It can be withdrawn to the outside of (823).
  • the first moving groove 825 is a portion to which the first fastening member 841 for movably coupling the first portion 821 to the first support plate 711 is coupled.
  • the first moving groove 825 is formed through the inside of the first portion 821 in the thickness direction (ie, the front-rear direction).
  • the first moving groove 825 is formed to extend in the direction in which the first portion 821 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left-right direction.
  • the extended length of the first moving groove 825 may be determined according to a distance that the limiting plate 820 needs to be moved in order to contact and separate from the blocking plate 340 .
  • the limit plate 820 is blocked when one end (ie, the left end) of the first moving groove 825 toward the coupling groove 823 is in contact with the first fastening member 841 among the ends in the extending direction. It is in contact with the plate 340 .
  • the limiting plate 820 is formed. It is spaced apart from the blocking plate 340 .
  • a first fastening member 841 is movably through-coupled to the first moving groove 825 . At this time, the first fastening member 841 is also coupled through the first groove 711a of the first support plate 711 and does not move. Accordingly, it will be understood that the above-described moving process is a relative movement of the first portion 821 with respect to the first fastening member 841 .
  • the first moving groove 825 is positioned adjacent to the second moving groove 826 .
  • the first moving groove 825 is located on the upper side of the second moving groove 826, biased to the left.
  • first moving groove 825 and the second moving groove 826 is similar to the relative positional relationship of the first part 821 and the second part 822 .
  • the second moving groove 826 is a portion to which the second fastening member 842 for movably coupling the second portion 822 to the first support plate 711 is coupled.
  • the second moving groove 826 is formed through the inside of the second portion 822 in the thickness direction (ie, the front-rear direction).
  • the second moving groove 826 is formed to extend in the direction in which the second portion 822 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left-right direction.
  • the extended length of the second moving groove 826 may be determined according to a distance that the limiting plate 820 needs to be moved in order to contact and separate the blocking plate 340 .
  • the second moving groove 826 is a limiting plate 820 when one end (ie, the left end) of the ends in the extending direction in the direction toward the coupling groove 823 comes into contact with the second fastening member 842 . is in contact with the blocking plate 340 .
  • a second fastening member 842 is movably through-coupled to the second moving groove 826 .
  • the second fastening member 842 is also coupled through the second groove 711b of the first support plate 711 and does not move. Accordingly, it will be understood that the above-described movement process is also a relative movement of the second portion 822 with respect to the second fastening member 842 .
  • the pin insertion unit 827 is a space into which the pressing pin 856 of the rotation link unit 850 is inserted.
  • the pin insert 827 is recessed on the right side of the lower surface of the second portion 822 .
  • the inserted pressing pin 856 presses any one of the inner surfaces surrounding the pin insertion unit 827 . Accordingly, the restriction plate 820 may be moved left or right.
  • the locking protrusion 828 is a portion at which the limiting plate 820 is in contact with or spaced apart from the blocking plate 340 .
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be moved in the direction (ie, the front side) withdrawn from the casing 10 .
  • the locking protrusion 828 overlaps the blocking plate 340 in the front-rear direction.
  • the locking protrusion 828 is formed to protrude from the lower surface of the second portion 822 .
  • the locking protrusion 828 is located on one side of the direction in which the second part 822 extends, and on the left side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the lower end of the locking projection 828 is positioned lower than the lower surface of the second portion 822 .
  • the lower end of the locking protrusion 828 is positioned lower than the upper end of the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 .
  • the lower surface of the second part 822 is located above the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 . Accordingly, the second portion 822 and the blocking plate 340 do not come into contact with each other.
  • the lower end of the locking protrusion 828 is positioned lower than the upper end of the blocking protrusion 342 . Accordingly, when the breaker 20 moves in the front-rear direction while the locking protrusion 828 and the blocking plate 340 are disposed to overlap in the front-rear direction, the locking protrusion 828 and the blocking protrusion 342 come into contact with each other.
  • withdrawal of the circuit breaker 20 may be permitted or restricted.
  • the fastening member 840 movably couples the restriction plate 820 to the cart unit 700 .
  • the limiting plate 820 may be moved in a left and right direction relative to the fastening member 840 while being coupled to the fastening member 840 .
  • the fastening member 840 is through-coupled to the first support plate 711 and the limit plate 820 .
  • the fastening member 840 may be provided in any shape capable of coupling two or more members to be movable relative to each other.
  • the fastening member 840 may be provided as a screw member including a washer.
  • a plurality of fastening members 840 may be provided.
  • the plurality of fastening members 840 may be respectively through-coupled to the limiting plate 820 and the first supporting plate 711 at different positions.
  • the fastening member 840 includes a first fastening member 841 and a second fastening member 842 .
  • the first fastening member 841 is coupled to the first portion 821 of the limiting plate 820 to fasten the limiting plate 820 to the first supporting plate 711 to be movable in the left and right directions.
  • the first fastening member 841 is through-coupled to the first support plate 711 and the first portion 821 . Specifically, the first fastening member 841 is through-coupled to the first groove 711a formed in the first support plate 711 and the first moving groove 825 formed in the first portion 821 .
  • the first fastening member 841 may contact both ends of the first moving groove 825 . Accordingly, the movement distance of the limiting plate 820 may be limited.
  • the second fastening member 842 is coupled to the second portion 822 of the limiting plate 820 to fasten the limiting plate 820 to the first supporting plate 711 to be movable in the left and right directions.
  • the second fastening member 842 is through-coupled to the first support plate 711 and the second portion 822 . Specifically, the second fastening member 842 is through-coupled to the second groove 711b formed in the first support plate 711 and the second moving groove 826 formed in the second portion 822 .
  • the second fastening member 842 may contact both ends of the second moving groove 826 . Accordingly, the movement distance of the limiting plate 820 may be limited.
  • the rotary link unit 850 converts vertical movement of the vertical link unit 860 into horizontal movement. Accordingly, the limiting plate 820 may be moved in the left and right directions by the vertical movement of the vertical link unit 860 .
  • the rotary link unit 850 is connected to the vertical link unit 860 .
  • the rotary link unit 850 is rotated by vertical movement of the vertical link unit 860 .
  • the rotation link unit 850 is connected to the limiting plate 820 .
  • the rotation of the rotary link unit 850 may be converted into a left-right movement of the limiting plate 820 .
  • the rotation link part 850 is rotatably coupled to one side of the body part 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400, to the lower side in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the rotary link unit 850 includes a link body 851 , a first link 852 , a second link 853 , a first connection unit 854 , a second connection unit 855 , and a pressing pin ( 856).
  • the link body 851 forms the body of the rotary link part 850 .
  • the link body 851 connects the limit plate 820 and the vertical link part 860 .
  • the link body 851 extends between the limit plate 820 and the vertical link portion 860 . In the illustrated embodiment, the link body 851 extends in the front-rear direction.
  • the link body 851 is rotatably coupled to the body portion 710 .
  • the link body 851 may be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise in a state coupled to the body 710 .
  • the link body 851 is link-coupled to the first link 852 that is link-coupled to the vertical link unit 860 . Accordingly, the link body 851 may be rotated by vertical movement of the vertical link unit 860 .
  • the link body 851 is link-coupled to the second link 853 that is link-coupled to the limiting plate 820 . Accordingly, the rotation of the link body 851 may be converted into the movement of the limit plate 820 in the left and right direction.
  • the first link 852 connects the link body 851 and the vertical link unit 860 .
  • the first link 852 is link-coupled to the link body 851 and the vertical link unit 860, respectively. Specifically, the first link 852 is link-coupled to the link connection part 863 located below the vertical link part 860 .
  • the first link 852 When the vertical link unit 860 is raised or lowered, the first link 852 is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise. Accordingly, the link body 851 coupled to the first link 852 may also be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise.
  • the second link 853 connects the link body 851 and the limiting plate 820 .
  • the second link 853 is link-coupled to the link body 851 and the limiting plate 820 , respectively.
  • the second link 853 When the link body 851 is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise, the second link 853 may be moved left or right or rotated clockwise or counterclockwise. Accordingly, the limit plate 820 coupled to the second link 853 may be moved toward the left or right.
  • the first connecting portion 854 link-couples the first link 852 and the link connecting portion 863 .
  • the first connecting portion 854 is rotatably coupled to the first link 852 and the link connecting portion 863, respectively.
  • a second connection 855 rotatably couples the second link 853 and the first support plate 711 (best shown in FIGS. 12 and 17 ). That is, the second connection part 855 functions as a rotation axis of the second link 853 .
  • the pressing pin 856 is coupled to the second link 853 to transmit the rotation of the second link 853 to the limiting plate 820 .
  • the pressure pin 856 is rotatably coupled to the second link 853 .
  • the pressure pin 856 may not rotate regardless of the rotation of the second link 853 .
  • the pressure pin 856 is coupled with the limit plate 820 . Specifically, the pressure pin 856 is inserted and coupled to the pin insertion portion 827 of the limiting plate 820 . As the second link 853 rotates, the pressure pin 858 presses the limit plate 820 in a left or right direction.
  • the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 and the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 are disposed to overlap in the front-rear direction or to be spaced apart from each other, so that the withdrawal of the breaker 20 is restricted or allowed can be
  • the vertical link unit 860 is elevated by interlocking with the vertical movement of the elevating frame 450 as the jack is coupled to or separated from the connector 410 . Elevation of the vertical link unit 860 is converted into a rotational movement of the rotary link unit 850 . Accordingly, the limiting plate 820 may be moved in the left and right directions by the elevation of the elevation frame 450 .
  • the vertical link unit 860 is connected to the lifting frame 450 .
  • the vertical link unit 860 may be raised or lowered by the vertical movement of the elevating frame 450 .
  • the vertical link unit 860 is connected to the rotation link unit 850 .
  • the vertical movement of the vertical link unit 860 may be converted into a clockwise or counterclockwise rotation of the rotary link unit 850 .
  • the vertical link unit 860 is coupled to the mechanism structure 400 to be elevating. Specifically, the vertical link unit 860 is coupled to the rear frame 433 to be elevating. At this time, the bracket 434 is provided for the coupling of the vertical link unit 860 as described above.
  • the vertical link portion 860 includes a vertical extension portion 861 , a head portion 862 , a link connection portion 863 , and a return spring 864 .
  • the vertical extension part 861 connects the lifting frame 450 and the rotation link part 850 .
  • the vertical extension portion 861 extends between the lifting frame 450 and the rotation link portion 850 . In the illustrated embodiment, the vertical extension portion 861 extends in the vertical direction.
  • the vertical extension portion 861 is coupled to the rear frame 433 so as to be liftable. Specifically, the vertical extension portion 861 is coupled to the rear frame 433 by a bracket 434 to be elevating. The vertical extension portion 861 may move upward or downward while being coupled to the bracket 434 .
  • the vertical extension portion 861 is coupled to the head portion 862 coupled to the lifting frame 450 .
  • the vertical extension portion 861 may be lifted together with the head portion 862 .
  • the vertical extension part 861 is link-coupled to the link connection part 863 connected to the rotation link part 850 .
  • the vertical movement of the vertical extension part 861 may be converted into rotation of the rotary link part 850 by the link connection part 863 .
  • the head part 862 connects the vertical extension part 861 and the lifting frame 450 .
  • the head portion 862 is coupled to the vertical extension portion 861 and the lifting frame 450 , respectively.
  • the head part 862 may be moved in the vertical direction together with the lifting frame 450 . Accordingly, the vertical extension portion 861 connected to the head portion 862 may also be moved in the vertical direction.
  • the head portion 862 is elastically supported by a return spring 864 . Accordingly, the lifting frame 450 coupled to the head portion 862 may also be elastically supported by the return spring 864 .
  • the link connection part 863 connects the vertical extension part 861 and the rotation link part 850 . Specifically, the link connection part 863 is link-coupled to the vertical extension part 861 and the first link 852, respectively.
  • the link connection part 863 moves in the vertical direction. Accordingly, the first link 852 connected to the link connection part 863 is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise. The rotation is converted into left-right movement of the limiting plate 820 by the link body 851 and the second link 853 .
  • the return spring 864 stores the restoring force for returning the head portion 862 and the lifting frame 450 connected thereto to the original position, that is, to the position before the connector 410 is pressed and moved downward.
  • the return spring 864 is deformed in shape as the jack is coupled to the connector 410 and the elevating frame 450 is moved downward, and may store restoring force.
  • the stored restoring force is provided to the lifting frame 450 to return the lifting frame 450 to its original position.
  • the return spring 864 is provided in the form of a coil spring.
  • the return spring 864 may be provided in any form capable of storing a restoring force by shape deformation and providing the stored restoring force to another member.
  • the return spring 864 extends in an up-down direction.
  • the upper end of the return spring 864 is connected to the head portion 862 and the lifting frame 450 connected thereto, and elastically supports them.
  • the lower end of the return spring 864 may be supported by any component provided in the mechanism structure 400 .
  • the circuit breaker assembly 1 may allow or limit the movement of the circuit breaker 20 coupled to the casing 10 according to a plurality of steps.
  • the coupling state of the jack and the connector 410 is stably maintained, and damage and malfunction of the components of the circuit breaker 20 that may occur during arbitrary separation can be prevented. Accordingly, the operational reliability of the circuit breaker assembly 1 may be improved, the service life may be increased, and the operator's working convenience may be improved.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be coupled to the casing 10 at various positions to be slidably moved.
  • each of the wheel parts 720 is rotatably inserted into the plurality of guide rails 240 .
  • the insertion guide part 730 is positioned above the guide part 250 , and its left and right sides are positioned to surround the left and right sides of the guide part 250 .
  • the lifting unit 810 is positioned above the rail unit 310 , and the insertion protrusion 815 is disposed to protrude toward the rail unit 310 .
  • the front side of the rail part 310 that is, at an initial position where the circuit breaker 20 is coupled to the casing 10 , is provided with an inclined surface 320 that extends to the front side and is inclined downwardly.
  • the circuit breaker 20 specifically, the lifting unit 810 may be guided by the inclined surface 320 and smoothly enter the rail unit 310 . Accordingly, the circuit breaker 20 can easily enter the accommodation space 130 .
  • the manipulation handle unit 740 is coupled to the body unit 710 to be movable in the vertical direction.
  • one end of the manipulation handle unit 740 in the extending direction extends downward of the body unit 710 and is connected to the extension bar 811 .
  • the vertical movement of the manipulation handle unit 740 is linked with the vertical movement of the extension bar 811 and the insertion protrusion 815 coupled to the extension bar 811 .
  • the manipulation handle unit 740 When the manipulation handle unit 740 is operated to move upward, the extension bar 811 and the insertion protrusion 815 are also moved upward. Accordingly, the lower end of the insertion protrusion 815 is spaced apart from the upper surface 311 of the rail unit 310 .
  • the circuit breaker 20 and the rail part 310 are spaced apart from each other, the circuit breaker 20 may be moved in the direction in which it is inserted into or withdrawn from the casing 10 , and in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the operation handle part 740 is moved downward to maintain the position of the circuit breaker 20 .
  • the position where the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into the first groove portion 331 can be defined as the test position, and the position where the insertion projection 815 is inserted into the second groove portion 332 can be defined as the driving position. As described above (see Fig. 6).
  • the lifting spring 816 is pressed and deformed to store the restoring force, and when the external force applied to the manipulation handle unit 740 is extinguished, the lifting spring 816 is inserted by the restoring force.
  • the projection 815 and the operation handle portion 740 are also moved downward as described above.
  • the circuit breaker 20 cannot be moved in the direction in which the insertion protrusion 815 and the locking groove 330 are coupled to each other in the direction to be inserted or drawn into the casing 10, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.
  • the elevating frame 450 is coupled to the frame 430 so as to be elevating in the vertical direction.
  • the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 may be coupled to the lifting frame 450 to move vertically together with the lifting frame 450 .
  • the lifting frame 450 is connected to the vertical link unit 860 of the movement limiter 800 .
  • the vertical link unit 860 is connected to the limiting plate 820 by the rotation link unit 850 .
  • the limit plate 820 may be moved in the left and right directions to contact or separate from the blocking plate 340 .
  • circuit breaker 20 is disposed at or inside the position for operating in the test mode, that is, at a position where the circuit breaker 20 is further inserted into the casing 10 .
  • circuit breaker 20 is disposed at a position where it can come into contact with the rear side of the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 when the restriction plate 820 is moved.
  • the connector 410 and the lifting frame 450 connected thereto are moved downward. Accordingly, the vertical extension 861 connected to the lifting frame 450 is also moved downward.
  • the link connection part 863 connected to the vertical extension part 861 the lifting and lowering is converted into a rotational motion of the rotary link part 850 .
  • the rotation link unit 850 is rotated in any one of a clockwise direction and a counterclockwise direction.
  • the limiting plate 820 connected to the second link 853 is moved toward the blocking plate 340, in the illustrated embodiment, toward the right.
  • the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 overlaps the blocking protrusion 342 in the front-rear direction.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be moved in a direction toward the inside of the casing 10 (ie, the rear side), but does not move in a direction (ie, the front side) withdrawn from the casing 10 .
  • the restoring force for the movement may be provided by the return spring 864 .
  • the link connection part 863 connected to the vertical extension part 861 the lifting and lowering is converted into a rotational motion of the rotary link part 850 .
  • the rotation link unit 850 is rotated in the other one of a clockwise direction and a counterclockwise direction.
  • the limiting plate 820 connected to the second link 853 is moved in a direction opposite to the blocking plate 340, in the illustrated embodiment, toward the left.
  • the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 is spaced apart from the blocking protrusion 342 in the front-rear direction.
  • the circuit breaker 20 may be moved in a direction toward the inside of the casing 10 (ie, the rear side) or a direction drawn out from the casing 10 (ie, the front side).
  • the initial coupling of the casing 10 and the circuit breaker 20 can be easily performed.
  • circuit breaker assembly 1 is interlocked with whether the circuit breaker 20 is disposed at a position operated in a specific mode or whether the connector 410 and the jack are connected to the circuit breaker 20. Whether to move can be controlled.
  • the operational reliability of the circuit breaker assembly 1 can be improved, and safety accidents and product damage caused by erroneous operation and the like can be prevented.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Breakers (AREA)
  • Trip Switchboards (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a circuit breaker and a circuit breaker assembly including same. A circuit breaker assembly according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises a circuit breaker and a casing in which the circuit breaker is coupled and accommodated. The casing has a circuit breaker coupling unit to which the circuit breaker is slidably coupled. The circuit breaker coupling unit has a blocking plate for preventing the circuit breaker from arbitrarily moving. The circuit breaker has a movement restriction unit for preventing a random movement. The movement restriction unit includes a plurality of members which are link-coupled and elastically coupled to each other. The movement restriction unit is operated by means of only an operation of a handle unit and an operation of a connector fastening unit. Therefore, the coupling and separation of the circuit breaker and the circuit breaker assembly can only be performed by a plurality of steps of operation so as to improve the reliability and safety of the work.

Description

차단기 및 이를 포함하는 차단기 조립체Circuit breaker and circuit breaker assembly comprising same

본 발명은 차단기 및 이를 포함하는 차단기 조립체에 관한 것으로, 보다 구체적으로, 제어 전원 플러그의 연결 상태에 따라 차단기가 케이싱에서 인출됨을 허용하거나 제한할 수 있는 구조의 차단기 및 이를 포함하는 차단기 조립체에 관한 것이다. The present invention relates to a circuit breaker and a circuit breaker assembly including the same, and more particularly, to a circuit breaker having a structure capable of allowing or restricting withdrawal of a circuit breaker from a casing depending on a connection state of a control power plug, and a circuit breaker assembly including the same .

진공 차단기(Vacuum circuit breaker)는 특고압 또는 고압 배전 선로의 과전류, 단락 및 지락 사고 등의 이상 전류가 발생될 경우, 회로를 차단하기 위해 구비되는 장치이다. A vacuum circuit breaker is a device provided to block a circuit when an abnormal current such as an overcurrent, a short circuit, or a ground fault occurs in an extra-high voltage or high voltage distribution line.

진공 차단기는 투입 상태 또는 트립 상태로 동작될 수 있다. 투입 상태에서, 진공 차단기는 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전된다. 트립 상태에서, 진공 차단기는 외부의 전원 또는 부하와의 통전이 차단된다.The vacuum circuit breaker can be operated in closed state or tripped state. In the closed state, the vacuum circuit breaker is energized with an external power source or load. In the trip state, the vacuum circuit breaker is disconnected from external power or load.

진공 차단기는 케이싱에 조립되어 사용된다. 케이싱에는 진공 차단기에 통전 가능하게 결합되는 별도의 잭(jack)이 구비된다. 진공 차단기의 전원은 상기 잭을 통해 전달될 수 있다.The vacuum circuit breaker is used assembled in the casing. The casing is provided with a separate jack that is energably coupled to the vacuum circuit breaker. Power of the vacuum circuit breaker may be transmitted through the jack.

진공 차단기는 케이싱에 슬라이드되어 결합될 수 있다. 즉, 진공 차단기는 케이싱에 슬라이드되어 결합된 후, 상기 잭이 결합되어 작동된다.The vacuum interrupter may be slidably coupled to the casing. That is, after the vacuum circuit breaker is slid and coupled to the casing, the jack is coupled and operated.

이때, 진공 차단기가 작동되는 동안 상기 잭과 진공 차단기의 결합 상태가 유지되어야 한다. 상기 결합 상태가 임의로 해제될 경우, 진공 차단기의 손상 및 오동작의 가능성이 있음에 기인한다.At this time, the coupling state of the jack and the vacuum circuit breaker must be maintained while the vacuum circuit breaker is operating. This is due to the possibility of damage and malfunction of the vacuum circuit breaker when the coupling state is arbitrarily released.

그런데, 전통적인 방식의 진공 차단기는 수용된 메커니즘의 상태를 유지하기 위한 인터락(interlock) 구조를 구비하나, 상기 잭의 결합 상태를 유지하기 위한 별도의 구조는 포함하지 않는다.However, the conventional vacuum circuit breaker has an interlock structure for maintaining the state of the accommodated mechanism, but does not include a separate structure for maintaining the coupled state of the jack.

따라서, 진공 차단기의 결합 및 분리, 진공 차단기의 작동 과정에서 발생되는 진동 또는 진공 차단기의 위치 변화에 따라, 결합된 상기 잭이 진공 차단기와 임의로 분리될 염려가 있다.Accordingly, there is a fear that the coupled jack may be arbitrarily separated from the vacuum circuit breaker according to the coupling and separation of the vacuum circuit breaker, vibration generated during the operation of the vacuum circuit breaker, or a change in the position of the vacuum circuit breaker.

이 경우, 상기 잭의 내부가 단선되거나, 제어 전원 공급의 신뢰성이 저하되며, 결선이나 불완전 접촉 등으로 인해 진공 차단기가 외부에 전달하는 신호의 출력 또한 불안정해질 수 있다.In this case, the inside of the jack may be disconnected, the reliability of the control power supply may be deteriorated, and the output of the signal transmitted by the vacuum circuit breaker to the outside may also be unstable due to wiring or incomplete contact.

한국등록특허문헌 제10-1470048호는 2중 잠금 기능을 구비하는 진공차단기의 인출입장치를 개시한다. 구체적으로, 트럭이 크로스 멤버로부터 이탈된 상태에서 자동으로 크로스 멤버와 레일을 이중으로 잠글 수 있는 구조의 진공차단기의 인출입장치를 개시한다. Korean Patent Document No. 10-1470048 discloses a pull-out device for a vacuum circuit breaker having a double locking function. Specifically, the present invention discloses a pull-out device for a vacuum circuit breaker having a structure that can automatically double lock a cross member and a rail in a state in which the truck is separated from the cross member.

그런데, 이러한 구조의 진공차단기의 인출입장치는 크로스 멤버와 레일의 결합 상태를 유지하기 위한 방안만을 제시하는 한계가 있다. 즉, 상기 선행문헌은 외부의 제어 전원과의 통전을 위한 잭과 진공 차단기의 통전 상태를 안정적으로 유지하기 위한 방안에 대한 고찰을 개시하지 않는다.However, the pull-out device of the vacuum circuit breaker having such a structure has a limitation in suggesting only a method for maintaining the coupling state between the cross member and the rail. That is, the prior literature does not disclose a consideration for a method for stably maintaining the energization state of the jack and the vacuum circuit breaker for energization with an external control power source.

한국등록특허문헌 제10-0852436호는 진공차단기의 도어 및 투입 인터록 장치를 개시한다. 구체적으로, 진공차단기가 단전위치표시부에서만 도어가 닫혀 인출입이 가능한 구조의 진공차단기의 도어 및 투입 인터록 장치를 개시한다.Korean Patent Document No. 10-0852436 discloses a door and input interlock device of a vacuum circuit breaker. Specifically, a door and an input interlock device of a vacuum circuit breaker having a structure in which the vacuum circuit breaker is able to withdraw and withdraw only when the door is closed only at a power off position display unit is disclosed.

그러나, 상기 선행문헌 또한 진공 차단기를 외부의 제어 전원과 통전 가능하게 연결되는 잭의 임의 분리를 방지하기 위한 방안을 제시하지 못한다. However, the prior literature also does not suggest a method for preventing arbitrary separation of a jack connected to an external control power supply and energization of the vacuum circuit breaker.

즉, 상기 선행문헌들은, 진공차단기가 레일에서 임의로 이탈되는 것을 방지하기 위한 방안을 제시할 뿐, 진공차단기와 외부의 제어 전원의 통전 상태와 진공차단기의 이동을 연동하여 오작동을 방지하기 위한 방안에 대한 고찰이 존재하지 않는다.That is, the prior documents only suggest a method for preventing the vacuum circuit breaker from being arbitrarily separated from the rail. There is no consideration for

[선행기술문헌][Prior art literature]

[특허문헌][Patent Literature]

(특허문헌 1) 한국등록특허문헌 제10-1470048호 (2014.12.05.)(Patent Document 1) Korean Patent Document No. 10-1470048 (2014.12.05.)

(특허문헌 2) 한국등록특허문헌 제10-0852436호 (2008.08.14.)(Patent Document 2) Korean Patent Document No. 10-0852436 (2008.08.14.)

본 발명은 상술한 문제점을 해결할 수 있는 구조의 차단기 및 이를 포함하는 차단기 조립체를 제공함을 목적으로 한다.An object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure capable of solving the above-described problems and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.

먼저, 외부의 제어 전원을 전달하기 위한 부재가 결합된 상태에서 임의 이동이 방지될 수 있는 구조의 차단기 및 이를 포함하는 차단기 조립체를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.First, an object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure that can prevent arbitrary movement in a state in which a member for transmitting external control power is coupled, and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.

또한, 외부의 제어 전원을 전달하기 위한 부재와의 결합 상태와 연동되어 이동 여부가 제어될 수 있는 구조의 차단기 및 이를 포함하는 차단기 조립체를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.Another object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure in which movement can be controlled by interlocking with a member for transmitting external control power, and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.

또한, 다양한 모드로 작동 중인 차단기의 임의 이동을 방지할 수 있는 구조의 차단기 및 이를 포함하는 차단기 조립체를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.Another object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure that can prevent arbitrary movement of the circuit breaker operating in various modes, and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.

또한, 임의 이동이 효과적으로 방지될 수 있는 구조의 차단기 및 이를 포함하는 차단기 조립체를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.Another object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure in which arbitrary movement can be effectively prevented and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.

또한, 케이싱과의 결합 및 분리가 용이한 구조의 차단기 및 이를 포함하는 차단기 조립체를 제공함을 일 목적으로 한다.In addition, an object of the present invention is to provide a circuit breaker having a structure that is easy to be coupled to and separated from a casing, and a circuit breaker assembly including the same.

상기 목적을 달성하기 위해, 본 발명은, 카트부; 상기 카트부에 제1 방향 및 상기 제1 방향에 반대되는 제2 방향으로 이동 가능하게 결합되는 제한 플레이트; 상기 카트부에 회전 가능하게 결합되며, 상기 제한 플레이트와 링크 결합되는 회전 링크부; 상기 회전 링크부와 링크 결합되며, 제3 방향으로 연장되는 수직 링크부; 및 상기 수직 링크부와 연결되어, 상기 수직 링크부와 함께 상기 제3 방향 및 상기 제3 방향에 반대되는 제4 방향으로 이동되는 커넥터를 포함하며, 상기 제한 플레이트는, 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향 중 어느 하나의 방향으로 이동되면, 상기 카트부의 상기 제4 방향의 외측에 위치되는 차단 플레이트와 제5 방향을 따라 겹쳐지고, 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향 중 다른 하나의 방향으로 이동되면, 상기 차단 플레이트와 상기 제5 방향을 따라 이격되는 차단기를 제공한다.In order to achieve the above object, the present invention, a cart unit; a limiting plate movably coupled to the cart in a first direction and in a second direction opposite to the first direction; a rotation link unit rotatably coupled to the cart unit and linked to the limit plate; a vertical link portion coupled to the rotation link portion and extending in a third direction; and a connector connected to the vertical link unit and moved together with the vertical link unit in the third direction and a fourth direction opposite to the third direction, wherein the limiting plate includes the first direction and the second direction. When moving in any one of the two directions, the cart part overlaps with a blocking plate positioned outside the fourth direction in a fifth direction, and moves in the other one of the first direction and the second direction When done, the blocking plate and the circuit breaker spaced apart along the fifth direction are provided.

또한, 상기 차단기의 상기 차단 플레이트는, 상기 제5 방향으로 연장되며, 소정의 높이를 갖게 형성되는 차단 연장부; 및 상기 차단 연장부와 연속되며, 상기 차단 연장부보다 더 긴 높이를 갖게 형성되는 차단 돌출부를 포함하며, 상기 제한 플레이트는, 상기 차단 플레이트를 향하는 일측에서 상기 차단 플레이트를 향해 연장되는 걸림 돌출부를 포함하고, 상기 걸림 돌출부가 연장되는 방향의 단부는, 상기 차단 연장부의 높이보다 높게 위치되되, 상기 차단 돌출부의 높이보다 낮게 위치될 수 있다.In addition, the blocking plate of the circuit breaker may include: a blocking extension extending in the fifth direction and formed to have a predetermined height; and a blocking protrusion continuous with the blocking extension and formed to have a height greater than that of the blocking extension, wherein the limiting plate includes a locking protrusion extending toward the blocking plate from one side facing the blocking plate And, the end in the direction in which the locking protrusion extends may be positioned higher than the height of the blocking extension, and positioned lower than the height of the blocking protrusion.

또한, 상기 차단기의 상기 커넥터가 상기 제4 방향으로 이동되어 상기 회전 링크부가 회전되면, 상기 차단 플레이트가 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향 중 상기 어느 하나의 방향으로 이동되어 상기 차단 돌출부와 상기 걸림 돌출부가 상기 제5 방향을 따라 겹쳐지게 배치될 수 있다.In addition, when the connector of the circuit breaker is moved in the fourth direction and the rotation link part is rotated, the blocking plate is moved in one of the first direction and the second direction to move the blocking protrusion and the engaging part. The protrusions may be disposed to overlap in the fifth direction.

또한, 상기 차단기의 상기 제한 플레이트는, 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향으로 연장되는 제1 부분; 상기 제1 부분과 연속되며, 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향으로 연장되는 제2 부분; 및 상기 제1 부분 및 상기 제2 부분에 부분적으로 둘러싸이며, 상기 카트부에 이동 가능하게 결합되는 조작 핸들부가 수용되는 결합 홈을 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the limiting plate of the circuit breaker may include: a first portion extending in the first direction and the second direction; a second portion continuous with the first portion and extending in the first direction and the second direction; and a coupling groove partially surrounded by the first part and the second part and receiving an operation handle part movably coupled to the cart part.

또한, 상기 차단기의 상기 회전 링크부는, 상기 제한 플레이트에 회전 가능하게 결합되는 가압 핀을 포함하고, 상기 제한 플레이트는, 상기 제2 부분의 외주에서 함몰 형성되어, 상기 가압 핀이 수용되는 핀 삽입부를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the rotation link portion of the circuit breaker includes a pressing pin rotatably coupled to the restriction plate, wherein the restriction plate is recessed in the outer periphery of the second part, and a pin insertion unit in which the pressing pin is accommodated. may include

또한, 상기 차단기는, 상기 카트부의 상기 제3 방향의 외측에 위치되어 상기 카트부와 연결되며, 상기 수직 링크부가 상기 제3 방향 및 상기 제4 방향으로 이동 가능하게 결합되는 프레임; 및 상기 커넥터와 결합되며, 상기 커넥터와 함께 상기 제3 방향 및 상기 제4 방향으로 이동 가능하게 상기 프레임에 결합되는 승강 프레임을 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the breaker may include: a frame positioned outside the cart part in the third direction to be connected to the cart part, and to which the vertical link part is movably coupled in the third direction and the fourth direction; and a lifting frame coupled to the connector and movably coupled to the frame in the third and fourth directions together with the connector.

또한, 상기 차단기의 상기 수직 링크부는, 상기 승강 프레임과 연결되는 헤드부; 상기 헤드부와 연결되며, 상기 승강 프레임과 상기 회전 링크부 사이에서 연장되는 수직 연장부; 및 상기 수직 연장부 및 상기 회전 링크부와 각각 연결되는 링크 연결부를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the vertical link portion of the breaker, a head portion connected to the lifting frame; a vertical extension part connected to the head part and extending between the lifting frame and the rotation link part; and a link connection part connected to the vertical extension part and the rotation link part, respectively.

또한, 상기 차단기의 상기 수직 링크부는, 상기 헤드부의 상기 제4 방향의 외측에 위치되어, 상기 헤드부를 탄성 지지하는 복귀 스프링을 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the vertical link portion of the circuit breaker may include a return spring positioned outside the head portion in the fourth direction to elastically support the head portion.

또한, 상기 차단기의 상기 회전 링크부는, 상기 수직 링크부와 상기 제한 플레이트 사이에서 연장되는 링크 몸체; 상기 링크 몸체 및 상기 수직 링크부와 각각 링크 결합되는 제1 링크; 및 상기 링크 몸체 및 상기 제한 플레이트와 각각 링크 결합되는 제2 링크를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the rotation link portion of the circuit breaker, a link body extending between the vertical link portion and the limiting plate; a first link coupled to the link body and the vertical link unit, respectively; and a second link coupled to the link body and the limiting plate, respectively.

또한, 상기 차단기의 상기 제1 링크는, 상기 수직 링크부의 이동을 상기 링크 몸체의 회전으로 전환하며, 상기 제2 링크는, 상기 링크 몸체의 회전을 상기 제한 플레이트의 이동으로 전환할 수 있다.In addition, the first link of the breaker may convert the movement of the vertical link unit into rotation of the link body, and the second link may convert the rotation of the link body into movement of the limit plate.

또한, 상기 차단기는, 상기 카트부에 상기 제한 플레이트를 이동 가능하게 결합하는 체결 부재를 포함하며, 상기 제한 플레이트는, 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향으로 연장되는 제1 부분; 및 상기 제1 부분과 연속되며, 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향으로 연장되는 제2 부분을 포함하며, 상기 제1 부분 및 상기 제2 부분 중 어느 하나 이상에는, 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향으로 연장되어, 상기 체결 부재가 결합되는 이동 홈이 형성될 수 있다.In addition, the breaker includes a fastening member for movably coupling the restriction plate to the cart unit, the restriction plate comprising: a first portion extending in the first direction and the second direction; and a second portion continuous with the first portion and extending in the first direction and the second direction, wherein at least one of the first portion and the second portion has the first direction and the second portion A movable groove extending in two directions to which the fastening member is coupled may be formed.

또한, 본 발명은, 내부에 공간이 형성된 케이싱; 및 상기 케이싱에 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 결합되어, 상기 공간에 인입되거나 인출되는 차단기를 포함하며, 상기 케이싱은, 인입된 상기 차단기의 하측에 위치되고, 전후 방향으로 연장되는 레일부; 및 상기 레일부의 폭 방향의 일측에 위치되며, 전후 방향으로 연장되되, 전방 측 단부의 높이가 후방 측 단부의 높이보다 높은 차단 플레이트를 포함하며, 상기 차단기는, 외부의 제어 전원과 통전 가능하게 연결되며, 상하 방향으로 승강 가능하게 구비되는 커넥터; 상하 방향으로 연장되며, 상기 커넥터와 연결되어 상기 커넥터와 함께 승강되는 수직 링크부; 상기 수직 링크부와 링크 결합되어, 상기 수직 링크부의 승강에 따라 회전되는 회전 링크부; 및 상기 레일부의 상측에 위치되며 상기 회전 링크부와 링크 결합되어, 상기 회전 링크부의 회전에 따라 좌측 또는 우측으로 이동되는 제한 플레이트를 포함하며, 상기 제한 플레이트는, 상기 레일부를 향해 돌출되어, 그 하측 단부가 상기 차단 플레이트의 상기 전방 측 단부보다 낮고 상기 후방 측 단부보다 높게 위치되는 차단기 조립체를 제공한다.In addition, the present invention, the casing is formed with a space therein; and a circuit breaker that is slidably coupled to the casing and is drawn into or withdrawn into the space, wherein the casing includes a rail portion positioned below the introduced circuit breaker and extending in the front-rear direction; and a blocking plate positioned on one side of the rail part in the width direction and extending in the front-rear direction, the height of the front end being higher than the height of the rear end, the circuit breaker being able to conduct electricity with an external control power source a connector connected to and provided to be able to ascend and descend in an up-down direction; a vertical link unit extending in the vertical direction and connected to the connector to be lifted and lowered together with the connector; a rotary link unit coupled to the vertical link unit and rotated according to the elevation of the vertical link unit; and a limiting plate positioned above the rail part and linked to the rotation link part and moved to the left or right according to the rotation of the rotation link part, wherein the limit plate protrudes toward the rail part, and the and a lower end of the blocker plate is positioned lower than the front side end and higher than the rear side end.

또한, 상기 차단기 조립체의 상기 차단기는 상기 케이싱의 전방 측으로부터 상기 케이싱에 인입되고, 상기 레일부의 상측에는, 상기 레일부의 전방 측에 위치되며, 상측이 개방된 제1 홈부; 및 상기 레일부의 후방 측에 위치되며, 상측이 개방된 제2 홈부가 형성되고, 상기 차단기는, 전방 측으로 연장되며, 상하 방향으로 이동 가능하게 결합되는 조작 핸들부; 및 상기 조작 핸들부와 연결되어, 상기 조작 핸들부와 함께 승강되어 상기 제1 홈부 또는 상기 제2 홈부에 삽입되는 삽입 돌기를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the circuit breaker of the circuit breaker assembly is introduced into the casing from the front side of the casing, the upper side of the rail portion, located on the front side of the rail portion, the upper side of the first groove portion open; and an operation handle portion located on the rear side of the rail portion, the second groove portion having an open upper side formed thereon, the circuit breaker extending toward the front side, and movably coupled in the vertical direction; and an insertion protrusion that is connected to the manipulation handle part, is lifted together with the manipulation handle part, and is inserted into the first groove part or the second groove part.

또한, 상기 차단기는, 상기 케이싱에 슬라이드 가능하게 결합되어, 상기 레일부를 마주하는 몸체부; 및 상기 몸체부에 구비되어, 상기 삽입 돌기를 탄성 지지하는 승강 스프링을 포함하며, 상기 조작 핸들부가 상측으로 가압되면, 상기 승강 스프링은 복원력을 저장할 수 있다.In addition, the circuit breaker is slidably coupled to the casing, the body portion facing the rail portion; and a lifting spring provided in the body portion to elastically support the insertion protrusion, wherein when the manipulation handle part is pressed upward, the lifting spring may store a restoring force.

본 발명의 실시 예에 따르면, 다음과 같은 효과가 달성될 수 있다.According to an embodiment of the present invention, the following effects can be achieved.

먼저, 외부의 제어 전원은 잭(jack)이 커넥터에 탈착 가능하게 결합되어 차단기에 인가된다. 커넥터는 승강 가능하게 구비되는 승강 프레임에 결합된다. 승강 프레임은 상하 방향으로 승강 가능하게 카트부에 결합되는 수직 링크부와 결합된다.First, the external control power is applied to the circuit breaker by detachably coupled to the jack (jack) connector. The connector is coupled to the elevating frame provided to be elevating. The elevating frame is coupled to a vertical link unit coupled to the cart to enable elevating in the vertical direction.

수직 링크부는 회전 가능하게 카트부에 결합되는 회전 링크부와 결합된다. 회전 링크부는 좌우 방향으로 이동 가능하게 카트부에 결합되는 제한 플레이트와 결합된다. 회전 링크부는 수직 링크부의 상하 방향의 이동을 회전 이동으로 전환한 후, 이를 제한 플레이트의 좌우 방향의 이동으로 전환한다.The vertical link unit is coupled to a rotation link unit that is rotatably coupled to the cart unit. The rotation link unit is coupled to a limit plate coupled to the cart unit to be movable in the left and right directions. The rotary link unit converts the vertical link unit's vertical movement into rotational movement, and then converts it to the left-right movement of the limiting plate.

제한 플레이트의 좌측 또는 우측에는 차단 플레이트가 구비된다. 커넥터에 잭이 연결되어 상기 구성 요소들이 작동되면, 제한 플레이트가 차단 플레이트를 향하는 방향으로 이동된다. 이동된 제한 플레이트와 차단 플레이트는 전후 방향으로 겹쳐진다. 상기 상태에서, 차단기는 케이싱에서 분리되는 방향으로 이동되지 않는다.A blocking plate is provided on the left or right side of the restriction plate. When the jack is connected to the connector and the components are activated, the limit plate is moved in the direction toward the blocking plate. The moved limiting plate and blocking plate overlap in the front-rear direction. In this state, the circuit breaker does not move in the direction of separation from the casing.

커넥터에서 잭이 분리되어 상기 구성 요소들이 각각 반대로 작동되면, 제한 플레이트가 차단 플레이트에 반대되는 방향으로 이동된다. 이동된 제한 플레이트와 차단 플레이트는 전후 방향으로 이격되어 겹쳐지지 않는다. 상기 상태에서, 차단기는 케이싱에서 분리되는 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.When the jack is disconnected from the connector and the components are operated in opposite directions, the limiting plate is moved in the opposite direction to the blocking plate. The moved limiting plate and blocking plate are spaced apart in the front-rear direction and do not overlap. In the above state, the circuit breaker may be moved in a direction to be separated from the casing.

따라서, 커넥터에 잭이 결합되었는지 여부에 따라 차단기의 이동이 허용되거나 제한될 수 있다. 더 나아가, 커넥터에 잭이 연결된 경우, 잭이 분리되기 전에는 차단기가 케이싱에서 임의로 분리되지 않게 된다.Accordingly, the movement of the circuit breaker may be permitted or restricted depending on whether the jack is coupled to the connector. Furthermore, if a jack is connected to the connector, the breaker will not be randomly disconnected from the casing until the jack is disconnected.

결과적으로, 커넥터와 잭의 임의 분리에 따른 차단기의 오동작 및 손상이 방지될 수 있다. As a result, malfunction and damage of the circuit breaker due to arbitrary separation of the connector and the jack can be prevented.

또한, 케이싱에는 차단기가 삽입 및 인출되는 방향으로 연장되는 레일부가 구비된다. 레일부의 상면에는 복수 개의 걸림 홈부가 형성된다. 복수 개의 걸림 홈부는 차단기가 작동되는 모드에 대응되는 위치에 각각 형성된다.In addition, the casing is provided with a rail portion extending in a direction in which the circuit breaker is inserted and drawn out. A plurality of locking grooves are formed on the upper surface of the rail unit. A plurality of locking grooves are respectively formed at positions corresponding to the mode in which the circuit breaker is operated.

차단기에는 레일부를 마주하게 위치되는 승강부가 위치된다. 승강부는 상하 방향으로 이동되어 복수 개의 걸림 홈부 중 어느 하나에 삽입되거나 인출되는 삽입 돌기를 포함한다.The circuit breaker has a lifting unit positioned to face the rail unit. The lifting unit includes an insertion protrusion that is moved in the vertical direction to be inserted into or withdrawn from any one of the plurality of locking grooves.

승강부는 조작 핸들부와 연결된다. 조작 핸들부는 상하 방향으로 이동 가능하게 차단기에 구비되되, 그 일측 단부가 차단기의 외측으로 노출된다. The lifting unit is connected to the operation handle unit. The operation handle part is provided on the circuit breaker to be movable in the vertical direction, and one end thereof is exposed to the outside of the circuit breaker.

따라서, 작업자는 특정 모드로 작동되도록 차단기를 위치시키고, 조작 핸들부를 조작하여 삽입 돌기를 복수 개의 걸림 홈부 중 어느 하나의 홈부에 삽입할 수 있다. Accordingly, the operator may position the circuit breaker to operate in a specific mode and insert the insertion protrusion into any one of the plurality of locking grooves by manipulating the operation handle.

차단기를 이동시키고자 할 경우, 작업자는 조작 핸들부를 조작하여 삽입 돌기를 상기 어느 하나의 홈부에서 인출한다. 이에 따라, 차단기는 레일부를 따라 슬라이드 이동될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 특정 모드로 작동 중인 차단기는 임의 이동되지 않게 된다. When moving the circuit breaker, the operator manipulates the operation handle to withdraw the insertion protrusion from any one of the grooves. Accordingly, the circuit breaker may slide along the rail portion. Accordingly, the circuit breaker operating in a specific mode does not move arbitrarily.

또한, 차단기를 이동시키고자 할 경우, 삽입 돌기를 걸림 홈부에서 인출함으로써 그 목적을 용이하게 달성할 수 있다. 삽입 돌기의 삽입 및 인출은 외측으로 노출되는 조작 핸들부의 이동과 연동된다. 그러므로, 작업자는 용이하게 조작 핸들부를 조작하여 차단기의 이동 여부를 제어할 수 있다.In addition, when the circuit breaker is to be moved, the purpose can be easily achieved by withdrawing the insertion protrusion from the locking groove portion. Insertion and withdrawal of the insertion protrusion are linked with the movement of the manipulation handle part exposed to the outside. Therefore, the operator can easily control whether the circuit breaker moves by manipulating the operation handle.

또한, 상술한 구성에 의해 차단기의 이동은 다단계로 제어될 수 있다. 즉, 차단기는 삽입 돌기가 걸림 홈부에 삽입되었는지 여부 및 커넥터와 잭이 서로 결합되었는지 여부와 관련된 조건이 모두 만족되어야 이동될 수 있다.In addition, the movement of the circuit breaker can be controlled in multiple stages by the above-described configuration. That is, the circuit breaker can be moved only when all conditions related to whether the insertion protrusion is inserted into the locking groove and whether the connector and the jack are coupled to each other are satisfied.

따라서, 단수 개의 수단에 의해서 차단기의 이동을 제한한 경우에 비해, 작업 신뢰성이 향상될 수 있다. 더 나아가, 차단기의 제어 편의성이 향상되고, 차단기의 임의 이동에 따른 사고 발생을 방지할 수 있다.Therefore, compared to the case where the movement of the circuit breaker is restricted by a single means, work reliability can be improved. Furthermore, it is possible to improve the control convenience of the circuit breaker and prevent an accident caused by the arbitrary movement of the circuit breaker.

또한, 차단기가 안착되는 레일부에는 경사면이 구비된다. 경사면은 차단기의 삽입이 개시되는 방향을 향해 연장되되, 하측을 향해 연장된다. 즉, 경사면은 차단기를 하측에서 가이드한다.In addition, the rail portion on which the circuit breaker is mounted is provided with an inclined surface. The inclined surface extends toward the direction in which insertion of the circuit breaker is started, and extends downward. That is, the inclined surface guides the circuit breaker from the lower side.

따라서, 차단기가 용이하게 케이싱에 삽입 및 인출될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 작업 편의성이 향상될 수 있다.Accordingly, the circuit breaker can be easily inserted into and withdrawn from the casing. Accordingly, work convenience may be improved.

도 1은 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체를 도시하는 사시도이다.1 is a perspective view showing a circuit breaker assembly according to an embodiment of the present invention.

도 2는 도 1의 차단기 조립체를 도시하는 평면도이다.FIG. 2 is a plan view illustrating the breaker assembly of FIG. 1 ;

도 3은 도 1의 차단기 조립체를 도시하는 정면도이다.FIG. 3 is a front view of the breaker assembly of FIG. 1 ;

도 4는 도 1의 차단기 조립체에 구비되는 케이싱을 도시하는 사시도이다.4 is a perspective view illustrating a casing provided in the circuit breaker assembly of FIG. 1 .

도 5는 도 4의 케이싱을 도시하는 평면도이다.Fig. 5 is a plan view showing the casing of Fig. 4;

도 6은 도 4의 케이싱에 구비되는 차단기 결합부를 도시하는 사시도이다.6 is a perspective view illustrating a circuit breaker coupling unit provided in the casing of FIG. 4 .

도 7은 도 6의 차단기 결합부를 도시하는 정면도이다.FIG. 7 is a front view showing the circuit breaker coupling part of FIG. 6 .

도 8은 도 6의 차단기 결합부를 도시하는 좌측면도(a) 및 우측면도(b)이다.8 is a left side view (a) and a right side view (b) illustrating the circuit breaker coupling portion of FIG. 6 .

도 9는 도 6의 차단기 결합부를 도시하는 평면도(a) 및 저면도(b)이다.9 is a plan view (a) and a bottom view (b) illustrating the circuit breaker coupling portion of FIG. 6 .

도 10은 도 1의 차단기 조립체에 구비되는 차단기를 도시하는 사시도이다.10 is a perspective view illustrating a circuit breaker provided in the circuit breaker assembly of FIG. 1 .

도 11은 도 10의 차단기를 도시하는 평면도이다.Fig. 11 is a plan view showing the circuit breaker of Fig. 10;

도 12는 도 10의 차단기를 도시하는 정면도이다.Fig. 12 is a front view showing the circuit breaker of Fig. 10;

도 13은 도 10의 차단기를 도시하는 측면도이다.Fig. 13 is a side view showing the circuit breaker of Fig. 10;

도 14는 도 10의 차단기를 도시하는 저면도이다.Fig. 14 is a bottom view showing the circuit breaker of Fig. 10;

도 15은 도 10의 차단기의 내부 구성을 도시하는 사시도이다.Fig. 15 is a perspective view showing the internal configuration of the circuit breaker of Fig. 10;

도 16은 도 10의 차단기에 구비되는 카트부 및 이동 제한부를 도시하는 사시도이다.16 is a perspective view illustrating a cart unit and a movement limiting unit provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .

도 17은 도 10의 차단기에 구비되는 카트부 및 이동 제한부를 도시하는 정면도이다.17 is a front view illustrating a cart unit and a movement limiting unit provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .

도 18은 도 10의 차단기에 구비되는 카트부 및 이동 제한부를 도시하는 A-A' 단면도이다.18 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A' showing a cart unit and a movement limiting unit provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .

도 19는 도 10의 차단기에 구비되는 카트부 및 이동 제한부를 도시하는 정단면도이다.19 is a front cross-sectional view illustrating a cart unit and a movement limiting unit provided in the circuit breaker of FIG.

도 20은 도 10의 차단기에 구비되는 제한 플레이트를 도시하는 사시도(a) 및 정면도(b)이다.20 is a perspective view (a) and a front view (b) illustrating a limiting plate provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .

도 21 내지 도 24는 도 10의 차단기에 구비되는 카트부 및 이동 제한부를 도시하는 저면 사시도이다.21 to 24 are bottom perspective views illustrating a cart unit and a movement limiting unit provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .

도 25는 도 10의 차단기가 도 4의 케이싱에 결합된 상태를 도시하는 사시도이다.25 is a perspective view illustrating a state in which the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 is coupled to the casing of FIG. 4 .

도 26은 도 4의 케이싱에 구비되는 차단 플레이트 및 도 10의 차단기에 구비되는 제한 플레이트에 의해 차단기의 임의 분리가 방지되는 상태를 도시하는 사시도이다. 26 is a perspective view illustrating a state in which arbitrary separation of the circuit breaker is prevented by the blocking plate provided in the casing of FIG. 4 and the limiting plate provided in the circuit breaker of FIG. 10 .

이하, 첨부한 도면들을 참조하여 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기(20) 및 이를 포함하는 차단기 조립체(1)를 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, the circuit breaker 20 and the circuit breaker assembly 1 including the same according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.

이하의 설명에서는 본 발명의 특징을 명확하게 하기 위해, 일부 구성 요소들에 대한 설명이 생략될 수 있다.In the following description, in order to clarify the characteristics of the present invention, descriptions of some components may be omitted.

1. 용어의 정의1. Definition of terms

이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "차단기"라는 용어는 전원 및 부하와 각각 통전 가능하게 연결되어, 상기 전원 및 상기 부하의 통전을 허용하거나 차단할 수 있는 임의의 장치를 의미한다. 일 실시 예에서, 차단기는 진공 차단기 또는 기중 차단기 등으로 구비될 수 있다.The term "breaker" used in the following description means any device that is connected to a power source and a load to be energized, respectively, and can allow or cut off the conduction of the power source and the load. In one embodiment, the circuit breaker may be provided as a vacuum circuit breaker or an air circuit breaker.

이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "통전"이라는 용어는 서로 다른 두 개 이상의 부재가 서로 전류 또는 전기적 신호를 전달받을 수 있는 상태를 의미한다. 일 실시 예에서, 상기 통전 상태는 도선 부재 등에 의해 유선의 방식으로 형성되거나, 와이파이 또는 블루투스 등에 의해 무선의 방식으로 형성될 수 있다. The term “energized” used in the following description refers to a state in which two or more different members can receive current or electrical signals from each other. In an embodiment, the energized state may be formed in a wired manner by a conducting wire member or the like, or may be formed in a wireless manner by Wi-Fi or Bluetooth.

이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "잭(jack)"이라는 용어는 두 개 이상의 서로 다른 부재를 통전 가능하게 연결하기 위해 구비되는 부재를 의미한다. The term “jack” used in the following description means a member provided to connect two or more different members to be energized.

일 실시 예에서, 상기 잭은 어느 하나의 부재에 구비되는 커넥터에 탈착 가능하게, 그리고 통전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다. 상기 잭은 도선 부재 등에 의해 다른 하나의 부재와 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다. In an embodiment, the jack may be detachably coupled to a connector provided on one member and energized. The jack may be electrically connected to another member by a conducting wire member or the like.

즉, 상기 잭이 커넥터에 탈착 가능하게 결합되면, 상기 커넥터를 포함하는 어느 하나의 부재 및 상기 잭이 도선 부재 등에 의해 연결된 다른 하나의 부재가 서로 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다.That is, when the jack is detachably coupled to the connector, any one member including the connector and the other member to which the jack is connected by a conducting wire member may be electrically connected to each other.

이하의 설명에서 "특정 방향을 따라 이격된다"는 용어는 상기 특정 방향을 따라 겹쳐지지 않게 배치되는 상태를 의미한다. 예를 들어, 전후 방향을 따라 이격된다는 의미는, 전후 방향을 따라 겹쳐지지 않게 배치되는 상태를 의미한다.In the following description, the term “spaced apart along a specific direction” refers to a state in which they are arranged so as not to overlap along the specific direction. For example, being spaced apart along the front-rear direction means that they are arranged so as not to overlap along the front-rear direction.

이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "상측", "하측", "좌측", "우측", "전방 측" 및 "후방 측"이라는 용어는 도 1, 도 4, 도 6, 도 10, 도 16, 도 16 및 도 21 내지 도 26에 도시된 좌표계를 참조하여 이해될 것이다.The terms "upper side", "lower side", "left", "right", "front side" and "rear side" used in the following description refer to FIGS. 1, 4, 6, 10, 16, and FIG. 16 and the coordinate system shown in FIGS. 21 to 26 will be understood.

2. 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체(1)의 구성의 설명2. Description of the configuration of the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention

도 1 내지 도 3을 참조하면, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체(1)는 케이싱(10) 및 차단기(20)를 포함한다.1 to 3 , the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a casing 10 and a circuit breaker 20 .

케이싱(10)은 차단기 조립체(1)의 외형을 형성한다. 차단기(20)는 케이싱(10)에 슬라이드되어 결합될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 차단기(20)는 전방 측으로 슬라이드 이동되어 케이싱(10)에 인입된다. 또한, 차단기(20)는 후방 측으로 슬라이드 이동되어 케이싱(10)에서 인출된다.The casing 10 forms the outline of the circuit breaker assembly 1 . The circuit breaker 20 may be slidably coupled to the casing 10 . In the illustrated embodiment, the circuit breaker 20 is introduced into the casing 10 by sliding to the front side. In addition, the circuit breaker 20 is pulled out from the casing 10 by sliding to the rear side.

차단기(20)가 소정 거리만큼 슬라이드 이동되어 인입된 후 상기 잭이 차단기(20)에 탈착 가능하게 결합되면, 차단기(20)의 임의 인출이 방지될 수 있다.When the jack is detachably coupled to the circuit breaker 20 after the circuit breaker 20 slides in by a predetermined distance, arbitrary withdrawal of the circuit breaker 20 can be prevented.

또한, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체(1)는 차단기(20)가 상기 소정 거리만큼 슬라이드 이동되어 인입된 후 더 이동되기 위해서는 상기 잭이 차단기(20)에 결합되어야만 한다. In addition, in the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention, the jack must be coupled to the circuit breaker 20 in order to move further after the circuit breaker 20 slides in by the predetermined distance.

더 나아가, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체(1)는 인입된 차단기(20)에 결합된 상기 잭이 분리되지 않은 경우, 인입된 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에서 임의로 인출되지 않는다. Furthermore, in the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention, when the jack coupled to the introduced circuit breaker 20 is not separated, the introduced circuit breaker 20 is not arbitrarily drawn out from the casing 10 .

이하, 첨부된 도면들을 참조하여 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체(1)의 각 구성을 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, each configuration of the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.

(1) 케이싱(10)의 구성의 설명(1) Description of the configuration of the casing 10

도 4 내지 도 9를 참조하면, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체(1)는 케이싱(10)을 포함한다.4 to 9 , the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a casing 10 .

케이싱(10)은 차단기 조립체(1)의 외형을 형성한다. 케이싱(10)의 내부에는 공간이 형성되어, 차단기(20)가 수용될 수 있다. 상기 공간에 수용된 차단기(20)는 상기 잭에 의해 외부의 제어 전원 등과 통전 가능하게 연결될 수 있다.The casing 10 forms the outline of the circuit breaker assembly 1 . A space is formed inside the casing 10 to accommodate the circuit breaker 20 . The circuit breaker 20 accommodated in the space may be electrically connected to an external control power source by the jack.

케이싱(10)은 충분한 강성을 갖는 소재로 형성되는 것이 바람직하다. 외부의 충격에 의한 수용된 차단기(20)의 손상을 방지하기 위함이다. 일 실시 예에서, 케이싱(10)은 스테인리스 스틸 등의 소재로 형성될 수 있다.The casing 10 is preferably formed of a material having sufficient rigidity. This is to prevent damage to the accommodated circuit breaker 20 due to an external impact. In one embodiment, the casing 10 may be formed of a material such as stainless steel.

도시된 실시 예에서, 케이싱(10)은 사각형의 단면을 갖고, 상하 방향으로 연장된 사각기둥 형상이다. 케이싱(10)의 형상은 내부에 수용되는 차단기(20)의 형상 또는 차단기 조립체(1)가 설치되는 주변 환경에 따라 변경될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the casing 10 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular prism shape extending in the vertical direction. The shape of the casing 10 may be changed according to the shape of the circuit breaker 20 accommodated therein or the surrounding environment in which the circuit breaker assembly 1 is installed.

도시된 실시 예에서, 케이싱(10)은 베이스(100), 수직부(200) 및 차단기 결합부(300)를 포함한다. In the illustrated embodiment, the casing 10 includes a base 100 , a vertical portion 200 and a circuit breaker coupling portion 300 .

베이스(100)는 케이싱(10)의 하측을 형성한다. 베이스(100)에는 수직부(200) 및 차단기 결합부(300)가 위치된다.The base 100 forms the lower side of the casing 10 . A vertical portion 200 and a circuit breaker coupling portion 300 are positioned on the base 100 .

베이스(100)는 케이싱(10)에 삽입된 차단기(20)를 하측에서 지지한다. 즉, 차단기(20)는 베이스(100)에 안착된 상태에서 베이스(100)의 연장 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 슬라이드 이동될 수 있다. The base 100 supports the circuit breaker 20 inserted into the casing 10 from the lower side. That is, the circuit breaker 20 may be slidably moved in the extension direction of the base 100 in a state in which it is seated on the base 100 , in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.

베이스(100)는 차단기(20)를 하측에서 지지할 수 있는 임의의 형상일 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 베이스(100)는 좌우 방향 및 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된 사각 판형으로 형성된다.The base 100 may have any shape capable of supporting the circuit breaker 20 from the lower side. In the illustrated embodiment, the base 100 is formed in a rectangular plate shape extending in the left-right direction and the front-rear direction.

베이스(100)의 상측에는 수직부(200)가 위치된다. 수직부(200)는 베이스(100)에 그 하측이 결합되어, 베이스(100)에 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측으로 연장된다.A vertical portion 200 is positioned above the base 100 . The vertical portion 200 has its lower side coupled to the base 100 and extends upward in the direction opposite to the base 100 , in the illustrated embodiment.

베이스(100)의 상측에는 차단기 결합부(300)가 위치된다. 차단기 결합부(300)는 베이스(100)에 고정 결합될 수 있다. 차단기 결합부(300)는 케이싱(10)에 수용된 차단기(20)를 전후 방향으로 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 지지한다.The circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned on the upper side of the base 100 . The circuit breaker coupling part 300 may be fixedly coupled to the base 100 . The circuit breaker coupling part 300 supports the circuit breaker 20 accommodated in the casing 10 to be slidably moved in the front and rear directions.

도시된 실시 예에서, 베이스(100)는 수평 판(110), 지지 부재(120) 및 수용 공간(130)을 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the base 100 includes a horizontal plate 110 , a support member 120 , and an accommodation space 130 .

수평 판(110)은 베이스(100)의 외형을 형성한다. 수평 판(110)은 케이싱(10)의 다른 구성 요소, 도시된 실시 예에서 수직부(200) 및 차단기 결합부(300)와 결합된다. 수평 판(110)은 상기 구성 요소들을 하측에서 지지할 수 있다.The horizontal plate 110 forms the outer shape of the base 100 . The horizontal plate 110 is coupled with other components of the casing 10 , the vertical portion 200 and the circuit breaker coupling portion 300 in the illustrated embodiment. The horizontal plate 110 may support the components from the lower side.

수평 판(110)은 베이스(100)의 다른 구성 요소와 결합된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 수평 판(110)은 지지 부재(120) 및 수용 공간(130)과 결합된다.The horizontal plate 110 is coupled with other components of the base 100 . In the illustrated embodiment, the horizontal plate 110 is coupled to the support member 120 and the receiving space (130).

명칭에서 알 수 있듯이, 수평 판(110)은 판형으로 구비된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 수평 판(110)은 전후 방향 및 좌우 방향으로 연장되고, 상하 방향의 두께를 갖는 사각 판형으로 구비된다. 수평 판(110)의 형상은 상술한 기능을 수행할 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 변경될 수 있다.As the name suggests, the horizontal plate 110 is provided in a plate shape. In the illustrated embodiment, the horizontal plate 110 extends in the front-rear and left-right directions, and is provided in a rectangular plate shape having a thickness in the vertical direction. The shape of the horizontal plate 110 may be changed to any shape capable of performing the above-described functions.

수평 판(110)의 연장 방향 중 어느 하나, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향의 각 모서리는 지지 부재(120)와 결합된다. 또한, 수평 판(110)의 두께 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 상하 방향 중 상측에는 수용 공간(130)이 형성된다.In any one of the extending directions of the horizontal plate 110 , each corner in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment is coupled to the support member 120 . In addition, the accommodating space 130 is formed on the upper side of the horizontal plate 110 in the thickness direction, and in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment.

지지 부재(120)는 베이스(100)가 지면 또는 설치되는 위치의 바닥 면과 결합되는 부분이다. 지지 부재(120)는 수평 판(110)을 상기 지면 또는 상기 바닥 면과 소정 거리만큼 이격되도록 수평 판(110)을 지지한다.The support member 120 is a portion coupled to the ground or the bottom surface of the installation location of the base 100. The support member 120 supports the horizontal plate 110 so that the horizontal plate 110 is spaced apart from the ground or the bottom surface by a predetermined distance.

지지 부재(120)는 수평 판(110)에 결합된다. 또한, 지지 부재(120)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 지지 부재(120)는 서로 이격되어, 수평 판(110)의 연장 방향의 각 모서리에 결합될 수 있다. The support member 120 is coupled to the horizontal plate 110 . In addition, a plurality of support members 120 may be provided. The plurality of support members 120 may be spaced apart from each other and coupled to respective corners of the horizontal plate 110 in the extending direction.

일 실시 예에서, 지지 부재(120)와 수평 판(110)은 나사 부재 등에 의해 체결될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the support member 120 and the horizontal plate 110 may be fastened by a screw member or the like.

도시된 실시 예에서, 지지 부재(120)는 두 개 구비되어, 수평 판(110)의 좌측 모서리 및 우측 모서리에 각각 위치된다. 지지 부재(120)는 수평 판(110)의 각 모서리에 고정 결합될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, two support members 120 are provided, respectively, positioned at the left and right corners of the horizontal plate 110 . The support member 120 may be fixedly coupled to each corner of the horizontal plate 110 .

복수 개의 지지 부재(120)는 수평 판(110)을 사이에 두고 서로 마주하게 위치된다. 달리 표현하면, 복수 개의 지지 부재(120)는 수용 공간(130), 수직부(200) 및 차단기 결합부(300)를 사이에 두고 서로 마주하게 위치된다.The plurality of support members 120 are positioned to face each other with the horizontal plate 110 interposed therebetween. In other words, the plurality of support members 120 are positioned to face each other with the accommodation space 130 , the vertical part 200 and the circuit breaker coupling part 300 interposed therebetween.

지지 부재(120)는 수평 판(110)을 지지할 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 지지 부재(120)는 상하 방향으로 연장되는 제1 부분 및 제1 부분과 연속되며, 상기 지면 또는 상기 바닥 면에 평행하게 좌우 방향으로 연장되는 제2 부분을 포함한다.The support member 120 may be provided in any shape capable of supporting the horizontal plate 110 . In the illustrated embodiment, the support member 120 includes a first portion extending in an up-down direction and a second portion continuous with the first portion, and extending in a left-right direction parallel to the ground or the floor surface.

지지 부재(120)는 수평 판(110)이 연장되는 방향 중 어느 하나의 방향으로 연장될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 지지 부재(120)는 수평 판(110)의 좌측 모서리 및 우측 모서리가 연장되는 방향인 전후 방향으로 연장된다.The support member 120 may extend in any one of the directions in which the horizontal plate 110 extends. In the illustrated embodiment, the support member 120 extends in the front-rear direction, which is the direction in which the left edge and the right edge of the horizontal plate 110 extend.

일 실시 예에서, 지지 부재(120)가 연장되는 길이는 수평 판(110)의 연장 길이보다 길 수 있다. 따라서, 지지 부재(120)가 상기 지면 또는 상기 바닥 면과 접촉되는 면적 또한 증가되어, 지지 부재(120)가 수평 판(110)을 안정적으로 지지할 수 있다.In an embodiment, an extended length of the support member 120 may be longer than an extended length of the horizontal plate 110 . Accordingly, the area in which the support member 120 comes into contact with the ground or the bottom surface is also increased, so that the support member 120 can stably support the horizontal plate 110 .

수평 판(110)의 상측 및 복수 개의 지지 부재(120) 사이에는 수용 공간(130)이 형성된다.An accommodating space 130 is formed between the upper side of the horizontal plate 110 and the plurality of support members 120 .

수용 공간(130)은 차단기(20)가 수용되는 공간이다. 수용 공간(130)은 케이싱(10)의 내부에 형성된 공간으로 정의될 수 있다.The accommodation space 130 is a space in which the circuit breaker 20 is accommodated. The accommodation space 130 may be defined as a space formed inside the casing 10 .

수용 공간(130)은 수평 판(110)의 상측에 위치된다. 또한, 수용 공간(130)은 수평 판(110) 및 수직부(200)에 의해 둘러싸일 수 있다.The accommodation space 130 is located above the horizontal plate 110 . In addition, the accommodation space 130 may be surrounded by the horizontal plate 110 and the vertical portion 200 .

구체적으로, 도시된 실시 예에서, 수용 공간(130)의 하측은 수평 판(110)에 둘러싸인다. 또한, 수용 공간(130)의 후방의 좌측 및 우측은 수직부(200)의 제1 판(210)에, 후방 측은 수직부(200)의 제2 판(220)에 둘러싸인다.Specifically, in the illustrated embodiment, the lower side of the receiving space 130 is surrounded by the horizontal plate (110). In addition, the left and right sides of the rear of the receiving space 130 are surrounded by the first plate 210 of the vertical portion 200 , and the rear side is surrounded by the second plate 220 of the vertical portion 200 .

수용 공간(130)이 다른 부재에 둘러싸인 부분과 다른 부분은 외부와 연통된다. 차단기(20)는 상기 다른 부분 중 어느 하나의 방향으로 수용 공간(130)에 진입될 수 있다. A portion of the accommodating space 130 surrounded by other members and a different portion are in communication with the outside. The circuit breaker 20 may enter the accommodation space 130 in any one direction among the other parts.

도시된 실시 예에서, 수용 공간(130)의 전방 측, 전방의 좌측 및 우측과 상측이 외부와 연통된다. 이때, 차단기(20)는 수용 공간(130)의 전방 측을 통해 수용 공간(130)에 진입될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the front side of the accommodation space 130 , the left and right sides of the front and the upper side communicate with the outside. At this time, the circuit breaker 20 may enter the accommodation space 130 through the front side of the accommodation space 130 .

또한, 진입된 차단기(20)는 수용 공간(130)의 하측을 둘러싸는 수평 판(110)에 결합된 차단기 결합부(300)에 의해 수용 공간(130)을 향하는 방향 및 그에 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 슬라이드 이동될 수 있다. 이에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.In addition, the entered circuit breaker 20 is directed toward the accommodation space 130 by the circuit breaker coupling part 300 coupled to the horizontal plate 110 surrounding the lower side of the accommodation space 130 and the opposite direction, shown In the illustrated embodiment, it may be slidably moved in the front-rear direction. A detailed description thereof will be provided later.

수직부(200)는 케이싱(10)에 삽입된 차단기(20)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다. 수직부(200)에는 차단기(20)가 외부의 제어 전원, 전원 또는 부하와 통전되기 위한 다양한 구성을 포함한다.The vertical portion 200 partially surrounds the circuit breaker 20 inserted into the casing 10 . The vertical portion 200 includes various configurations for the circuit breaker 20 to conduct electricity with an external control power source, power source, or load.

또한, 수직부(200)는 수용 공간(130)에 수용된 차단기(20)가 임의 요동되지 않도록 고정한다. 수직부(200)에 의해 차단기(20)와 케이싱(10)의 결합 상태가 안정적으로 유지될 수 있다.In addition, the vertical portion 200 is fixed so that the circuit breaker 20 accommodated in the accommodation space 130 does not swing randomly. The coupled state of the circuit breaker 20 and the casing 10 may be stably maintained by the vertical portion 200 .

수직부(200)는 베이스(100)와 결합된다. 구체적으로, 베이스(100)를 향하는 수직부(200)의 일측 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측 단부는 수평 판(110)과 결합된다. 일 실시 예에서, 수직부(200)는 베이스(100)에 고정 결합될 수 있다.The vertical part 200 is coupled to the base 100 . Specifically, one end of the vertical portion 200 facing the base 100, the lower end in the illustrated embodiment is coupled to the horizontal plate (110). In an embodiment, the vertical part 200 may be fixedly coupled to the base 100 .

수직부(200)는 수평 판(110)이 연장되는 방향의 일측에 치우쳐 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 수직부(200)는 수평 판(110)의 후방 측에 치우쳐 위치된다.The vertical portion 200 is positioned to be biased toward one side of the extending direction of the horizontal plate 110 . In the illustrated embodiment, the vertical portion 200 is biased toward the rear side of the horizontal plate 110 .

수직부(200)는 지지 부재(120)에 의해 부분적으로 감싸질 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 수직부(200)는 그 좌측 및 우측이 지지 부재(120)에 의해 부분적으로 감싸진다.The vertical portion 200 may be partially surrounded by the support member 120 . In the illustrated embodiment, the left and right sides of the vertical portion 200 are partially covered by the support member 120 .

수직부(200)는 베이스(100)에 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측으로 연장 형성된다. The vertical portion 200 is formed to extend upward in the direction opposite to the base 100, in the illustrated embodiment.

수직부(200)의 내부에는 공간이 형성된다. 상기 공간은 수직부(200)를 구성하는 제1 판(210), 제2 판(220) 및 보강 부재(230) 등에 의해 감싸질 수 있다. A space is formed inside the vertical part 200 . The space may be surrounded by the first plate 210 , the second plate 220 , and the reinforcing member 230 constituting the vertical part 200 .

상기 공간의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측은 개방된다. 수직부(200)의 내부에 형성된 상기 공간에는 결합된 차단기(20)가 부분적으로 수용될 수 있다. One side of the space, in the illustrated embodiment the front side, is open. The coupled circuit breaker 20 may be partially accommodated in the space formed inside the vertical portion 200 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 수직부(200)는 전방 측 및 상측이 개방되고, 좌측 및 우측이 폐쇄되며, 후방 측이 부분적으로 개방된 사각기둥 형상이다. 수직부(200)의 형상은 차단기(20)의 형상에 따라 변경될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the vertical portion 200 has a quadrangular prism shape in which the front side and the upper side are open, the left and right sides are closed, and the rear side is partially open. The shape of the vertical part 200 may be changed according to the shape of the circuit breaker 20 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 수직부(200)는 제1 판(210), 제2 판(220), 보강 부재(230), 가이드 레일(240) 및 가이드부(250)를 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the vertical portion 200 includes a first plate 210 , a second plate 220 , a reinforcing member 230 , a guide rail 240 , and a guide part 250 .

제1 판(210)은 수직부(200)의 양측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 및 우측을 형성한다. The first plate 210 forms both sides of the vertical portion 200 , left and right in the illustrated embodiment.

제1 판(210)은 베이스(100)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 제1 판(210)은 그 하측이 수평 판(110) 및 지지 부재(120)에 각각 결합된다. 상기 결합을 위해, 나사 부재 또는 리벳 부재 등이 구비될 수 있다.The first plate 210 is coupled to the base 100 . Specifically, the lower side of the first plate 210 is coupled to the horizontal plate 110 and the support member 120 , respectively. For the coupling, a screw member or a rivet member may be provided.

제1 판(210)은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 제1 판(210)은 서로 이격되어 위치되어, 각각 수직부(200)의 각 측을 형성할 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 판(210)은 두 개 구비되어, 수직부(200)의 내부에 형성된 공간을 마주하게 배치된다.A plurality of first plates 210 may be provided. The plurality of first plates 210 may be spaced apart from each other to form respective sides of the vertical portion 200 , respectively. In the illustrated embodiment, two first plates 210 are provided to face the space formed inside the vertical part 200 .

제1 판(210)은 서로 다른 두 개의 방향으로 연장된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 판(210)은 상하 방향의 연장 길이가 전후 방향의 연장 길이보다 길고, 좌우 방향의 두께를 갖는 사각 판형으로 구비된다.The first plate 210 extends in two different directions. In the illustrated embodiment, the first plate 210 is provided in a rectangular plate shape having a vertical extension length longer than a front-rear extension length and a left-right direction thickness.

제1 판(210)은 제2 판(220) 및 보강 부재(230)와 각각 연결된다. 제2 판(220) 및 보강 부재(230)는 복수 개의 제1 판(210) 사이에서 연장되어, 각 단부가 복수 개의 제1 판(210)에 각각 결합될 수 있다.The first plate 210 is connected to the second plate 220 and the reinforcing member 230 , respectively. The second plate 220 and the reinforcing member 230 may extend between the plurality of first plates 210 , and respective ends may be coupled to the plurality of first plates 210 , respectively.

제2 판(220)은 수직부(200)의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측을 형성한다. The second plate 220 forms the other side of the vertical portion 200 , the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.

제2 판(220)은 제1 판(210)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 제2 판(220)은 복수 개의 제1 판(210) 사이에서 연장되어, 그 연장 방향의 각 단부가 복수 개의 제1 판(210)에 각각 결합된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 판(220)은 좌우 방향으로 연장되어, 좌우 방향의 각 단부가 각각 제1 판(210)에 결합된다.The second plate 220 is coupled to the first plate 210 . Specifically, the second plate 220 extends between the plurality of first plates 210 , and respective ends in the extending direction thereof are respectively coupled to the plurality of first plates 210 . In the illustrated embodiment, the second plate 220 extends in the left-right direction, so that each end in the left-right direction is coupled to the first plate 210 , respectively.

제2 판(220)에 의해, 수직부(200)의 강성이 보강될 수 있다.The rigidity of the vertical portion 200 may be reinforced by the second plate 220 .

보강 부재(230)는 수직부(200)의 다른 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측을 형성한다. The reinforcing member 230 forms the other side of the vertical portion 200 , the front side in the illustrated embodiment.

보강 부재(230)는 수직부(200)의 전방 측을 부분적으로 가리게 배치된다. 즉, 보강 부재(230)의 폭은 제1 판(210)의 상하 방향의 연장 길이보다 짧다.The reinforcing member 230 is disposed to partially cover the front side of the vertical portion 200 . That is, the width of the reinforcing member 230 is shorter than the vertical extension length of the first plate 210 .

보강 부재(230)는 제1 판(210)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 보강 부재(230)는 복수 개의 제1 판(210) 사이에서 연장되어, 그 연장 방향의 각 단부가 복수 개의 제1 판(210)에 각각 결합된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 보강 부재(230)는 좌우 방향으로 연장되어, 좌우 방향의 각 단부가 각각 제1 판(210)에 결합된다.The reinforcing member 230 is coupled to the first plate 210 . Specifically, the reinforcing member 230 extends between the plurality of first plates 210 , and respective ends in the extending direction thereof are respectively coupled to the plurality of first plates 210 . In the illustrated embodiment, the reinforcing member 230 extends in the left and right directions, and each end of the reinforcing member 230 in the left and right directions is coupled to the first plate 210 , respectively.

따라서, 제2 판(220) 및 보강 부재(230)에 의해, 수직부(200)의 전후 방향 및 상하 방향의 강성이 보강될 수 있다.Accordingly, the rigidity of the vertical portion 200 in the front-rear direction and the vertical direction may be reinforced by the second plate 220 and the reinforcing member 230 .

가이드 레일(240)은 케이싱(10)에 수용된 차단기(20)의 슬라이드 이동을 가이드한다. 가이드 레일(240)에 의해, 차단기(20)는 기 설정된 경로를 따라서 수직부(200)를 향하는 방향 또는 그에 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 슬라이드 이동될 수 있다.The guide rail 240 guides the sliding movement of the circuit breaker 20 accommodated in the casing 10 . By the guide rail 240 , the circuit breaker 20 may slide along a preset path in a direction toward the vertical portion 200 or in a direction opposite to that, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.

가이드 레일(240)은 차단기(20)가 슬라이드 이동될 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 가이드 레일(240)의 연장 방향의 일측 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 단부는 수평 판(110)의 전방 측에 치우쳐 위치될 수 있다. 가이드 레일(240)의 연장 방향의 타측 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 단부는 수평 판(110)의 후방 측에 치우쳐 위치될 수 있다.The guide rail 240 is formed to extend in the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 will slide, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. One end of the guide rail 240 in the extending direction, the front end in the illustrated embodiment may be located biased toward the front side of the horizontal plate (110). The other end in the extension direction of the guide rail 240 , the rear end in the illustrated embodiment may be positioned to be biased toward the rear side of the horizontal plate 110 .

가이드 레일(240)은 복수 개 형성될 수 있다. 복수 개의 가이드 레일(240)은 서로 이격되어 위치된다. 복수 개의 가이드 레일(240)은 서로 다른 위치에서 차단기(20)를 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 지지할 수 있다.A plurality of guide rails 240 may be formed. A plurality of guide rails 240 are spaced apart from each other. The plurality of guide rails 240 may slidably support the circuit breaker 20 at different positions.

도시된 실시 예에서, 가이드 레일(240)은 제1 가이드 레일(241) 및 제2 가이드 레일(242)을 포함하여 두 개 구비된다. 제1 가이드 레일(241)은 좌측에서 차단기(20)를 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 지지한다. 제2 가이드 레일(242)은 우측에서 차단기(20)를 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 지지한다.In the illustrated embodiment, two guide rails 240 are provided, including a first guide rail 241 and a second guide rail 242 . The first guide rail 241 slidably supports the circuit breaker 20 on the left side. The second guide rail 242 slidably supports the circuit breaker 20 from the right side.

도시된 실시 예에서, 가이드 레일(240)은 내부에 그 연장 방향, 즉 전후 방향으로 연장되는 공간이 형성된다. 상기 공간에는 차단기(20)의 카트부(700)에 구비되는 휠부(720)가 회전 가능하게 수용된다. 휠부(720)는 상기 공간에 수용된 상태에서, 가이드 레일(240)이 연장되는 방향, 즉 전후 방향으로 회전 이동될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the guide rail 240 is formed with a space extending in its extension direction, that is, in the front-rear direction. The wheel part 720 provided in the cart part 700 of the circuit breaker 20 is rotatably accommodated in the space. The wheel part 720 may be rotated in a direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, that is, in a front-rear direction, while being accommodated in the space.

상기 공간의 높이, 즉 상하 방향의 길이는 휠부(720)의 직경에 따라 결정될 수 있다.The height of the space, that is, the length in the vertical direction may be determined according to the diameter of the wheel part 720 .

가이드부(250)는 케이싱(10)에 결합되는 차단기(20)가 폭 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 정확한 위치로 슬라이드 이동될 수 있도록 가이드한다.The guide unit 250 guides the circuit breaker 20 coupled to the casing 10 so that it can slide to an accurate position in the width direction, and in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment.

가이드부(250)는 베이스(100)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 가이드부(250)는 수평 판(110)의 상측에 결합된다. The guide part 250 is coupled to the base 100 . Specifically, the guide unit 250 is coupled to the upper side of the horizontal plate (110).

가이드부(250)는 가이드 레일(240)이 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장된다. 가이드부(250)의 연장 방향이 차단기(20)가 슬라이드 이동되는 방향과 같음이 이해될 것이다.The guide unit 250 extends in the direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. It will be understood that the extension direction of the guide part 250 is the same as the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 slides.

이때, 가이드부(250)의 연장 길이는 가이드 레일(240)의 연장 길이보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다. 또한, 가이드부(250)는 좌우 방향으로, 가이드 레일(240)과 겹쳐지게 위치될 수 있다.In this case, the extension length of the guide part 250 may be shorter than the extension length of the guide rail 240 . In addition, the guide part 250 may be positioned to overlap the guide rail 240 in the left and right directions.

달리 표현하면, 가이드부(250)의 전방 측 단부는 가이드 레일(240)의 전방 측 단부보다 후방 측 단부에 위치될 수 있다. 또한, 가이드부(250)의 후방 측 단부는 가이드 레일(240)의 후방 측 단부보다 전방 측에 위치될 수 있다.In other words, the front end of the guide part 250 may be located at the rear end of the guide rail 240 than the front end. In addition, the rear end of the guide part 250 may be located on the front side than the rear end of the guide rail 240 .

가이드부(250)는 복수 개의 가이드 레일(240) 사이에 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 가이드부(250)는 좌측의 제1 가이드 레일(241) 및 우측의 제2 가이드 레일(242) 사이에 위치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 가이드부(250)와 각 가이드 레일(241, 242) 사이의 거리는 같을 수 있다.The guide part 250 is positioned between the plurality of guide rails 240 . In the illustrated embodiment, the guide part 250 is positioned between the first guide rail 241 on the left and the second guide rail 242 on the right. In an embodiment, the distance between the guide part 250 and each of the guide rails 241 and 242 may be the same.

가이드부(250)의 상측에는 차단기(20)의 카트부(700)에 구비되는 삽입 가이드부(730)가 위치된다. 달리 표현하면, 가이드부(250)는 상하 방향으로 삽입 가이드부(730)와 겹쳐지게 배치된다.The insertion guide part 730 provided in the cart part 700 of the circuit breaker 20 is located above the guide part 250 . In other words, the guide part 250 is disposed to overlap the insertion guide part 730 in the vertical direction.

가이드부(250)에 인접하게 차단기 결합부(300)가 위치된다. The circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned adjacent to the guide part 250 .

차단기 결합부(300)는 케이싱(10)에 수용된 차단기(20)가 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 결합되는 부분이다. 차단기(20)는 차단기 결합부(300)에 결합된 상태에서 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 슬라이드 이동될 수 있다.The circuit breaker coupling part 300 is a part to which the circuit breaker 20 accommodated in the casing 10 is slidably coupled. The circuit breaker 20 may slide forward and backward in the illustrated embodiment in a state coupled to the circuit breaker coupling part 300 .

차단기 결합부(300)는 복수 개의 가이드 레일(240) 사이에 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 차단기 결합부(300)는 좌측에 위치되는 제1 가이드 레일(241) 및 우측에 위치되는 제2 가이드 레일(242) 사이에 위치된다.The circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned between the plurality of guide rails 240 . In the illustrated embodiment, the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned between the first guide rail 241 positioned on the left and the second guide rail 242 positioned on the right.

또한, 차단기 결합부(300)는 가이드부(250)에 인접하게 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 차단기 결합부(300)는 좌측에 위치되는 제1 가이드 레일(241) 및 가이드부(250) 사이에 위치된다.In addition, the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned adjacent to the guide part 250 . In the illustrated embodiment, the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is positioned between the first guide rail 241 and the guide part 250 positioned on the left.

차단기 결합부(300)는 가이드 레일(240)이 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 이때, 차단기 결합부(300)의 연장 길이는 가이드 레일(240)의 연장 길이보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다.The circuit breaker coupling unit 300 is formed to extend in the direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. In this case, the extension length of the circuit breaker coupling part 300 may be shorter than the extension length of the guide rail 240 .

차단기 결합부(300)는 베이스(100)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 차단기 결합부(300)는 베이스(100)의 수평 판(110)에 결합된다. 일 실시 예에서, 차단기 결합부(300)는 별도의 체결 부재에 의해 수평 판(110)에 고정 결합될 수 있다.The circuit breaker coupling part 300 is coupled to the base 100 . Specifically, the circuit breaker coupling part 300 is coupled to the horizontal plate 110 of the base 100 . In one embodiment, the circuit breaker coupling unit 300 may be fixedly coupled to the horizontal plate 110 by a separate fastening member.

차단기 결합부(300)는 차단기(20)의 슬라이드 이동을 제한할 수 있다. 구체적으로, 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에 결합되는 방향으로 소정 거리만큼 슬라이드 이동된 후, 차단기 결합부(300)는 추가 조작이 수반되지 않는 한 차단기(20)가 추가 이동되지 않도록 제한한다.The circuit breaker coupling part 300 may limit the sliding movement of the circuit breaker 20 . Specifically, after the circuit breaker 20 is slid by a predetermined distance in the direction to be coupled to the casing 10, the circuit breaker coupling part 300 restricts the circuit breaker 20 from being further moved unless additional manipulation is involved. .

상기 추가 조작이 수행되는 경우, 차단기 결합부(300)는 차단기(20)의 추가 슬라이드 이동을 허용한다. 이에 따라, 차단기(20)가 작동될 수 있는 위치까지 이동될 수 있다. When the additional operation is performed, the circuit breaker coupling part 300 allows the additional sliding movement of the circuit breaker 20 . Accordingly, the circuit breaker 20 can be moved to a position where it can be operated.

이를 위해, 차단기 결합부(300)는 차단기(20)에 구비되는 이동 제한부(800)와 접촉 또는 이격될 수 있다. 상기 접촉 또는 이격은 차단기(20)가 차단기 결합부(300)를 따라 슬라이드 이동되는 동안, 카트부(700)가 조작되어 달성된다. 이에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.To this end, the circuit breaker coupling part 300 may be in contact with or spaced apart from the movement limiting part 800 provided in the circuit breaker 20 . The contact or separation is achieved by manipulating the cart 700 while the circuit breaker 20 slides along the circuit breaker coupling portion 300 . A detailed description thereof will be provided later.

도 6 내지 도 9에 도시된 실시 예에서, 차단기 결합부(300)는 레일부(310), 경사면(320), 걸림 홈부(330) 및 차단 플레이트(340)를 포함한다.6 to 9 , the circuit breaker coupling part 300 includes a rail part 310 , an inclined surface 320 , a locking groove part 330 , and a blocking plate 340 .

레일부(310)는 차단기 결합부(300)의 몸체를 형성한다. 레일부(310)는 가이드 레일(240)이 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 차단기(20)는 레일부(310)를 따라 수직부(200)를 향하는 방향 또는 그에 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 슬라이드 이동될 수 있다.The rail part 310 forms the body of the circuit breaker coupling part 300 . The rail unit 310 is formed to extend in the direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. The circuit breaker 20 may slide along the rail portion 310 in a direction toward the vertical portion 200 or in a direction opposite to that, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.

레일부(310)가 연장되는 길이에 따라 차단기 결합부(300)의 연장 길이가 결정될 수 있음이 이해될 것이다.It will be understood that the extension length of the circuit breaker coupling part 300 may be determined according to the length of the rail part 310 extending therefrom.

도시된 실시 예에서, 레일부(310)는 상면(311) 및 측면(312)을 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the rail part 310 includes an upper surface 311 and a side surface 312 .

상면(311)은 레일부(310)의 각 측면 중 수평 판(110)에 반대되는 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측 면을 형성한다. 상면(311)은 레일부(310)의 내부에 형성된 공간을 상측에서 덮는다.The upper surface 311 forms one side opposite to the horizontal plate 110 among each side surface of the rail part 310, and in the illustrated embodiment, the upper surface is formed. The upper surface 311 covers the space formed inside the rail part 310 from the upper side.

상면(311)은 가이드 레일(240)이 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 또한, 상면(311)은 복수 개의 가이드 레일(240)을 각각 향하는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향의 폭을 갖는다. The upper surface 311 is formed to extend in the direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. In addition, the upper surface 311 has a width in a direction facing each of the plurality of guide rails 240, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment.

즉, 도시된 실시 예에서, 상면(311)은 전후 방향의 연장 길이가 좌우 방향의 연장 길이보다 길고, 상하 방향의 두께를 갖는 사각 판형으로 구비된다. 상면(311)의 형상은 차단기 결합부(300)의 형상에 따라 변경될 수 있다.That is, in the illustrated embodiment, the upper surface 311 is provided in the form of a rectangular plate having a length in the front-rear direction is longer than an extension length in the left-right direction and a thickness in the vertical direction. The shape of the upper surface 311 may be changed according to the shape of the circuit breaker coupling part 300 .

상면(311)에는 걸림 홈부(330)가 형성된다. 걸림 홈부(330)에는 이동 제한부(800)의 가이드 브라켓(814)에 관통되는 삽입 돌기(815)가 삽입되거나 인출된다. 이에 따라, 차단기(20)의 슬라이드 이동이 제한되거나 허용될 수 있다.A locking groove 330 is formed on the upper surface 311 . The insertion protrusion 815 penetrating through the guide bracket 814 of the movement limiting part 800 is inserted into or drawn out from the locking groove part 330 . Accordingly, the sliding movement of the circuit breaker 20 may be restricted or allowed.

상기 실시 예에서, 걸림 홈부(330)는 복수 개 형성될 수 있다. 즉, 도시된 실시 예에서, 상면(311)의 전방 측 단부에는 제1 홈부(331)가 형성된다. 또한, 상면(311)의 후방 측 단부에 인접하게 제2 홈부(332)가 관통 형성된다.In the above embodiment, a plurality of locking grooves 330 may be formed. That is, in the illustrated embodiment, a first groove portion 331 is formed at the front end of the upper surface 311 . In addition, a second groove portion 332 is formed through and adjacent to the rear end of the upper surface 311 .

각 홈부(331, 332)에는 이동 제한부(800)의 삽입 돌기(815)가 인출 가능하게 삽입된다. 이에 따라, 차단기(20)가 시험 위치(test position) 또는 운전 위치(service position)에 유지될 수 있다. 이에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.The insertion protrusion 815 of the movement limiting part 800 is inserted in each of the grooves 331 and 332 to be withdrawn. Accordingly, the circuit breaker 20 can be maintained in a test position or a service position. A detailed description thereof will be provided later.

상면(311)은 소정의 높이에 위치될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 상면(311)의 높이는 제2 높이(h2)로 정의될 수 있다. 제2 높이(h2)는 베이스(100) 또는 측면(312)이 베이스(100)와 결합되는 부분과 상면(311)의 상측 단부 사이의 수직 거리로 정의될 수 있다.The upper surface 311 may be located at a predetermined height. In the illustrated embodiment, the height of the upper surface 311 may be defined as the second height h2. The second height h2 may be defined as a vertical distance between a portion where the base 100 or the side surface 312 is coupled to the base 100 and an upper end of the upper surface 311 .

이때, 제2 높이(h2)는 경사면(320)의 최대 높이인 제1 높이(h1)보다 높게 형성될 수 있다. 즉, 상면(311)의 수직 방향의 높이는, 경사면(320) 중 편평한 부분의 수직 방향의 높이보다 높다. 일 실시 예에서, 제2 높이(h2)는 제1 높이(h1)에 비해 2 mm 만큼 더 높을 수 있다.In this case, the second height h2 may be formed to be higher than the first height h1, which is the maximum height of the inclined surface 320 . That is, the height in the vertical direction of the upper surface 311 is higher than the height in the vertical direction of the flat portion of the inclined surface 320 . In an embodiment, the second height h2 may be higher than the first height h1 by 2 mm.

따라서, 후술될 바와 같이, 삽입 돌기(815)가 제1 홈부(331)에서 인출되기 위해 조작 핸들부(740)가 상측으로 이동되어야 하는 길이는, 삽입 돌기(815)가 제2 홈부(332)에서 인출되기 위해 조작 핸들부(740)가 상측으로 이동되어야 하는 길이보다 짧다.Accordingly, as will be described later, the length at which the manipulation handle part 740 must be moved upward in order for the insertion protrusion 815 to be withdrawn from the first groove part 331 is determined by the length of the insertion protrusion 815 being the second groove part 332 . It is shorter than the length at which the manipulation handle part 740 has to be moved upward in order to be withdrawn from the .

결과적으로, 잭(미도시)이 커넥터(410)에서 분리되어 제한 플레이트(820)가 차단 플레이트(340)가 접촉되지 않는 상태에서, 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)과 분리될 수 있다. 이에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.As a result, the circuit breaker 20 may be separated from the casing 10 in a state in which the jack (not shown) is separated from the connector 410 so that the limiting plate 820 does not contact the blocking plate 340 . A detailed description thereof will be provided later.

상면(311)의 폭 방향의 각 모서리, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 모서리 및 우측 모서리에는 측면(312)이 연장 형성된다. 또한, 상면(311)의 길이 방향의 일 모서리, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 모서리에는 경사면(320)이 구비된다.Each edge of the width direction of the upper surface 311, the left edge and the right edge in the illustrated embodiment, the side 312 is formed to extend. In addition, an inclined surface 320 is provided at one edge in the longitudinal direction of the upper surface 311 , a front side edge in the illustrated embodiment.

측면(312)은 레일부(310)의 각 측면 중 다른 측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 및 우측 면을 형성한다. 측면(312)은 레일부(310)의 내부에 형성된 공간을 좌측 및 우측에서 덮는다.The side surface 312 forms the other side of each side of the rail unit 310 , left and right sides in the illustrated embodiment. The side surface 312 covers the space formed inside the rail part 310 from the left and right sides.

측면(312)은 가이드 레일(240)이 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 또한, 측면(312)은 수평 판(110)을 향하는 방향 및 그에 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 상하 방향의 폭을 갖는다.The side surface 312 is formed to extend in the direction in which the guide rail 240 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. In addition, the side surface 312 has a width in a direction facing the horizontal plate 110 and a direction opposite thereto, in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment.

즉, 도시된 실시 예에서, 측면(312)은 전후 방향의 연장 길이가 상하 방향의 연장 길이보다 길고, 좌우 방향의 폭을 갖는 사각 판형으로 구비된다. 측면(312)의 형상은 차단기 결합부(300)의 형상에 따라 변경될 수 있다.That is, in the illustrated embodiment, the side surface 312 is provided in a rectangular plate shape having a length in the front-rear direction is longer than an extension length in the vertical direction and a width in the left-right direction. The shape of the side surface 312 may be changed according to the shape of the circuit breaker coupling part 300 .

측면(312)은 상면(311)과 연속된다. 측면(312)은 상면(311)과 소정의 각도를 이루며 상면(311)에 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측을 향해 연장될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 상기 소정의 각도는 직각일 수 있다.The side surface 312 is continuous with the upper surface 311 . The side surface 312 forms a predetermined angle with the upper surface 311 and may extend in a direction opposite to the upper surface 311, downward in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the predetermined angle may be a right angle.

측면(312)은 수평 판(110)과 결합된다. 구체적으로, 측면(312)은 상면(311)에 반대되는 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측이 수평 판(110)과 결합될 수 있다. 측면(312)은 수평 판(110)과 소정의 각도를 이루며 결합될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 상기 소정의 각도는 직각일 수 있다.The side 312 is coupled to the horizontal plate 110 . Specifically, the side 312 may be coupled to the horizontal plate 110 on one side opposite to the upper surface 311 , and the lower side in the illustrated embodiment. The side surface 312 may be coupled to the horizontal plate 110 at a predetermined angle. In an embodiment, the predetermined angle may be a right angle.

측면(312)은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 측면(312)은 두 개 구비되어 그 두께 방향, 즉 좌우 방향으로 서로 이격되어 위치된다. A plurality of side surfaces 312 may be provided. In the illustrated embodiment, two side surfaces 312 are provided so as to be spaced apart from each other in the thickness direction, that is, in the left-right direction.

복수 개의 측면(312) 중 어느 하나의 측면(312)의 외측에는 차단 플레이트(340)가 결합될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 우측에 위치되는 측면(312)에 차단 플레이트(340)가 결합된다. 상기 실시 예에서, 차단 플레이트(340)는 우측에 위치되는 측면(312)의 전방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다. A blocking plate 340 may be coupled to the outside of any one of the side surfaces 312 among the plurality of side surfaces 312 . In the illustrated embodiment, the blocking plate 340 is coupled to the side 312 located on the right side. In this embodiment, the blocking plate 340 is located adjacent to the front side end of the side 312 located on the right side.

경사면(320)은 케이싱(10)에 결합되는 차단기(20)를 하측에서 가이드한다. 차단기(20)는 경사면(320)을 따라 슬라이드 이동되며, 레일부(310)로 용이하게 진입될 수 있다.The inclined surface 320 guides the circuit breaker 20 coupled to the casing 10 from the lower side. The circuit breaker 20 slides along the inclined surface 320 and can be easily entered into the rail unit 310 .

구체적으로, 경사면(320)에는 이동 제한부(800)의 삽입 돌기(815)가 안착되어 전후 방향으로 이동될 수 있다. 이때, 경사면(320)과 삽입 돌기(815)는 접촉된 상태로 유지될 수 있다. 또한, 후술될 바와 같이, 삽입 돌기(815)는 승강 스프링(816)에 의해 탄성 지지된다. Specifically, the insertion protrusion 815 of the movement limiter 800 is seated on the inclined surface 320 and can be moved in the front-rear direction. At this time, the inclined surface 320 and the insertion protrusion 815 may be maintained in a contact state. In addition, as will be described later, the insertion protrusion 815 is elastically supported by the elevating spring 816 .

따라서, 삽입 돌기(815)는 승강 스프링(816)을 가압하며 경사면(320)에 접촉된 상태로 후방 측을 향해 이동될 수 있다. 또한, 차단기(20)가 전방 측으로 이동될 경우, 삽입 돌기(815)는 승강 스프링(816)에 의해 하측(즉, 경사면(320)을 향하는 방향)으로 가압되며 하측으로 이동된다. Accordingly, the insertion protrusion 815 may be moved toward the rear side while in contact with the inclined surface 320 while pressing the elevating spring 816 . In addition, when the circuit breaker 20 is moved to the front side, the insertion protrusion 815 is pressed downward (ie, in the direction toward the inclined surface 320 ) by the lifting spring 816 and is moved downward.

즉, 삽입 돌기(815)는 경사면(320)에 접촉된 상태로 유지되며 전후 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.That is, the insertion protrusion 815 is maintained in contact with the inclined surface 320 and may be moved in the front-rear direction.

경사면(320)은 레일부(310)의 상면(311)과 이격되어 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 경사면(320)은 상면(311)의 연장 방향의 일측 단부, 즉, 전방 측 단부와 이격되어 위치된다. 경사면(320)과 상면(311)의 상기 일측 단부가 이격되어 형성되는 개구부는 제1 홈부(331)로 정의될 수 있다. The inclined surface 320 is spaced apart from the upper surface 311 of the rail part 310 . In the illustrated embodiment, the inclined surface 320 is spaced apart from one end of the extending direction of the upper surface 311, that is, the front end. An opening in which the inclined surface 320 and the one end of the upper surface 311 are spaced apart from each other may be defined as a first groove portion 331 .

경사면(320)은 레일부(310)의 측면(312)과 연속된다. 일 실시 예에서, 경사면(320)은 그 폭 방향의 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향의 각 단부가 측면(312)과 각각 결합될 수 있다.The inclined surface 320 is continuous with the side surface 312 of the rail unit 310 . In one embodiment, the end of the inclined surface 320 in the width direction, each end in the left and right direction in the illustrated embodiment may be coupled to the side 312, respectively.

달리 표현하면, 경사면(320)은 복수 개의 측면(312) 사이에 위치되어, 복수 개의 측면(312)과 각각 결합된다. In other words, the inclined surface 320 is positioned between the plurality of side surfaces 312 and is respectively coupled to the plurality of side surfaces 312 .

경사면(320)은 수평 판(110)을 향해 경사지게 연장 형성된다. 구체적으로, 경사면(320)은 상면(311)의 전방 측 단부에서, 전방 측을 향해 하측으로 경사지게 연장 형성된다. The inclined surface 320 is formed to extend obliquely toward the horizontal plate 110 . Specifically, the inclined surface 320 is formed to extend from the front end of the upper surface 311, inclined downward toward the front side.

달리 표현하면, 경사면(320)은 상면(311)과 소정의 각도를 이루며 연장된다. 일 실시 예에서, 상기 소정의 각도는 둔각일 수 있다.In other words, the inclined surface 320 extends at a predetermined angle with the upper surface 311 . In an embodiment, the predetermined angle may be an obtuse angle.

따라서, 경사면(320)은 그 연장 방향의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측의 높이(즉, 수평 판(110)과의 거리)가 후방 측의 높이보다 낮게 형성된다. Accordingly, the inclined surface 320 is formed so that the height of the front side in the illustrated embodiment (ie, the distance from the horizontal plate 110) is lower than the height of the rear side in one side of the extension direction.

따라서, 경사면(320)에 접촉된 상태로 이동되는 삽입 돌기(815)는, 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에 결합되는 방향(즉, 후방 측)으로 갈수록 그 높이가 증가된다.Accordingly, the insertion protrusion 815 moved in contact with the inclined surface 320 increases in height toward the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 is coupled to the casing 10 (ie, the rear side).

또한, 삽입 돌기(815)의 높이는, 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에서 분리되는 방향(즉, 전방 측)으로 갈수록 그 높이가 감소됨이 이해될 것이다. In addition, it will be understood that the height of the insertion protrusion 815 decreases in the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 is separated from the casing 10 (ie, the front side).

경사면(320)은 상면(311)과 같은 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성되고, 좌우 방향의 폭을 갖는 사각 판형으로 구비된다. 경사면(320)의 형상은 차단기(20)의 삽입 돌기(815)를 하측에서 가이드할 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 변경될 수 있다.The inclined surface 320 is formed to extend in the same direction as the upper surface 311, in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment, and is provided in a rectangular plate shape having a width in the left-right direction. The shape of the inclined surface 320 may be changed to any shape capable of guiding the insertion protrusion 815 of the circuit breaker 20 from the lower side.

걸림 홈부(330)에는 차단기(20)의 삽입 돌기(815)가 삽입되거나 인출된다. 걸림 홈부(330)에 삽입된 삽입 돌기(815)는 외력이 인가되지 않는 한 임의로 인출되지 않는다.The insertion protrusion 815 of the circuit breaker 20 is inserted or withdrawn into the locking groove portion 330 . The insertion protrusion 815 inserted into the locking groove 330 is not arbitrarily drawn out unless an external force is applied.

따라서, 차단기(20)는 삽입 돌기(815)가 걸림 홈부(330)에 삽입된 위치에 유지될 수 있다. 결과적으로, 차단기(20)의 임의 이동이 방지되어, 차단기 조립체(1)의 작동 신뢰성 및 내구 연한이 향상될 수 있다. Accordingly, the circuit breaker 20 may be maintained at a position where the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into the locking groove portion 330 . As a result, any movement of the circuit breaker 20 is prevented, so that the operational reliability and service life of the circuit breaker assembly 1 can be improved.

삽입 돌기(815)의 삽입은 승강 스프링(816)이 가압되며 저장하는 복원력에 의해 달성될 수 있다. 또한, 삽입 돌기(815)의 인출은 카트부(700)에 구비되는 조작 핸들부(740)의 조작에 의해 달성될 수 있다. 이에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.Insertion of the insertion protrusion 815 may be achieved by the restoring force stored by the lifting spring 816 being pressed. In addition, withdrawal of the insertion protrusion 815 may be achieved by manipulating the operation handle unit 740 provided in the cart unit 700 . A detailed description thereof will be provided later.

걸림 홈부(330)는 베이스(100)에 반대되는 레일부(310)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측에 위치된다. 걸림 홈부(330)의 상기 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측은 개방 형성되어, 레일부(310)의 내부에 형성되는 공간과 연통된다. The locking groove part 330 is located on one side of the rail part 310 opposite to the base 100, and on the upper side in the illustrated embodiment. The one side of the locking groove part 330, the upper side in the illustrated embodiment, is formed to be open, and communicates with the space formed inside the rail part 310 .

레일부(310)의 내부에 별도의 공간이 형성되지 않는 실시 예에서, 걸림 홈부(330)는 상면(311)에서 함몰 형성될 수 있다.In an embodiment in which a separate space is not formed inside the rail part 310 , the locking groove part 330 may be recessed in the upper surface 311 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 걸림 홈부(330)는 전후 방향 및 좌우 방향으로 연장 형성되는 사각 형상이다. 또한, 걸림 홈부(330)는 수평 판(110)을 향하는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측을 향해 소정 깊이만큼 함몰된다. In the illustrated embodiment, the locking groove 330 has a rectangular shape extending in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction. In addition, the locking groove portion 330 is depressed by a predetermined depth in the direction toward the horizontal plate 110, toward the lower side in the illustrated embodiment.

걸림 홈부(330)의 형상은 삽입 돌기(815)가 삽입 및 인출될 수 있는 임의의 형상일 수 있다.The shape of the locking groove 330 may be any shape into which the insertion protrusion 815 can be inserted and withdrawn.

걸림 홈부(330)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 걸림 홈부(330)는 상면(311)이 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 서로 이격되어 위치될 수 있다. A plurality of locking grooves 330 may be provided. The plurality of locking grooves 330 may be positioned to be spaced apart from each other in the direction in which the upper surface 311 extends, and in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.

도시된 실시 예에서, 걸림 홈부(330)는 제1 홈부(331) 및 제2 홈부(332)를 포함하여 두 개 구비된다. 제1 홈부(331)는 제2 홈부(332)에 비해 상대적으로 전방 측에 위치된다. In the illustrated embodiment, the locking groove portion 330 is provided with two including the first groove portion 331 and the second groove portion 332 . The first groove portion 331 is relatively positioned on the front side compared to the second groove portion 332 .

따라서, 레일부(310)에 결합된 차단기(20)가 수직부(200)를 향해 이동됨에 따라, 삽입 돌기(815)는 제1 홈부(331)에 먼저 삽입될 수 있음이 이해될 것이다.Accordingly, it will be understood that as the circuit breaker 20 coupled to the rail part 310 moves toward the vertical part 200 , the insertion protrusion 815 may be inserted into the first groove part 331 first.

한편, 차단기(20)가 이동됨에 따라, 삽입 돌기(815)는 적어도 4개의 서로 다른 지점에 위치될 수 있다.Meanwhile, as the circuit breaker 20 is moved, the insertion protrusion 815 may be positioned at at least four different points.

구체적으로, 차단기(20)의 삽입이 개시됨에 따라 삽입 돌기(815)는 경사면(320)과 제1 홈부(331) 사이에 위치될 수 있다. 또한, 차단기(20)의 이동이 진행되면, 삽입 돌기(815)는 제1 홈부(331)에 삽입될 수 있다. Specifically, as the insertion of the circuit breaker 20 is started, the insertion protrusion 815 may be positioned between the inclined surface 320 and the first groove 331 . Also, when the circuit breaker 20 moves, the insertion protrusion 815 may be inserted into the first groove portion 331 .

조작 과정이 수행되어 제1 홈부(331)에서 인출된 삽입 돌기(815)는 차단기(20)의 이동에 따라 제1 홈부(331)와 제2 홈부(332) 사이에 위치될 수 있다. 더 나아가, 차단기(20)의 이동이 더 진행되면, 삽입 돌기(815)는 제2 홈부(332)에 삽입될 수 있다.The insertion protrusion 815 drawn out from the first groove portion 331 after the manipulation process is performed may be positioned between the first groove portion 331 and the second groove portion 332 according to the movement of the circuit breaker 20 . Furthermore, when the movement of the circuit breaker 20 further proceeds, the insertion protrusion 815 may be inserted into the second groove portion 332 .

이때, 삽입 돌기(815)가 제1 홈부(331)에 삽입되는 위치에서, 차단기(20)는 시험 모드(Test mode)로 작동될 수 있다. 이에, 삽입 돌기(815)가 제1 홈부(331)에 삽입되는 상기 위치는 시험 위치(test position)으로 정의될 수 있다.At this time, at a position where the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into the first groove portion 331 , the circuit breaker 20 may be operated in a test mode. Accordingly, the position at which the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into the first groove portion 331 may be defined as a test position.

또한, 삽입 돌기(815)가 제2 홈부(332)에 삽입되는 위치에서, 차단기(20)는 운전 모드(Service mode)로 작동될 수 있다. 이에, 삽입 돌기(815)가 제2 홈부(332)에 삽입되는 상기 위치는 운전 위치(service position)으로 정의될 수 있다.In addition, at a position where the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into the second groove portion 332 , the circuit breaker 20 may be operated in a service mode. Accordingly, the position at which the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into the second groove portion 332 may be defined as a service position.

특히, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기(20)는 삽입 돌기(815)가 제1 홈부(331)와 제2 홈부(332) 사이에서 이동될 때, 결합된 상기 잭의 임의 이탈을 방지할 수 있다. 이는 후술될 이동 제한부(800)에 의해 달성되는 바, 이에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.In particular, the circuit breaker 20 according to an embodiment of the present invention can prevent arbitrary separation of the coupled jack when the insertion protrusion 815 is moved between the first groove portion 331 and the second groove portion 332 . have. This is achieved by the movement limiter 800 to be described later, a detailed description thereof will be described later.

차단 플레이트(340)는 소정의 조작 과정을 거친 후에만 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향으로 이동 가능하게 차단기(20)를 구속한다. 구체적으로, 차단 플레이트(340)는 상기 소정의 조작 과정에 의해 이동 제한부(800)의 제한 플레이트(820)와 접촉되거나 이격된다. The blocking plate 340 constrains the circuit breaker 20 to be movable in a direction drawn out from the casing 10 only after a predetermined operation process. Specifically, the blocking plate 340 is in contact with or spaced apart from the limiting plate 820 of the movement limiting unit 800 by the predetermined manipulation process.

차단 플레이트(340)가 제한 플레이트(820)가 서로 접촉되면, 차단기(20)는 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측으로 이동되지 않는다. When the blocking plate 340 and the limiting plate 820 are in contact with each other, the circuit breaker 20 is not moved in the direction in which it is drawn out from the casing 10 , that is, the front side in the illustrated embodiment.

또한, 차단 플레이트(340)가 제한 플레이트(820)와 이격되면, 차단기(20)는 상기 전방 측으로 이동되어, 케이싱(10)에서 인출될 수 있다.In addition, when the blocking plate 340 is spaced apart from the limiting plate 820 , the circuit breaker 20 may be moved to the front side to be withdrawn from the casing 10 .

차단 플레이트(340)와 제한 플레이트(820)의 접촉 및 이격은 카트부(700)의 조작 핸들부(740), 회전 링크부(850) 및 수직 링크부(860)가 조작되어 달성될 수 있다. 이에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.The contact and separation of the blocking plate 340 and the limiting plate 820 may be achieved by manipulating the operation handle portion 740 , the rotary link portion 850 , and the vertical link portion 860 of the cart portion 700 . A detailed description thereof will be provided later.

차단 플레이트(340)는 레일부(310)와 같은 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장된다. 차단 플레이트(340)는 상기 연장 방향, 즉 전후 방향으로 길게 연장되고, 상하 방향의 폭을 가지며, 좌우 방향의 두께를 갖는 판형으로 구비될 수 있다.The blocking plate 340 extends in the same direction as the rail unit 310 , in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment. The blocking plate 340 may be provided in the form of a plate extending in the extending direction, that is, in the front-rear direction, having a width in the vertical direction, and having a thickness in the left-right direction.

즉, 차단 플레이트(340)는 레일부(310)의 측면(312)과 유사한 판형의 형태로 형성될 수 있다.That is, the blocking plate 340 may be formed in a plate shape similar to the side surface 312 of the rail unit 310 .

차단 플레이트(340)는 레일부(310)에 인접하게 위치된다. 또한, 차단 플레이트(340)는 레일부(310)와 가이드부(250) 사이에 위치될 수 있다.The blocking plate 340 is positioned adjacent to the rail unit 310 . Also, the blocking plate 340 may be positioned between the rail part 310 and the guide part 250 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 차단 플레이트(340)는 레일부(310)의 측면(312) 중 가이드부(250)를 향하는 방향(즉, 우측)에 위치되는 측면(312)에 결합된다. 차단 플레이트(340)의 위치는 이동 제한부(800)의 제한 플레이트(820)의 위치에 따라 변경될 수 있다. In the illustrated embodiment, the blocking plate 340 is coupled to the side surface 312 positioned in the direction (ie, the right side) toward the guide unit 250 among the side surfaces 312 of the rail unit 310 . The position of the blocking plate 340 may be changed according to the position of the restriction plate 820 of the movement limiter 800 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 차단 플레이트(340)는 차단 연장부(341) 및 차단 돌출부(342)를 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the blocking plate 340 includes a blocking extension 341 and a blocking projection 342 .

차단 연장부(341)는 차단 플레이트(340)의 몸체를 형성한다. 차단 연장부(341)는 레일부(310)가 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장 형성된다.The blocking extension 341 forms the body of the blocking plate 340 . The blocking extension part 341 is formed to extend in the direction in which the rail part 310 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.

차단 연장부(341)의 연장 길이는 레일부(310)의 측면(312)의 연장 길이와 같을 수 있다.The extension length of the blocking extension part 341 may be the same as the extension length of the side surface 312 of the rail part 310 .

차단 연장부(341)는 소정의 높이, 즉 도시된 실시 예에서 상하 방향의 길이를 갖게 형성된다. 차단 연장부(341)의 높이는 제1 길이(l1)로 정의될 수 있다.The blocking extension 341 is formed to have a predetermined height, that is, a length in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment. A height of the blocking extension 341 may be defined as a first length l1 .

이때, 차단 연장부(341)의 제1 길이(l1)는 레일부(310)의 제1 높이(h1)보다 짧을 수 있다. 또한, 차단 연장부(341)의 제1 길이(l1)는 차단 돌출부(342)의 제2 길이(l2)보다 짧을 수 있다.In this case, the first length l1 of the blocking extension part 341 may be shorter than the first height h1 of the rail part 310 . Also, the first length l1 of the blocking extension 341 may be shorter than the second length l2 of the blocking protrusion 342 .

달리 표현하면, 차단 연장부(341)의 상측 단부의 높이는, 차단 돌출부(342)의 상측 단부의 높이보다 낮게 형성된다. In other words, the height of the upper end of the blocking extension 341 is formed to be lower than the height of the upper end of the blocking protrusion 342 .

따라서, 차단 연장부(341)는 제한 플레이트(820)의 걸림 돌출부(828)의 하측에, 제한 플레이트(820)와 이격되어 위치된다. 후술될 바와 같이, 걸림 돌출부(828)는 제한 플레이트(820)의 가장 하측에 위치된다. 따라서, 차단 연장부(341)는 제한 플레이트(820)와 접촉되지 않음이 이해될 것이다.Accordingly, the blocking extension 341 is positioned below the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 and spaced apart from the limiting plate 820 . As will be described later, the locking protrusion 828 is located at the lowermost side of the limiting plate 820 . Accordingly, it will be appreciated that the blocking extension 341 does not contact the limiting plate 820 .

즉, 차단기(20)의 이동은 차단 돌출부(342)와 걸림 돌출부(828)의 접촉에 의해 제한될 수 있다. That is, the movement of the circuit breaker 20 may be limited by the contact between the blocking projection 342 and the locking projection 828 .

차단 돌출부(342)는 제한 플레이트(820)와 접촉 또는 이격되어 제한 플레이트(820) 및 이에 포함하는 차단기(20)의 슬라이드 이동을 허용하거나 제한한다. 구체적으로, 차단 돌출부(342)는 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측으로 이동됨을 제한한다.The blocking protrusion 342 is in contact with or spaced apart from the restriction plate 820 to allow or limit the sliding movement of the restriction plate 820 and the blocker 20 included therein. Specifically, the blocking protrusion 342 restricts the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 is drawn out from the casing 10 , which is moved toward the front side in the illustrated embodiment.

차단 돌출부(342)는 차단 연장부(341)가 연장되는 방향의 일측 단부에 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 차단 돌출부(342)는 차단 연장부(341)의 전방 측 단부에 위치된다. 차단 돌출부(342)는 차단 연장부(341)의 상기 단부와 연속된다.The blocking protrusion 342 is located at one end in the direction in which the blocking extension 341 extends. In the illustrated embodiment, the blocking projection 342 is located at the front side end of the blocking extension 341 . The blocking projection 342 is continuous with the end of the blocking extension 341 .

차단 돌출부(342)는 차단 연장부(341)가 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장될 수 있다. 또한, 차단 돌출부(342)는 소정의 높이, 도시된 실시 예에서 상하 방향의 길이를 갖게 형성된다. 차단 돌출부(342)의 높이는 제2 길이(l2)로 정의될 수 있다. The blocking protrusion 342 may extend in the direction in which the blocking extension 341 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. In addition, the blocking protrusion 342 is formed to have a predetermined height, and a length in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment. A height of the blocking protrusion 342 may be defined as a second length l2 .

이때, 차단 돌출부(342)의 제2 길이(l2)는 레일부(310)의 제1 높이(h1) 이하일 수 있다. 또한, 차단 돌출부(342)의 제2 길이(l2)는 차단 연장부(341)의 제1 길이(l1)보다 길 수 있다. In this case, the second length l2 of the blocking protrusion 342 may be less than or equal to the first height h1 of the rail unit 310 . Also, the second length l2 of the blocking protrusion 342 may be longer than the first length l1 of the blocking extension 341 .

달리 표현하면, 차단 돌출부(342)의 상측 단부의 높이는, 차단 연장부(341)의 상측 단부의 높이보다 더 높게 형성된다. In other words, the height of the upper end of the blocking protrusion 342 is formed to be higher than the height of the upper end of the blocking extension 341 .

따라서, 제한 플레이트(820)가 특정 위치에 배치된 상태에서 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측으로 이동되면, 제한 플레이트(820)의 걸림 돌출부(828)는 차단 돌출부(342)와 접촉된다. 이에 따라, 차단기(20)의 상기 이동이 제한될 수 있다.Accordingly, when the limiter plate 820 is moved to the front side in the illustrated embodiment in the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 is withdrawn from the casing 10 in a state where the limiting plate 820 is disposed at a specific position, the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 is is in contact with the blocking protrusion 342 . Accordingly, the movement of the circuit breaker 20 may be restricted.

후술될 바와 같이, 차단 플레이트(340)의 이동은 메커니즘 구조체(400) 및 이동 제한부(800)의 작동과 연동된다. 즉, 차단 플레이트(340)의 이동은 상기 잭이 커넥터(410)에 결합되었는지 여부와 연통되어 작동된다. 결과적으로, 차단기(20)의 인출 가부는 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭의 결합 여부에 의존된다.As will be described later, the movement of the blocking plate 340 is interlocked with the operation of the mechanism structure 400 and the movement limiter 800 . That is, the movement of the blocking plate 340 is operated in communication with whether the jack is coupled to the connector 410 . As a result, whether or not the circuit breaker 20 is drawn out depends on whether the connector 410 and the jack are coupled.

후술될 바와 같이, 상기 잭이 커넥터(410)에 결합된 상태에서는 차단 플레이트(340)가 제한 플레이트(820)와 접촉되는 위치에 배치된다. 따라서, 상기 잭이 커넥터(410)에 결합된 상태에서 차단기(20)는 케이싱(10)과 임의 분리되지 않게 된다.As will be described later, in a state in which the jack is coupled to the connector 410 , the blocking plate 340 is disposed at a position in contact with the limiting plate 820 . Accordingly, in a state in which the jack is coupled to the connector 410 , the circuit breaker 20 is not arbitrarily separated from the casing 10 .

결과적으로, 차단기(20)의 작동 신뢰성이 향상되고, 작업의 안정성이 향상될 수 있다. 차단기(20)의 슬라이드 이동이 제한 및 허용되는 구체적인 과정에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.As a result, the operational reliability of the circuit breaker 20 can be improved, and the working stability can be improved. A detailed description of the specific process in which the slide movement of the circuit breaker 20 is restricted and allowed will be described later.

(2) 차단기(20)의 구성의 설명(2) Description of the configuration of the circuit breaker 20

도 10 내지 도 24를 참조하면, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체(1)는 차단기(20)를 포함한다.10 to 24 , the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a circuit breaker 20 .

차단기(20)는 외부의 제어 전원, 전원 또는 부하와 통전 가능하게 연결된다. 차단기(20)는 외부의 제어 전원에 의해 작동되어, 상기 전원 및 상기 부하 사이의 통전을 허용하거나 차단할 수 있다.The circuit breaker 20 is electrically connected to an external control power source, power source, or load. The circuit breaker 20 may be operated by an external control power source to allow or cut off current between the power source and the load.

이에 따라, 차단기(20)와 통전 가능하게 연결되는 부하의 오작동 및 손상이 방지될 수 있다.Accordingly, malfunction and damage to the load connected to the circuit breaker 20 to be energized can be prevented.

차단기(20)는 케이싱(10)의 내부에 수용된다. 구체적으로, 차단기(20)는 베이스(100)의 수용 공간(130)에 수용된다. 케이싱(10)의 내부에 수용된 차단기(20)는 수직부(200)에 의해 부분적으로 둘러싸일 수 있다.The circuit breaker 20 is accommodated in the casing 10 . Specifically, the circuit breaker 20 is accommodated in the receiving space 130 of the base 100 . The circuit breaker 20 accommodated inside the casing 10 may be partially surrounded by the vertical portion 200 .

차단기(20)는 상기 잭에 의해 외부의 제어 전원과 통전 가능하게 연결된다. The circuit breaker 20 is electrically connected to an external control power source by the jack.

차단기(20)는 케이싱(10)의 내부에서 수직부(200)를 향하는 방향 또는 수직부(200)에 반대되는 방향으로 슬라이드 이동될 수 있다. 즉, 차단기(20)는 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 또는 후방 측으로 이동될 수 있다. The circuit breaker 20 may be slidably moved from the inside of the casing 10 toward the vertical portion 200 or in a direction opposite to the vertical portion 200 . That is, the circuit breaker 20 may be moved to the front side or the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.

이를 위해, 차단기(20)는 가이드 레일(240), 가이드부(250) 및 차단기 결합부(300)에 각각 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 연결된다.To this end, the circuit breaker 20 is slidably connected to the guide rail 240 , the guide part 250 , and the circuit breaker coupling part 300 , respectively.

또한, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기(20)는 상기 잭의 결합 여부에 따라 슬라이드 이동이 허용되거나 제한될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 차단기(20)에 결합된 상기 잭의 임의 분리가 방지될 수 있어, 차단기(20) 및 상기 부하의 소손이 방지될 수 있다.In addition, the breaker 20 according to an embodiment of the present invention may be allowed or limited in sliding movement depending on whether the jack is coupled. Accordingly, arbitrary separation of the jack coupled to the circuit breaker 20 can be prevented, thereby preventing the circuit breaker 20 and the load from being burned out.

도시된 실시 예에서, 차단기(20)는 사각형의 단면을 갖고, 소정의 높이를 갖는 사각기둥 형상이다. 차단기(20)의 형상은 케이싱(10)의 형상 및 차단기 조립체(1)가 구비될 주변 환경에 따라 변경될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the circuit breaker 20 has a rectangular cross section and has a rectangular prism shape having a predetermined height. The shape of the circuit breaker 20 may be changed according to the shape of the casing 10 and the surrounding environment in which the circuit breaker assembly 1 is to be provided.

차단기(20)의 외형의 일부는 하우징(도면 부호 미표기)에 의해 형성될 수 있다. 상기 하우징(도면 부호 미표기)은 절연성 소재로 형성될 수 있다. 차단기(20)가 외부의 제어 전원, 전원 또는 부하와 임의 통전되는 것을 방지하기 위함이다.A part of the outer shape of the circuit breaker 20 may be formed by a housing (not shown). The housing (not shown) may be formed of an insulating material. This is to prevent the circuit breaker 20 from being arbitrarily energized with an external control power source, power source, or load.

도시된 실시 예에서, 차단기(20)는 메커니즘 구조체(400), 차단부(500), 단자부(600), 카트부(700) 및 이동 제한부(800)를 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the circuit breaker 20 includes a mechanism structure 400 , a blocking portion 500 , a terminal portion 600 , a cart portion 700 , and a movement limiting portion 800 .

이하, 첨부된 도면들을 참조하여 차단기(20)의 각 구성을 상세하게 설명하되, 카트부(700) 및 이동 제한부(800)는 별항으로 설명한다.Hereinafter, each configuration of the circuit breaker 20 will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings, but the cart unit 700 and the movement limiting unit 800 will be described as separate clauses.

메커니즘 구조체(400)는 외부의 제어 전원에 의해 작동되어, 차단기(20)를 투입 상태 또는 트립 상태로 작동시킨다. The mechanism structure 400 is operated by an external control power source to operate the circuit breaker 20 in a closed state or a trip state.

메커니즘 구조체(400)는 외부의 제어 전원과 통전 가능하게 연결된다. 상기 연결은 상기 잭이 후술될 커넥터(410)에 탈착 가능하게 결합되어 달성될 수 있다.The mechanism structure 400 is electrically connected to an external control power source. The connection may be achieved by detachably coupling the jack to a connector 410 to be described later.

메커니즘 구조체(400)는 차단기(20)의 상기 하우징(도면 부호 미표기)의 내부에 수용된다. The mechanism structure 400 is accommodated in the housing (not shown) of the circuit breaker 20 .

이때, 메커니즘 구조체(400)의 일부 구성 요소는 상기 하우징(도면 부호 미표기)의 외부에 부분적으로 노출될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 커넥터(410)가 상기 하우징(도면 부호 미표기)의 상측에 노출되어, 상기 잭이 탈착 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.In this case, some components of the mechanism structure 400 may be partially exposed to the outside of the housing (not shown). In the illustrated embodiment, the connector 410 is exposed on the upper side of the housing (not shown), so that the jack can be detachably coupled.

도시된 실시 예에서, 메커니즘 구조체(400)는 커넥터(410), 커넥터 체결부(420), 프레임(430), 메커니즘(440) 및 승강 프레임(450)을 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the mechanism structure 400 includes a connector 410 , a connector fastening portion 420 , a frame 430 , a mechanism 440 , and a lifting frame 450 .

커넥터(410)는 메커니즘 구조체(400)의 메커니즘(440)이 외부의 제어 전원과 통전 가능하게 연결되는 부분이다. 커넥터(410)를 통해, 메커니즘(440)이 작동되기 위한 제어 신호가 입력될 수 있다.The connector 410 is a part in which the mechanism 440 of the mechanism structure 400 is electrically connected to an external control power source. Through the connector 410 , a control signal for actuating the mechanism 440 may be input.

커넥터(410)에는 상기 잭이 탈착 가능하게 결합된다. 이때, 상기 잭이 결합 또는 분리되면, 커넥터(410)의 외측에 구비되는 커넥터 체결부(420) 및 이에 연결된 승강 프레임(450)이 작동된다. The jack is detachably coupled to the connector 410 . At this time, when the jack is coupled or separated, the connector fastening part 420 provided on the outside of the connector 410 and the lifting frame 450 connected thereto are operated.

이동 제한부(800)는 상기 작동과 연동되어, 차단기(20)가 수직부(200)를 향하는 방향 또는 수직부(200)에 반대되는 방향으로 슬라이드 이동될 수 있게 작동된다. 이에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.The movement limiter 800 is operated so that the circuit breaker 20 can slide in a direction toward the vertical portion 200 or in a direction opposite to the vertical portion 200 in conjunction with the operation. A detailed description thereof will be provided later.

커넥터(410)는 베이스(100)에 반대되는 메커니즘 구조체(400)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측에 위치된다. 커넥터(410)는 상기 하우징(도면 부호 미표기) 및 프레임(430)의 상측으로 노출될 수 있다. 커넥터(410)는 수평 프레임(431)에 관통 형성된 개구부에 관통 결합된다.The connector 410 is located on one side of the mechanism structure 400 opposite the base 100 , in the illustrated embodiment, on the upper side. The connector 410 may be exposed above the housing (not shown) and the frame 430 . The connector 410 is through-coupled to the opening formed through the horizontal frame 431 .

커넥터(410)는 승강 프레임(450)에 결합된다. 커넥터(410)는 상기 잭의 결합 여부에 따라 승강 프레임(450)과 함께 상하 방향으로 승강될 수 있다.The connector 410 is coupled to the lifting frame 450 . The connector 410 may be lifted up and down together with the elevating frame 450 according to whether the jack is coupled or not.

커넥터(410)는 프레임(430)에 관통 결합된다. 구체적으로, 커넥터(410)는 프레임(430)의 수평 프레임(431)에 관통 형성된 개구부에 관통 결합된다.The connector 410 is coupled through the frame 430 . Specifically, the connector 410 is coupled through the opening formed through the horizontal frame 431 of the frame 430 .

커넥터(410)의 외측에는 커넥터 체결부(420)가 구비된다.A connector fastening part 420 is provided on the outside of the connector 410 .

커넥터 체결부(420)는 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭의 결합을 유지한다. 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭이 결합되면, 커넥터 체결부(420)가 별도로 조작되지 않는 한 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭은 임의 분리되지 않는다.The connector fastening part 420 maintains coupling between the connector 410 and the jack. When the connector 410 and the jack are coupled, the connector 410 and the jack are not arbitrarily separated unless the connector fastening part 420 is operated separately.

커넥터 체결부(420)는 커넥터(410)의 외측에 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 커넥터 체결부(420)는 메커니즘 구조체(400)의 상측에 위치되어, 커넥터(410)의 전방 측, 후방 측, 좌측 및 우측을 둘러싸게 위치된다.The connector fastening part 420 is located outside the connector 410 . In the illustrated embodiment, the connector fastening part 420 is located on the upper side of the mechanism structure 400 , and is positioned to surround the front side, the rear side, the left and the right side of the connector 410 .

커넥터 체결부(420)는 프레임(430)에 관통 결합된다. 구체적으로, 커넥터 체결부(420)는 프레임(430)의 수평 프레임(431)에 관통 형성된 개구부에 관통 결합된다.The connector fastening part 420 is coupled through the frame 430 . Specifically, the connector fastening part 420 is coupled through the opening formed through the horizontal frame 431 of the frame 430 .

커넥터 체결부(420)는 승강 프레임(450)과 연결된다. 커넥터 체결부(420)는 승강 프레임(450)과 함께 승강될 수 있다.The connector fastening part 420 is connected to the lifting frame 450 . The connector fastening part 420 may be raised and lowered together with the elevating frame 450 .

커넥터(410)에 상기 잭이 결합되면, 커넥터 체결부(420)는 승강 프레임(450)을 가압한다. 이에 따라, 승강 프레임(450)에 연결된 이동 제한부(800)의 수직 링크부(860) 및 이에 연결된 제한 플레이트(820)가 이동될 수 있다. When the jack is coupled to the connector 410 , the connector fastening part 420 presses the lifting frame 450 . Accordingly, the vertical link unit 860 of the movement limiter 800 connected to the lifting frame 450 and the limiting plate 820 connected thereto may be moved.

커넥터(410)와 상기 잭이 분리되면, 커넥터 체결부(420)는 승강 프레임(450)과 함께 상승된다. 이에 따라, 승강 프레임(450)에 연결된 이동 제한부(800)의 수직 링크부(860) 및 이에 연결된 제한 플레이트(820)가 이동될 수 있다.When the connector 410 and the jack are separated, the connector fastening part 420 is raised together with the lifting frame 450 . Accordingly, the vertical link unit 860 of the movement limiter 800 connected to the lifting frame 450 and the limiting plate 820 connected thereto may be moved.

이때, 상기 각 경우에 따른 수직 링크부(860) 및 제한 플레이트(820)의 이동 방향이 서로 반대될 것임이 이해될 것이다. At this time, it will be understood that the moving directions of the vertical link unit 860 and the limiting plate 820 in each case will be opposite to each other.

결과적으로, 커넥터(410)의 결합 여부에 의해 제한 플레이트(820)와 차단 플레이트(340)가 접촉되어 차단기(20)의 인출이 제한되거나, 제한 플레이트(820)와 차단 플레이트(340)가 이격되어 차단기(20)의 인출이 허용될 수 있다. As a result, depending on whether the connector 410 is coupled or not, the limiting plate 820 and the blocking plate 340 are in contact to limit the withdrawal of the circuit breaker 20, or the limiting plate 820 and the blocking plate 340 are spaced apart. Withdrawal of the circuit breaker 20 may be permitted.

커넥터 체결부(420)는 상기 하우징(도면 부호 미표기) 및 프레임(430)의 상측으로 노출될 수 있다. 커넥터 체결부(420)는 수평 프레임(431)에 관통 형성된 개구부에 관통 결합된다.The connector fastening part 420 may be exposed to the upper side of the housing (not shown) and the frame 430 . The connector fastening part 420 is through-coupled to the opening formed through the horizontal frame 431 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 커넥터 체결부(420)는 측판(421) 및 걸림 바(422)를 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the connector fastening part 420 includes a side plate 421 and a locking bar 422 .

측판(421)은 커넥터(410)의 양측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향에 각각 위치된다. 측판(421)은 걸림 바(422)를 이동 가능하게 지지한다.The side plates 421 are located on both sides of the connector 410, respectively, in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment. The side plate 421 movably supports the locking bar 422 .

측판(421)은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 측판(421)은 서로 이격되어, 서로 마주하게 배치될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 측판(421)은 두 개 구비되어, 커넥터(410)를 사이에 두고 각각 좌측 및 우측에 배치된다.A plurality of side plates 421 may be provided. The plurality of side plates 421 may be spaced apart from each other and disposed to face each other. In the illustrated embodiment, two side plates 421 are provided, respectively, disposed on the left and right sides with the connector 410 therebetween.

측판(421)은 승강 프레임(450)에 결합된다. 측판(421)은 승강 프레임(450)과 함께 상하 방향으로 승강될 수 있다.The side plate 421 is coupled to the lifting frame 450 . The side plate 421 may be lifted up and down together with the elevating frame 450 .

측판(421)은 수평 프레임(431)에 관통 결합된다. 구체적으로, 측판(421)은 수평 프레임(431)에 관통 형성된 개구부에 관통 결합된다.The side plate 421 is coupled through the horizontal frame 431 . Specifically, the side plate 421 is through-coupled to the opening formed through the horizontal frame 431 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 측판(421)은 상하 방향의 연장 길이가 전후 방향의 연장 길이보다 긴 판 형으로 형성된다. 측판(421)의 형상은 걸림 바(422)를 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 지지할 수 있는 임의의 형상일 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the side plate 421 is formed in a plate shape in which an extension length in the vertical direction is longer than an extension length in the front-rear direction. The shape of the side plate 421 may be any shape capable of slidably supporting the locking bar 422 .

측판(421)에는 체결 홀(421a)이 구비된다. A fastening hole 421a is provided in the side plate 421 .

체결 홀(421a)에는 걸림 바(422)가 이동 가능하게 삽입 결합된다. 즉, 걸림 바(422)는 체결 홀(421a)을 따라 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 측판(421)과 결합된다.A locking bar 422 is movably inserted and coupled to the fastening hole 421a. That is, the locking bar 422 is coupled to the side plate 421 to be slidably movable along the fastening hole 421a.

체결 홀(421a)은 걸림 바(422)가 회전되는 방향으로 연장될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 체결 홀(421a)은 그 중심이 하측에 위치되는 원호 형상으로 형성된다.The fastening hole 421a may extend in a direction in which the locking bar 422 is rotated. In the illustrated embodiment, the fastening hole 421a is formed in a circular arc shape with its center located at the lower side.

따라서, 이에 결합된 걸림 바(422) 또한 상기 원호 형상에 의해 시계 방향 또는 반 시계 방향으로 회전될 수 있다.Accordingly, the engaging bar 422 coupled thereto may also be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise by the arc shape.

걸림 바(422)는 측판(421)에 이동 가능하게 결합되어, 커넥터(410)와 결합된 상기 잭을 구속하거나 해방한다.The locking bar 422 is movably coupled to the side plate 421 to restrain or release the jack coupled to the connector 410 .

걸림 바(422)는 복수 개의 부분으로 구분될 수 있다. 즉, 걸림 바(422)는 작업자에 의해 조작되는 제1 부분 및 상기 제1 부분의 각 단부와 연결되며, 체결 홀(421a)에 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 결합되는 제2 부분으로 구분될 수 있다.The locking bar 422 may be divided into a plurality of parts. That is, the locking bar 422 may be divided into a first part operated by an operator and a second part connected to each end of the first part and slidably coupled to the fastening hole 421a.

상기 제2 부분은 프레임(430)에 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측 단부가 갈고리 형상으로 형성될 수 있다. 따라서, 커넥터(410)에 결합된 상기 잭은 상기 갈고리 형상에 의해 구속되어, 커넥터(410)와의 결합 상태가 안정적으로 유지될 수 있다.The second part may be formed in a direction opposite to the frame 430 , and an upper end thereof in the illustrated embodiment may be formed in a hook shape. Accordingly, the jack coupled to the connector 410 may be constrained by the hook shape, so that the coupled state with the connector 410 may be stably maintained.

상기 제1 부분은, 걸림 바(422)의 전방 측을 형성하며, 복수 개의 측판(421)이 서로 이격되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 연장된다. 상기 제2 부분은, 상기 제1 부분이 연장되는 각 방향의 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 및 우측의 각 단부에 위치된다. 상기 제2 부분은 복수 개의 측판(421)에 각각 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 결합된다.The first portion forms a front side of the locking bar 422 , and extends in a direction in which a plurality of side plates 421 are spaced apart from each other, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment. The second part is located at an end in each direction in which the first part extends, in the illustrated embodiment at each end of the left and right sides. The second part is slidably coupled to each of the plurality of side plates 421 .

이때, 상기 제1 부분의 각 단부와 상기 제2 부분은 서로 링크 결합될 수 있다. 따라서, 상기 제1 부분의 회전 방향과 상기 제2 부분의 회전 방향은 서로 반대로 형성될 수 있다.In this case, each end of the first part and the second part may be link-coupled to each other. Accordingly, the rotation direction of the first part and the rotation direction of the second part may be opposite to each other.

또한, 상기 제1 부분의 각 단부와 상기 제2 부분은 탄성 부재(미도시)에 의해 탄성 결합될 수 있다. 상기 탄성 부재(미도시)는 걸림 바(422)가 상기 잭을 구속하는 위치에 유지되도록 복원력을 제공할 수 있다.In addition, each end of the first part and the second part may be elastically coupled by an elastic member (not shown). The elastic member (not shown) may provide a restoring force so that the locking bar 422 is maintained at a position that restrains the jack.

즉, 도 10에 도시된 실시 예는, 걸림 바(422)의 상기 제1 부분이 하측으로 가압되어, 걸림 바(422)의 상기 제2 부분이 후방 측으로 회전된 상태이다. 상기 상태에서, 상기 탄성 부재(미도시)는 가압되며 복원력을 저장한다. That is, in the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 10 , the first portion of the locking bar 422 is pressed downward, and the second part of the locking bar 422 is rotated to the rear side. In the above state, the elastic member (not shown) is pressed and stores a restoring force.

또한, 도 10에 도시된 실시 예에서, 상기 제2 부분의 갈고리 부분이 체결 홀(421a)의 후방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치되므로, 상기 잭이 커넥터(410)에 결합될 수 있는 상태임이 이해될 것이다.Also, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 , since the hook portion of the second part is located adjacent to the rear end of the fastening hole 421a, it will be understood that the jack is in a state capable of being coupled to the connector 410 . will be.

도시되지는 않았으나, 걸림 바(422)의 상기 제1 부분에 인가되는 힘이 해제되면, 상기 탄성 부재(미도시)는 원래 형상으로 복원된다. 이때, 상기 탄성 부재(미도시)에 의해, 걸림 바(422)의 상기 제1 부분은 상측으로 회전되고, 상기 제2 부분은 전방 측으로 회전된다. Although not shown, when the force applied to the first portion of the locking bar 422 is released, the elastic member (not shown) is restored to its original shape. At this time, by the elastic member (not shown), the first part of the locking bar 422 is rotated upward, and the second part is rotated forward.

따라서, 상기 상태에서는 상기 제2 부분의 갈고리 부분이 체결 홀(421a)의 전방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치되므로, 상기 잭이 커넥터(410)에 결합된 상태로 유지됨이 이해될 것이다. Accordingly, it will be understood that in the above state, since the hook portion of the second portion is positioned adjacent to the front end of the fastening hole 421a , the jack remains coupled to the connector 410 .

상기 탄성 부재(미도시)는 형상 변형되어 복원력을 저장하고, 저장된 복원력을 다른 부재에 전달할 수 있는 임의의 형태로 구비될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 상기 탄성 부재(미도시)는 토션 스프링(torsion spring)으로 구비될 수 있다. The elastic member (not shown) may be provided in any shape that can be deformed to store a restoring force and transmit the stored restoring force to another member. In an embodiment, the elastic member (not shown) may be provided as a torsion spring.

따라서, 커넥터(410)에 상기 잭이 결합되면, 걸림 바(422)에 의해 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭의 임의 분리가 방지될 수 있다.Accordingly, when the jack is coupled to the connector 410 , arbitrary separation between the connector 410 and the jack by the locking bar 422 may be prevented.

프레임(430)은 메커니즘 구조체(400)의 외형의 나머지 일부를 형성한다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 프레임(430)은 메커니즘 구조체(400)의 외형의 상측, 좌측, 우측의 부분 및 후방 측을 형성한다.Frame 430 forms the remainder of the contour of mechanism structure 400 . In the illustrated embodiment, the frame 430 forms the top, left, right portions and rear sides of the outline of the mechanism structure 400 .

프레임(430)에는 메커니즘 구조체(400)의 다른 구성 요소 및 이동 제한부(800)가 결합된다. 구체적으로, 프레임(430)에는 커넥터(410), 커넥터 체결부(420) 및 승강 프레임(450)이 결합된다. 또한, 프레임(430)에는 수직 링크부(860)가 승강 가능하게 결합된다.The frame 430 is coupled to other components of the mechanism structure 400 and the movement limiter 800 . Specifically, a connector 410 , a connector fastening part 420 , and a lifting frame 450 are coupled to the frame 430 . In addition, the vertical link unit 860 is coupled to the frame 430 to be liftable.

프레임(430)의 내부에는 공간이 형성된다. 상기 공간에는 메커니즘 구조체(400)의 다른 구성 요소 및 이동 제한부(800)가 수용된다. 구체적으로, 프레임(430)의 내부에 형성된 상기 공간에는 메커니즘(440) 및 수직 링크부(860) 등이 수용된다.A space is formed inside the frame 430 . In the space, other components of the mechanism structure 400 and the movement limiter 800 are accommodated. Specifically, the mechanism 440 and the vertical link unit 860 are accommodated in the space formed inside the frame 430 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 프레임(430)은 수평 프레임(431), 수직 프레임(432), 후방 프레임(433) 및 브라켓(434)을 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the frame 430 includes a horizontal frame 431 , a vertical frame 432 , a rear frame 433 , and a bracket 434 .

수평 프레임(431)은 프레임(430)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측을 형성한다. The horizontal frame 431 forms one side of the frame 430 , the upper side in the illustrated embodiment.

수평 프레임(431)의 내부에는 개구부가 관통 형성된다. 상기 개구부에는 커넥터(410) 및 커넥터 체결부(420)가 관통될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 커넥터(410) 및 커넥터 체결부(420)는 프레임(430)의 상측으로 노출될 수 있다.An opening is formed through the inside of the horizontal frame 431 . A connector 410 and a connector fastening part 420 may pass through the opening. Accordingly, the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 may be exposed to the upper side of the frame 430 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 수평 프레임(431)은 좌우 방향의 연장 길이가 전후 방향의 연장 길이보다 긴 사각의 판형으로 형성된다. 수평 프레임(431)의 좌우 방향의 각 모서리는 수직 프레임(432)과 연속된다. 수평 프레임(431)의 후방 측의 모서리는 후방 프레임(433)과 연속된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the horizontal frame 431 is formed in a rectangular plate shape in which the extended length in the left and right directions is longer than the extended length in the front and rear directions. Each corner of the horizontal frame 431 in the left and right direction is continuous with the vertical frame 432 . The edge of the rear side of the horizontal frame 431 is continuous with the rear frame 433 .

수평 프레임(431)은 승강 프레임(450)과 결합된다. 구체적으로, 승강 프레임(450)은 수평 프레임(431)에 대해 승강 가능하게 수평 프레임(431)과 결합될 수 있다. The horizontal frame 431 is coupled to the elevating frame 450 . Specifically, the elevating frame 450 may be coupled to the horizontal frame 431 so as to be elevating with respect to the horizontal frame 431 .

수직 프레임(432)은 프레임(430)의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 및 우측을 형성한다. The vertical frame 432 forms the other side of the frame 430 , left and right in the illustrated embodiment.

수직 프레임(432)은 수평 프레임(431)과 연속된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 수직 프레임(432)의 상측 모서리는 수평 프레임(431)의 좌우 방향의 각 모서리와 연속된다.The vertical frame 432 is continuous with the horizontal frame 431 . In the illustrated embodiment, an upper edge of the vertical frame 432 is continuous with each edge of the horizontal frame 431 in the left-right direction.

수직 프레임(432)은 후방 프레임(433)과 연속된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 수직 프레임(432)의 후방 측 모서리는 후방 프레임(433)의 좌우 방향의 각 모서리와 각각 연속된다.The vertical frame 432 is continuous with the rear frame 433 . In the illustrated embodiment, the rear side corners of the vertical frame 432 are continuous with each of the left and right corners of the rear frame 433, respectively.

수직 프레임(432)은 승강 프레임(450)을 승강 가능하게 지지한다. 승강 프레임(450)은 수직 프레임(432)에 결합된 상태에서 상하 방향으로 승강될 수 있다.The vertical frame 432 supports the elevating frame 450 to be elevating. The elevating frame 450 may be lifted up and down in a state coupled to the vertical frame 432 .

수직 프레임(432)은 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 수직 프레임(432)은 프레임(430)의 내부에 형성된 공간 및 상기 공간에 수용된 메커니즘(440)을 사이에 두고 서로 마주할 수 있다. A plurality of vertical frames 432 may be provided. The plurality of vertical frames 432 may face each other with a space formed inside the frame 430 and a mechanism 440 accommodated in the space therebetween.

도시된 실시 예에서, 수직 프레임(432)은 두 개 구비되어, 각각 프레임(430)의 좌측 및 우측을 형성한다.In the illustrated embodiment, two vertical frames 432 are provided to form the left and right sides of the frame 430 , respectively.

후방 프레임(433)은 프레임(430)의 다른 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측을 형성한다.The rear frame 433 forms the other other side of the frame 430 , the rear side in the illustrated embodiment.

후방 프레임(433)은 수평 프레임(431)과 연속된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 후방 프레임(433)의 상측 모서리는 수평 프레임(431)의 후방 측 모서리와 연속된다.The rear frame 433 is continuous with the horizontal frame 431 . In the illustrated embodiment, the upper edge of the rear frame 433 is continuous with the rear side edge of the horizontal frame 431 .

후방 프레임(433)은 수직 프레임(432)과 연속된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 후방 프레임(433)의 좌우 방향의 각 모서리는 수직 프레임(432)의 전방 측 모서리와 각각 연속된다.The rear frame 433 is continuous with the vertical frame 432 . In the illustrated embodiment, each corner in the left and right direction of the rear frame 433 is continuous with the front side corner of the vertical frame 432 , respectively.

따라서, 프레임(430)의 내부에는 수평 프레임(431), 수직 프레임(432) 및 후방 프레임(433)에 둘러싸이는 공간이 형성된다.Accordingly, a space surrounded by the horizontal frame 431 , the vertical frame 432 , and the rear frame 433 is formed inside the frame 430 .

후방 프레임(433)에는 브라켓(434)이 결합된다.A bracket 434 is coupled to the rear frame 433 .

브라켓(434)은 이동 제한부(800)의 수직 링크부(860)를 승강 가능하게 지지한다. 브라켓(434)은 프레임(430)의 내부에 형성되는 공간에 수용되어, 후방 프레임(433)에 결합된다.The bracket 434 supports the vertical link unit 860 of the movement limiting unit 800 to be elevating. The bracket 434 is accommodated in a space formed inside the frame 430 and is coupled to the rear frame 433 .

브라켓(434)의 일 부분은 후방 프레임(433)과 이격될 수 있다. 브라켓(434)의 상기 일 부분과 후방 프레임(433)이 이격되어 형성되는 공간에는 수직 링크부(860)의 수직 연장부(861)가 승강 가능하게 관통될 수 있다.A portion of the bracket 434 may be spaced apart from the rear frame 433 . A vertical extension portion 861 of the vertical link portion 860 may pass through a space in which the one portion of the bracket 434 is spaced apart from the rear frame 433 to be elevating.

승강 프레임(450)은 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭의 체결 여부에 따라 상하 방향으로 승강된다. The lifting frame 450 is lifted up and down in the vertical direction according to whether the connector 410 and the jack are fastened.

구체적으로, 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭이 체결되면 승강 프레임(450)은 하측으로 하강된다. 또한, 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭이 분리되면 승강 프레임(450)은 상측으로 상승된다.Specifically, when the connector 410 and the jack are fastened, the lifting frame 450 is lowered downward. In addition, when the connector 410 and the jack are separated, the lifting frame 450 is raised upward.

메커니즘(440)은 외부의 제어 전원으로부터 제어 신호를 인가받아 작동된다. 메커니즘(440)이 작동됨에 따라, 차단기(20)가 투입 상태 또는 트립 상태로 작동될 수 있다.The mechanism 440 is operated by receiving a control signal from an external control power source. As the mechanism 440 is actuated, the breaker 20 may be actuated to either the closed state or the trip state.

메커니즘(440)은 프레임(430)의 내부에 형성된 공간에 수용된다. 메커니즘(440)은 커넥터(410)와 통전 가능하게 연결된다. 제어 신호는 상기 잭과 연결된 커넥터(410)를 통해 메커니즘(440)에 전달될 수 있다.Mechanism 440 is accommodated in a space formed inside of frame 430 . Mechanism 440 is electrically connected to connector 410 . Control signals may be communicated to the mechanism 440 via a connector 410 coupled to the jack.

메커니즘(440)이 작동되는 과정 및 이에 따라 차단기(20)가 투입 상태 또는 트립 상태로 작동되는 과정은 잘 알려진 기술이므로 상세한 설명은 생략하기로 한다.The process of operating the mechanism 440 and thus the process of operating the circuit breaker 20 in the closed state or trip state is a well-known technique, and thus a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

일 실시 예에서, 메커니즘(440)은 승강 프레임(450)을 탄성 지지할 수 있다.In one embodiment, the mechanism 440 may elastically support the lifting frame 450 .

승강 프레임(450)은 수평 프레임(431)에 승강 가능하게 결합된다. 승강 프레임(450)은 수평 프레임(431)을 향하는 방향 또는 수평 프레임(431)에 반대되는 방향으로 승강될 수 있다.The elevating frame 450 is coupled to the horizontal frame 431 so as to be elevating. The lifting frame 450 may be lifted in a direction toward the horizontal frame 431 or in a direction opposite to the horizontal frame 431 .

승강 프레임(450)은 수직 프레임(432)에 승강 가능하게 결합된다. 승강 프레임(450)은 그 연장 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향의 각 단부가 수직 프레임(432)에 결합된 상태에서 상하 방향으로 승강될 수 있다.The elevating frame 450 is coupled to the vertical frame 432 so as to be elevating. The elevating frame 450 may be elevated in the vertical direction in a state in which each end in the extending direction, left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment, is coupled to the vertical frame 432 .

승강 프레임(450)은 커넥터(410) 및 커넥터 체결부(420)와 연결된다. 승강 프레임(450)은 커넥터(410)에 상기 잭이 결합되어 가압됨에 따라 커넥터(410) 및 커넥터 체결부(420)와 함께 하강된다. 또한, 승강 프레임(450)은 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭이 분리됨에 따라 커넥터(410) 및 커넥터 체결부(420)와 함께 상승된다.The lifting frame 450 is connected to the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 . The lifting frame 450 is lowered together with the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 as the jack is coupled to the connector 410 and pressed. In addition, the lifting frame 450 is raised together with the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 as the connector 410 and the jack are separated.

승강 프레임(450)은 이동 제한부(800)의 수직 링크부(860)와 연결된다. 구체적으로, 승강 프레임(450)은 수직 링크부(860)의 헤드부(862)와 결합되어, 함께 승강될 수 있다.The lifting frame 450 is connected to the vertical link unit 860 of the movement limiter 800 . Specifically, the lifting frame 450 is coupled to the head portion 862 of the vertical link portion 860, it may be lifted together.

*승강 프레임(450)은 이동 제한부(800)의 수직 링크부(860)에 의해 탄성 지지된다. 구체적으로, 승강 프레임(450)은 수직 링크부(860)의 복귀 스프링(864)에 의해 탄성 지지된다. * The lifting frame 450 is elastically supported by the vertical link portion 860 of the movement limiter 800 . Specifically, the lifting frame 450 is elastically supported by the return spring 864 of the vertical link portion 860 .

커넥터(410)에서 상기 잭이 분리되면, 승강 프레임(450)은 복귀 스프링(864)이 제공하는 복원력에 의해 원래 위치로 상승될 수 있다.When the jack is separated from the connector 410 , the lifting frame 450 may be raised to its original position by the restoring force provided by the return spring 864 .

커넥터(410)에 상기 잭이 결합 또는 분리됨에 따라 승강 프레임(450)이 승강되는 과정에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.A detailed description of a process in which the elevating frame 450 is elevated as the jack is coupled or separated from the connector 410 will be described later.

도시된 실시 예에서, 승강 프레임(450)은 좌우 방향의 연장 길이가 전후 방향의 연장 길이보다 길고, 상하 방향의 두께를 갖는 판 형으로 구비된다. 승강 프레임(450)은 수평 프레임(431)에 승강 가능하게 결합되어 커넥터(410) 및 커넥터 체결부(420)와 함께 승강될 수 있는 임의의 형상일 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the elevating frame 450 is provided in a plate shape having a length in the left and right direction longer than an extension length in the front-rear direction and a thickness in the vertical direction. The elevating frame 450 may have any shape that can be elevated and elevated together with the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 by being elevatingly coupled to the horizontal frame 431 .

차단부(500)는 차단기(20)가 투입 상태로 작동될 경우, 차단기(20)와 외부의 전원 또는 부하를 통전 가능하게 연결한다. 또한, 차단부(500)는 차단기(20)가 트립 상태로 작동될 경우, 차단기(20)와 외부의 전원 또는 부하와의 통전을 차단한다. When the circuit breaker 20 is operated in the closed state, the circuit breaker 500 connects the circuit breaker 20 and an external power source or load to be energized. In addition, when the circuit breaker 20 operates in a trip state, the circuit breaker 500 cuts off electricity between the circuit breaker 20 and an external power source or load.

차단부(500)는 메커니즘(440)과 연결된다. 메커니즘(440)이 회전 작동되면, 이에 연결된 차단부(500) 또한 작동되어 고정 접점(미도시) 및 가동 접점(미도시)이 서로 이격된다. The blocking portion 500 is coupled to the mechanism 440 . When the mechanism 440 is rotatably operated, the blocking unit 500 connected thereto is also operated so that the fixed contact (not shown) and the movable contact (not shown) are spaced apart from each other.

이에 따라, 차단부(500)는 외부의 전원 또는 부하와의 통전이 차단될 수 있다.Accordingly, the cut-off unit 500 may be cut off from energization with an external power source or load.

차단부(500)는 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전 가능하게 연결된다. 상기 연결은 차단부(500)에 통전 가능하게 연결되는 단자부(600)에 의해 달성된다. 차단부(500)는 단자부(600)와 통전 가능하게 연결된다.The blocking unit 500 is connected to an external power source or a load to be energized. The connection is achieved by the terminal unit 600 energably connected to the blocking unit 500 . The blocking unit 500 is electrically connected to the terminal unit 600 .

차단부(500)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 차단부(500)는 서로 물리적, 전기적으로 이격되어 서로 다른 상의 전류가 통전될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 차단부(500)는 제1 차단부(510), 제2 차단부(520) 및 제3 차단부(530)를 포함하여 세 개 구비된다.A plurality of blocking units 500 may be provided. The plurality of blocking units 500 may be physically and electrically spaced apart from each other so that currents in different phases may pass therethrough. In the illustrated embodiment, the blocking unit 500 is provided with three including the first blocking unit 510 , the second blocking unit 520 , and the third blocking unit 530 .

복수 개의 차단부(500)는 복수 개의 단자부(600)와 각각 통전 가능하게 연결된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 내지 제3 차단부(510, 520, 530)는 제1 내지 제3 단자부(610, 620, 630)와 각각 통전 가능하게 연결된다.The plurality of blocking units 500 are electrically connected to the plurality of terminal units 600 , respectively. In the illustrated embodiment, the first to third blocking parts 510 , 520 , and 530 are electrically connected to the first to third terminal parts 610 , 620 , and 630 , respectively.

단자부(600)는 외부의 전원 또는 부하와 통전 가능하게 연결된다. 또한, 단자부(600)는 차단부(500)와 통전 가능하게 연결된다. The terminal unit 600 is electrically connected to an external power source or load. In addition, the terminal unit 600 is electrically connected to the blocking unit 500 .

단자부(600)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 단자부(600)는 서로 물리적, 전기적으로 이격되어 서로 다른 상의 전류가 통전될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 단자부(600)는 제1 단자부(610), 제2 단자부(620) 및 제3 단자부(630)를 포함하여 세 개 구비된다.A plurality of terminal units 600 may be provided. The plurality of terminal units 600 may be physically and electrically spaced apart from each other so that currents in different phases may pass therethrough. In the illustrated embodiment, three terminal parts 600 are provided, including a first terminal part 610 , a second terminal part 620 , and a third terminal part 630 .

복수 개의 단자부(600)는 복수 개의 차단부(500)와 각각 통전 가능하게 연결됨은 상술한 바와 같다.As described above, the plurality of terminal units 600 are respectively energably connected to the plurality of blocking units 500 .

이는, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기(20)에 통전되는 전류가 3상(phase)임에 기인한다. 따라서, 차단부(500)의 개수 및 단자부(600)의 개수가 통전되는 전류의 상에 따라 변경될 수 있음이 이해될 것이다.This is due to the fact that the current passed through the circuit breaker 20 according to the embodiment of the present invention is three-phase. Accordingly, it will be understood that the number of the blocking units 500 and the number of the terminal units 600 may be changed according to the phase of the current being conducted.

이때, 제1 내지 제3 단자부(610, 620, 630)는 각각 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 내지 제3 단자부(610, 620, 630)는 각각 두 개 구비되어, 상하 방향으로 서로 이격되어 각각 제1 내지 제3 차단부(510, 520, 530)와 결합된다.In this case, a plurality of first to third terminal parts 610 , 620 , and 630 may be provided, respectively. In the illustrated embodiment, two first to third terminal parts 610 , 620 , and 630 are provided, respectively, and are spaced apart from each other in the vertical direction to be coupled to the first to third blocking parts 510 , 520 and 530 , respectively. .

각 두 개의 제1 내지 제3 단자부(610, 620, 630) 중 어느 하나에는 외부의 전원이, 각 두 개의 제1 내지 제3 단자부(610, 620, 630) 중 다른 하나에는 외부의 부하가 통전 가능하게 연결됨이 이해될 것이다.Each of the two first to third terminal parts (610, 620, 630) is supplied with an external power source, and the other of the two first to third terminal parts (610, 620, 630) is supplied with an external load. It will be understood that possibly connected.

3. 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 카트부(700)의 구성의 설명3. Description of the configuration of the cart unit 700 according to an embodiment of the present invention

다시 도 10 내지 도 19 및 도 21 내지 도 24를 참조하면, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기(20)는 카트부(700)를 포함한다.Referring back to FIGS. 10 to 19 and 21 to 24 , the circuit breaker 20 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a cart unit 700 .

카트부(700)는 차단기(20)에 구비되는 각 구성 요소를 하측에서 지지한다. 차단기(20)에 구비되는 각 구성 요소는 카트부(700)에 안착 또는 결합될 수 있다.The cart unit 700 supports each component provided in the circuit breaker 20 from the lower side. Each component provided in the circuit breaker 20 may be seated or coupled to the cart unit 700 .

카트부(700)는 케이싱(10)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 카트부(700)는 가이드 레일(240), 가이드부(250) 및 차단기 결합부(300)에 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 결합된다. 카트부(700)는 케이싱(10)에 결합된 상태에서 차단기(20)가 삽입 및 인출되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 또는 후방 측으로 슬라이드 이동될 수 있다.The cart 700 is coupled to the casing 10 . Specifically, the cart unit 700 is slidably coupled to the guide rail 240 , the guide unit 250 and the circuit breaker coupling unit 300 . The cart unit 700 may be slidably moved in the direction in which the circuit breaker 20 is inserted and withdrawn from the state coupled to the casing 10 , in the illustrated embodiment, to the front side or the rear side.

특히, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 카트부(700)는 후술될 이동 제한부(800)와 함께, 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭의 결합 여부에 따라 슬라이드 이동되거나 이동이 제한될 수 있다.In particular, the cart unit 700 according to an embodiment of the present invention, together with a movement limiting unit 800 to be described later, may slide or be limited in movement depending on whether the connector 410 and the jack are coupled.

이하, 첨부된 도면들을 참조하여 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 카트부(700)를 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, a cart unit 700 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.

도시된 실시 예에서, 카트부(700)는 몸체부(710), 휠부(720), 삽입 가이드부(730) 및 조작 핸들부(740)를 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the cart part 700 includes a body part 710 , a wheel part 720 , an insertion guide part 730 , and an operation handle part 740 .

몸체부(710)는 카트부(700)의 하측 몸체를 형성한다. 몸체부(710)는 카트부(700)의 다른 구성 요소, 도시된 실시 예에서 휠부(720), 삽입 가이드부(730) 및 조작 핸들부(740)와 결합된다.The body portion 710 forms a lower body of the cart portion 700 . The body portion 710 is combined with other components of the cart portion 700 , in the illustrated embodiment, the wheel portion 720 , the insertion guide portion 730 , and the manipulation handle portion 740 .

또한, 몸체부(710)는 차단기(20)에 구비되는 다른 구성 요소와 결합될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 몸체부(710)는 메커니즘 구조체(400), 차단부(500), 단자부(600) 및 이동 제한부(800)와 결합되어 이들을 지지한다.In addition, the body 710 may be combined with other components provided in the circuit breaker 20 . In the illustrated embodiment, the body portion 710 is coupled to the mechanism structure 400 , the blocking portion 500 , the terminal portion 600 , and the movement limiting portion 800 to support them.

도시된 실시 예에서, 몸체부(710)는 전후 방향 및 좌우 방향으로 연장되고, 상하 방향의 두께를 갖는 사각 판형으로 구비된다. 몸체부(710)의 형상은 상술한 기능을 수행할 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 변경될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the body portion 710 extends in the front-rear and left-right directions, and is provided in a rectangular plate shape having a thickness in the vertical direction. The shape of the body portion 710 may be changed to any shape capable of performing the above-described functions.

몸체부(710)의 연장 방향 중 어느 하나, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향의 각 모서리에는 휠부(720)가 회전 가능하게 결합된다.In any one of the extension directions of the body 710 , the wheel unit 720 is rotatably coupled to each corner in the left and right directions in the illustrated embodiment.

또한, 몸체부(710)의 연장 방향 중 다른 하나, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 모서리에는 삽입 가이드부(730) 및 조작 핸들부(740)가 결합된다. 특히, 조작 핸들부(740)는 상하 방향으로 승강 가능하게 상기 모서리에 결합된다.In addition, the insertion guide part 730 and the operation handle part 740 are coupled to the other one of the extension directions of the body part 710 , the front side edge in the illustrated embodiment. In particular, the manipulation handle unit 740 is coupled to the corner so as to be lifted up and down in the vertical direction.

메커니즘 구조체(400)에 반대되는 몸체부(710)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 몸체부(710)의 하측에는 이동 제한부(800)가 수용 및 결합된다.One side of the body portion 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400, the lower side of the body portion 710 in the illustrated embodiment, the movement limiting portion 800 is accommodated and coupled.

도시된 실시 예에서, 몸체부(710)는 제1 지지 판(711) 및 제2 지지 판(712)을 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the body portion 710 includes a first support plate 711 and a second support plate 712 .

제1 지지 판(711)은 몸체부(710)의 일측 모서리, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측에 결합된다. 제1 지지 판(711)은 몸체부(710)의 상기 일측의 수직 방향의 일부를 형성한다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 지지 판(711)은 몸체부(710)의 전방의 좌측을 형성한다.The first support plate 711 is coupled to one edge of the body portion 710, the front side in the illustrated embodiment. The first support plate 711 forms a part of the vertical direction of the one side of the body portion 710 . In the illustrated embodiment, the first support plate 711 forms the front left side of the body portion 710 .

제1 지지 판(711)은 몸체부(710)의 수평면 부분과 소정의 각도를 이루며 연장된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 지지 판(711)은 몸체부(710)의 수평면 부분에 대해 수직하게 연장될 수 있다.The first support plate 711 extends at a predetermined angle with the horizontal portion of the body 710 . In an embodiment, the first support plate 711 may extend perpendicularly to a horizontal portion of the body 710 .

제1 지지 판(711)은 메커니즘 구조체(400)에 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측으로 연장된다. 이때, 제1 지지 판(711)은 그 하측 단부가 휠부(720)가 지면 또는 바닥 면과 접촉되는 부분보다 상측에 위치될 만큼 연장되는 것이 바람직하다.The first support plate 711 extends downward in a direction opposite to the mechanism structure 400 , in the illustrated embodiment. In this case, it is preferable that the lower end of the first support plate 711 is extended enough to be positioned above the portion where the wheel part 720 is in contact with the ground or the floor.

달리 표현하면, 제1 지지 판(711)의 하측 단부는 지면 또는 바닥 면에 접촉되지 않는다.In other words, the lower end of the first support plate 711 does not contact the ground or the floor surface.

제1 지지 판(711)은 몸체부(710)의 수평면 부분이 연장되는 방향 중 어느 하나, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 연장된다. 즉, 제1 지지 판(711)은 좌우 방향의 길이, 상하 방향의 폭 및 전후 방향의 두께를 갖는 판형이다.The first support plate 711 extends in any one of the directions in which the horizontal portion of the body 710 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left and right directions. That is, the first support plate 711 is a plate shape having a length in the left-right direction, a width in the up-down direction, and a thickness in the front-back direction.

제1 지지 판(711)의 연장 길이, 즉 좌우 방향의 길이는 몸체부(710)의 수평면 부분의 좌우 방향의 길이보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다. 몸체부(710)의 수평면 부분의 전방 측 모서리에는 제1 지지 판(711) 외에도 제2 지지 판(712) 및 삽입 가이드부(730)가 구비됨에 기인한다.The extended length of the first support plate 711 , that is, the length in the left and right direction, may be shorter than the length in the left and right direction of the horizontal portion of the body 710 . This is due to the fact that, in addition to the first support plate 711 , the second support plate 712 and the insertion guide part 730 are provided at the front side edge of the horizontal plane portion of the body part 710 .

제1 지지 판(711)은 삽입 가이드부(730)를 사이에 두고 그 연장 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 제2 지지 판(712)과 나란하게 배치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제1 지지 판(711)은 삽입 가이드부(730)에 대해 제2 지지 판(712)과 대칭되게 형성 및 배치될 수 있다.The first support plate 711 is disposed in parallel with the second support plate 712 in the extending direction of the insertion guide part 730 interposed therebetween, and in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the first support plate 711 may be formed and disposed symmetrically with the second support plate 712 with respect to the insertion guide part 730 .

케이싱(10)의 베이스(100)를 향하는 제1 지지 판(711)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측에는 홈이 함몰 형성된다. 상기 홈은 차단기 결합부(300)보다 높은 위치를 갖게 형성될 수 있다. One side of the first support plate 711 facing the base 100 of the casing 10, a recess is formed in the lower side in the illustrated embodiment. The groove may be formed to have a higher position than the circuit breaker coupling part 300 .

*따라서, 차단기(20)가 전후 방향으로 이동될 때, 제1 지지 판(711)과 차단기 결합부(300)가 접촉되지 않게 된다.* Therefore, when the circuit breaker 20 is moved in the front-rear direction, the first support plate 711 and the circuit breaker coupling part 300 do not come into contact.

제1 지지 판(711)은 제2 지지 판(712)과 그 연장 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향을 따라 서로 이격되어 위치된다. 제1 지지 판(711)과 제2 지지 판(712) 사이에는 삽입 가이드부(730)가 위치된다.The first support plate 711 is spaced apart from each other along the second support plate 712 and its extension direction, and in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment. An insertion guide part 730 is positioned between the first support plate 711 and the second support plate 712 .

제1 지지 판(711)의 내부에는 제1 지지 홈(711a) 및 제2 가이드 홈(711b)이 형성된다(도 12에 가장 잘 도시됨). A first support groove 711a and a second guide groove 711b are formed inside the first support plate 711 (best shown in FIG. 12 ).

제1 가이드 홈(711a)에는 회전 링크부(850)의 가압 핀(856)이 이동 가능하게 관통 결합된다.A pressing pin 856 of the rotary link unit 850 is movably through-coupled to the first guide groove 711a.

제1 가이드 홈(711a)은 제1 지지 판(711)의 두께 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 관통 형성된다. 또한, 제1 가이드 홈(711a)은 회전 링크부(850)가 이동되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 연장 형성된다.The first guide groove 711a is formed through the thickness direction of the first support plate 711 , in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment. In addition, the first guide groove 711a is formed to extend in the direction in which the rotary link unit 850 moves, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left and right direction.

이때, 가압 핀(856)은 회전 링크부(850)가 작동됨에 따라 원호를 그리며 이동된다. 이에 따라, 제1 가이드 홈(711a)은 그 중심이 상측에 위치되고, 소정의 크기의 중심각을 갖는 원호 형상으로 형성될 수 있다.At this time, the pressing pin 856 is moved in an arc as the rotary link unit 850 is operated. Accordingly, the first guide groove 711a may be formed in an arc shape with a center of the first guide groove 711a positioned on the upper side and having a central angle of a predetermined size.

또한, 제1 가이드 홈(711a)의 연장 길이는 회전 링크부(850)가 작동됨에 따라 이에 연결된 제한 플레이트(820)가 차단 플레이트(340)와 접촉 및 이격되게 이동되는 거리에 따라 결정될 수 있다.Also, the extension length of the first guide groove 711a may be determined according to the distance at which the limiting plate 820 connected thereto is moved to be in contact with and spaced apart from the blocking plate 340 as the rotation link part 850 is operated.

즉, 제1 가이드 홈(711a)은 제한 플레이트(820)의 걸림 돌출부(828)가 차단 플레이트(340)의 차단 돌출부(342)와 접촉되는 위치 및 이격되는 위치 사이의 거리만큼 연장될 수 있다.That is, the first guide groove 711a may extend by a distance between a position where the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 contacts the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 and a position where it is spaced apart.

도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 가이드 홈(711a)은 제1 지지 판(711)의 우측에 치우쳐 위치된다. 또한, 제1 지지 판(711)은 회전 링크부(850)의 제2 연결부(855)의 하측에 위치된다. In the illustrated embodiment, the first guide groove 711a is located biased to the right side of the first support plate 711 . In addition, the first support plate 711 is located below the second connection part 855 of the rotation link part 850 .

제1 가이드 홈(711a)의 좌측에는 제2 가이드 홈(711b)이 형성된다.A second guide groove 711b is formed on the left side of the first guide groove 711a.

제2 가이드 홈(711b)에는 조작 핸들부(740)가 이동 가능하게 관통 결합된다.The operation handle part 740 is movably coupled through the second guide groove 711b.

제2 가이드 홈(711b)은 제1 지지 판(711)의 두께 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 관통 형성된다. 또한, 제2 가이드 홈(711b)은 조작 핸들부(740)가 이동되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 상하 방향으로 연장 형성된다.The second guide groove 711b is formed through the thickness direction of the first support plate 711 in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment. In addition, the second guide groove 711b is formed to extend in the direction in which the manipulation handle unit 740 moves, in the illustrated embodiment, in the vertical direction.

후술될 바와 같이, 조작 핸들부(740)는 승강부(810)와 연결된다. 조작 핸들부(740)가 상하로 조작됨에 따라, 삽입 돌기(815)는 걸림 홈부(330)에 삽입되거나 인출될 수 있다.As will be described later, the manipulation handle unit 740 is connected to the lifting unit 810 . As the manipulation handle unit 740 is vertically manipulated, the insertion protrusion 815 may be inserted into or withdrawn from the locking groove unit 330 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 가이드 홈(711b)은 제1 지지 판(711)의 중앙 부분에 인접하게 위치된다. 또한, 제2 가이드 홈(711b)은 제1 가이드 홈(711a)의 좌측에, 제1 가이드 홈(711a)과 이격되어 위치된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the second guide groove 711b is located adjacent to the central portion of the first support plate 711 . In addition, the second guide groove 711b is located on the left side of the first guide groove 711a, spaced apart from the first guide groove 711a.

제2 가이드 홈(711b)은 소정의 길이만큼 상하 방향으로 연장된다. 이때, 제2 가이드 홈(711b)의 연장 길이는 삽입 돌기(815)가 걸림 홈부(330)에 완전히 인출되기 위해 상측으로 이동되어야 하는 거리에 따라 결정될 수 있다. The second guide groove 711b extends in the vertical direction by a predetermined length. In this case, the extended length of the second guide groove 711b may be determined according to the distance the insertion protrusion 815 needs to be moved upward in order to be completely drawn out into the locking groove portion 330 .

제2 가이드 홈(711b)은 제한 플레이트(820)에 의해 부분적으로 가려질 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제한 플레이트(820)가 좌측으로 이동되면, 제2 가이드 홈(711b)의 상측이 부분적으로 가려진다.The second guide groove 711b may be partially covered by the limiting plate 820 . In the illustrated embodiment, when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the left, the upper side of the second guide groove 711b is partially covered.

상기 상황에서, 조작 핸들부(740)는 제한 플레이트(820)의 하측 단부 및 제2 가이드 홈(711b)의 하측 단부 사이에서만 이동될 수 있다. In the above situation, the manipulation handle portion 740 can be moved only between the lower end of the limiting plate 820 and the lower end of the second guide groove 711b.

한편, 상술한 바와 같이, 차단기 결합부(300)는 그 연장 방향을 따라 서로 다른 높이로 형성될 수 있다. 따라서, 제한 플레이트(820)가 제2 가이드 홈(711b)을 부분적으로 가린 상태에서, 조작 핸들부(740)는 삽입 돌기(815)가 제1 홈부(331)에서 인출될 수 있는 높이까지 이동될 수 있다. Meanwhile, as described above, the circuit breaker coupling part 300 may be formed to have different heights along the extending direction thereof. Therefore, in a state where the limiting plate 820 partially covers the second guide groove 711b, the manipulation handle part 740 is moved to a height at which the insertion protrusion 815 can be withdrawn from the first groove part 331 . can

반대로, 상기 상태에서, 조작 핸들부(740)는 삽입 돌기(815)가 제2 홈부(332)에서 인출될 수 있는 높이까지는 이동될 수 없다.Conversely, in the above state, the manipulation handle part 740 cannot be moved to a height at which the insertion protrusion 815 can be withdrawn from the second groove part 332 .

따라서, 제한 플레이트(820)가 제2 가이드 홈(711b)을 부분적으로 가린 상태에서, 차단기(20)는 시험 위치(test position)에서 케이싱(10)으로부터 인출되는 방향(즉, 전방 측)으로 이동될 수 있다.Accordingly, in a state in which the limiting plate 820 partially covers the second guide groove 711b, the circuit breaker 20 moves in the direction (ie, the front side) drawn out from the casing 10 in the test position. can be

마찬가지로, 제한 플레이트(820)가 제2 가이드 홈(711b)을 부분적으로 가린 상태에서, 차단기(20)는 운전 위치(service position)에서 이동될 수 없다.Similarly, in a state in which the limiting plate 820 partially covers the second guide groove 711b, the circuit breaker 20 cannot be moved from the service position.

후술될 바와 같이, 상기 잭이 커넥터(410)에서 분리된 상태에서 제한 플레이트(820)가 제2 가이드 홈(711b)을 부분적으로 가린다는 점을 고려하면, 상기 상태에서만 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에서 이동될 수 있음이 이해될 것이다.As will be described later, considering that the limiting plate 820 partially covers the second guide groove 711b in a state in which the jack is separated from the connector 410, only in this state, the circuit breaker 20 is connected to the casing ( It will be understood that 10) can be moved.

제2 지지 판(712)은 몸체부(710)의 상기 일측 모서리, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측에 위치된다. 제2 지지 판(712)은 몸체부(710)의 상기 일측의 수직 방향의 나머지 일부를 형성한다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 지지 판(712)은 몸체부(710)의 전방의 우측을 형성한다.The second support plate 712 is located on the one side edge of the body portion 710, the front side in the illustrated embodiment. The second support plate 712 forms the remaining portion in the vertical direction of the one side of the body portion 710 . In the illustrated embodiment, the second support plate 712 forms the front right side of the body portion 710 .

제2 지지 판(712)은 몸체부(710)의 수평면 부분과 소정의 각도를 이루며 연장된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제2 지지 판(712)은 몸체부(710)의 수평면 부분에 대해 수직하게 연장될 수 있다.The second support plate 712 extends at a predetermined angle with the horizontal portion of the body 710 . In one embodiment, the second support plate 712 may extend perpendicularly to the horizontal portion of the body portion 710 .

제2 지지 판(712)은 메커니즘 구조체(400)에 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측으로 연장된다. 이때, 제2 지지 판(712)은 그 하측 단부가 휠부(720)가 지면 또는 바닥 면과 접촉되는 부분보다 상측에 위치되게 연장되는 것이 바람직하다.The second support plate 712 extends in a direction opposite to the mechanism structure 400 , in the illustrated embodiment, downward. At this time, it is preferable that the lower end of the second support plate 712 extends so that the wheel portion 720 is positioned above the portion in contact with the ground or the floor.

달리 표현하면, 제2 지지 판(712)의 하측 단부는 지면 또는 바닥 면에 접촉되지 않는다.In other words, the lower end of the second support plate 712 does not contact the ground or the floor surface.

제2 지지 판(712)은 몸체부(710)의 수평면 부분이 연장되는 방향 중 어느 하나, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 연장된다. 즉, 제2 지지 판(712)은 좌우 방향의 길이, 상하 방향의 폭 및 전후 방향의 두께를 갖는 판형이다.The second support plate 712 extends in any one of the directions in which the horizontal portion of the body 710 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left and right directions. That is, the second support plate 712 is a plate having a length in the left-right direction, a width in the up-down direction, and a thickness in the front-back direction.

제2 지지 판(712)의 연장 길이, 즉 좌우 방향의 길이는 몸체부(710)의 수평면 부분의 좌우 방향의 길이보다 짧게 형성될 수 있다. The extended length of the second support plate 712 , that is, the length in the left-right direction may be shorter than the length in the left-right direction of the horizontal portion of the body 710 .

제2 지지 판(712)은 삽입 가이드부(730)를 사이에 두고 그 연장 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 제1 지지 판(711)과 나란하게 배치된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제2 지지 판(712)은 삽입 가이드부(730)에 대해 제1 지지 판(711)과 대칭되게 형성 및 배치될 수 있다.The second support plate 712 is disposed in parallel with the first support plate 711 in the extending direction of the insertion guide part 730 interposed therebetween, in the left-right direction in the illustrated embodiment. In an embodiment, the second support plate 712 may be formed and disposed symmetrically with the first support plate 711 with respect to the insertion guide part 730 .

휠부(720)는 회전되어 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에 수용되는 방향 또는 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 슬라이드 이동될 수 있게 한다.The wheel part 720 is rotated so that the circuit breaker 20 can be slidably moved in the direction accommodated in the casing 10 or the direction with which the casing 10 is drawn out, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.

휠부(720)는 몸체부(710)에 회전 가능하게 결합된다. 휠부(720)는 몸체부(710) 및 카트부(700)의 기타 구성 요소를 회전 가능하게 지지한다.The wheel part 720 is rotatably coupled to the body part 710 . The wheel part 720 rotatably supports the body part 710 and other components of the cart part 700 .

휠부(720)는 회전되어 카트부(700)를 이동시킬 수 있는 임의의 형태로 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 휠부(720)는 복수 개의 원판이 적층되어 형성된다.The wheel unit 720 may be provided in any shape that can be rotated to move the cart unit 700 . In the illustrated embodiment, the wheel portion 720 is formed by stacking a plurality of disks.

휠부(720)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 휠부(720)는 서로 다른 위치에서 몸체부(710)에 회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 휠부(720)는 네 개 구비된다. 이 중 한 쌍의 휠부(720)는 몸체부(710)의 좌측 모서리의 전후 방향에서 서로 이격되어 위치된다. 또한, 다른 한 쌍의 휠부(720)는 몸체부(710)의 우측 모서리의 전후 방향에서 서로 이격되어 위치된다.A plurality of wheel units 720 may be provided. The plurality of wheel parts 720 may be rotatably coupled to the body part 710 at different positions. In the illustrated embodiment, four wheel parts 720 are provided. Among them, a pair of wheel parts 720 are positioned to be spaced apart from each other in the front-rear direction of the left edge of the body part 710 . In addition, the other pair of wheel parts 720 are positioned to be spaced apart from each other in the front-rear direction of the right edge of the body part 710 .

휠부(720)는 가이드 레일(240)에 회전 가능하게 결합된다. 구체적으로, 휠부(720)는 가이드 레일(240)의 내부에 형성되어, 가이드 레일(240)의 연장 방향(즉, 전후 방향)으로 연장되는 공간에 수용된다. 휠부(720)는 가이드 레일(240)의 상기 공간에서 시계 방향 또는 반 시계 방향으로 회전될 수 있다.The wheel part 720 is rotatably coupled to the guide rail 240 . Specifically, the wheel part 720 is formed inside the guide rail 240 and is accommodated in a space extending in the extension direction of the guide rail 240 (ie, the front-rear direction). The wheel part 720 may be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise in the space of the guide rail 240 .

상술한 바와 같이, 휠부(720)는 복수 개 구비된다. 또한, 가이드 레일(240) 역시 복수 개 구비된다. 이에, 몸체부(710)의 서로 다른 측에 회전 가능하게 결합되는 서로 다른 쌍의 휠부(720)는 서로 다른 가이드 레일(240)의 내부에 형성된 공간에 각각 회전 가능하게 결합될 수 있다.As described above, a plurality of wheel parts 720 are provided. In addition, a plurality of guide rails 240 are also provided. Accordingly, different pairs of wheel parts 720 rotatably coupled to different sides of the body part 710 may be rotatably coupled to spaces formed inside different guide rails 240 , respectively.

삽입 가이드부(730)는 카트부(700)가 케이싱(10)에 결합될 때, 작업자에 의해 파지되는 부분이다. 작업자는 삽입 가이드부(730)를 파지하여, 카트부(700)를 제어하고, 이를 통해 차단기(20)를 케이싱(10)에 삽입할 수 있다.The insertion guide part 730 is a part gripped by the operator when the cart part 700 is coupled to the casing 10 . The operator may hold the insertion guide unit 730 to control the cart unit 700 , and thereby insert the circuit breaker 20 into the casing 10 .

삽입 가이드부(730)는 몸체부(710)와 결합된다. 구체적으로, 삽입 가이드부(730)는 메커니즘 구조체(400)에 반대되는 몸체부(710)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 몸체부(710)의 하측에 결합된다.The insertion guide part 730 is coupled to the body part 710 . Specifically, the insertion guide portion 730 is coupled to one side of the body portion 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400, the lower side of the body portion 710 in the illustrated embodiment.

삽입 가이드부(730)는 몸체부(710)가 연장되는 방향 중 어느 하나의 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장된다. 삽입 가이드부(730)는 그 상측이 몸체부(710)의 하측에 결합되되, 그 연장 방향의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 단부가 몸체부(710)의 전방 측으로 노출될 수 있다.The insertion guide part 730 extends in any one of the directions in which the body part 710 extends, and in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment. The upper side of the insertion guide unit 730 is coupled to the lower side of the body unit 710 , and one side of the extension direction, in the illustrated embodiment, the front side end may be exposed toward the front side of the body unit 710 .

삽입 가이드부(730)가 몸체부(710)의 외측으로 노출되는 상기 단부는 사용자가 파지할 수 있는 바(bar)가 구비될 수 있다. 즉, 도시된 실시 예에서, 삽입 가이드부(730)의 상기 단부는 몸체부(710)와 각각 결합되고 서로 마주하게 배치되는 두 개의 판 부재 및 상기 두 개의 판 부재 사이에서 연장되는 바를 포함한다. The end at which the insertion guide part 730 is exposed to the outside of the body part 710 may be provided with a bar that can be gripped by a user. That is, in the illustrated embodiment, the end of the insertion guide portion 730 includes two plate members each coupled to the body portion 710 and disposed to face each other and a bar extending between the two plate members.

작업자는 상기 바를 파지하여 카트부(700)의 이동을 용이하게 제어할 수 있다.An operator may grip the bar to easily control the movement of the cart unit 700 .

삽입 가이드부(730)는 제1 지지 판(711) 및 제2 지지 판(712) 사이에 위치될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 삽입 가이드부(730)는 몸체부(710)의 좌우 방향을 따라, 제1 지지 판(711) 및 제2 지지 판(712)과 각각 같은 거리만큼 이격되어 위치될 수 있다.The insertion guide part 730 may be positioned between the first support plate 711 and the second support plate 712 . In an embodiment, the insertion guide part 730 may be positioned to be spaced apart from each other by the same distance from the first support plate 711 and the second support plate 712 along the left and right directions of the body part 710 .

달리 표현하면, 삽입 가이드부(730)는 몸체부(710)의 좌우 방향을 따라 중간 부분에 위치될 수 있다.In other words, the insertion guide portion 730 may be located in the middle portion along the left and right direction of the body portion (710).

조작 핸들부(740)는 메커니즘 구조체(400)를 향하는 방향 또는 그 반대 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 상하 방향으로 이동 조작된다. 조작 핸들부(740)의 조작에 의해 이동 제한부(800)가 작동되어, 카트부(700)의 전후 방향의 이동이 허용되거나 제한될 수 있다.The operation handle unit 740 is operated to move in the direction toward the mechanism structure 400 or in the opposite direction, in the illustrated embodiment, in the vertical direction. The movement limiting unit 800 is operated by the manipulation of the manipulation handle unit 740 , so that the movement of the cart unit 700 in the front-rear direction may be permitted or restricted.

조작 핸들부(740)는 제1 지지 판(711)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 조작 핸들부(740)는 제1 지지 판(711)에 관통 형성된 제2 가이드 홈(711b)에 관통 결합된다. The operation handle part 740 is coupled to the first support plate 711 . Specifically, the manipulation handle unit 740 is coupled through the second guide groove 711b formed through the first support plate 711 .

조작 핸들부(740)는 몸체부(710)가 연장되는 방향 중 어느 하나의 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장된다. 조작 핸들부(740)는 그 연장 방향의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 단부는 몸체부(710)의 전방 측으로 노출된다. 작업자는 상기 전방 측 단부를 파지하여 조작 핸들부(740)를 상하 방향으로 이동 조작할 수 있다.The manipulation handle unit 740 extends in any one of the directions in which the body unit 710 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. The manipulation handle part 740 is exposed to one side of the extension direction, and the front end in the illustrated embodiment is exposed to the front side of the body part 710 . The operator may grip the front end to move the manipulation handle unit 740 in the vertical direction.

조작 핸들부(740)는 그 연장 방향의 타측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 단부가 승강부(810)의 삽입 돌기(815)와 결합될 수 있다. 조작 핸들부(740)가 상측 또는 하측으로 조작되면, 삽입 돌기(815) 또한 상측 또는 하측으로 이동되어 걸림 홈부(330)에 삽입되거나 인출될 수 있다. The operation handle unit 740 may be coupled to the insertion protrusion 815 of the lifting unit 810 at the other end of the extended direction, and the rear end in the illustrated embodiment. When the manipulation handle unit 740 is operated upward or downward, the insertion protrusion 815 may also be moved upward or downward to be inserted into or withdrawn from the engaging groove 330 .

따라서, 작업자는 조작 핸들부(740)를 승강 조작하여 차단기(20)의 이동을 제한하거나 허용할 수 있다. Accordingly, the operator may limit or allow the movement of the circuit breaker 20 by lifting the operation handle portion 740 .

조작 핸들부(740)는 작업자에 의해 조작된 위치에 유지될 수 있다. 구체적으로, 조작 핸들부(740)는 추가 외력이 인가되지 않는 한, 작업자가 조작한 위치에 유지될 수 있다.The manipulation handle unit 740 may be maintained at a position manipulated by an operator. Specifically, the operation handle unit 740 may be maintained at the position operated by the operator as long as no additional external force is applied.

4. 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 이동 제한부(800)의 구성의 설명4. Description of the configuration of the movement limiter 800 according to an embodiment of the present invention

다시 도 10 내지 도 24를 참조하면, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기(20)는 이동 제한부(800)를 포함한다.Referring back to FIGS. 10 to 24 , the circuit breaker 20 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a movement limiting unit 800 .

이동 제한부(800)는 작업자에 의해 조작되어, 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에 수용되는 방향 또는 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향으로의 이동됨을 허용하거나 제한할 수 있다. The movement limiter 800 may be operated by an operator to allow or restrict movement of the circuit breaker 20 in a direction accommodated in the casing 10 or in a direction drawn out from the casing 10 .

이동 제한부(800)는 메커니즘 구조체(400) 및 카트부(700)와 결합된다. 또한, 이동 제한부(800)는 상하 방향, 전후 방향, 좌우 방향으로 이동되거나 회전 가능하게 메커니즘 구조체(400) 및 카트부(700)와 결합된다.The movement limiting unit 800 is coupled to the mechanism structure 400 and the cart unit 700 . In addition, the movement limiter 800 is coupled to the mechanism structure 400 and the cart 700 to be moved or rotatably moved in the vertical direction, the front-back direction, the left-right direction.

이동 제한부(800)는 메커니즘 구조체(400)와 연결된다. 메커니즘 구조체(400)가 조작되면, 이동 제한부(800)는 상기 조작에 연동되어 조작될 수 있다.The movement limiter 800 is connected to the mechanism structure 400 . When the mechanism structure 400 is operated, the movement limiter 800 may be operated in conjunction with the operation.

이동 제한부(800)는 카트부(700)와 연결된다. 카트부(700)가 조작되면, 이동 제한부(800)는 상기 조작에 연동되어 조작될 수 있다.The movement limiting unit 800 is connected to the cart unit 700 . When the cart unit 700 is operated, the movement limiter 800 may be operated in conjunction with the operation.

특히, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 이동 제한부(800)는 적어도 두 개의 단계를 거쳐 차단기(20)의 이동을 허용할 수 있다. In particular, the movement limiter 800 according to an embodiment of the present invention may allow movement of the circuit breaker 20 through at least two steps.

따라서, 단일의 단계에 의해 차단기(20)가 이동되는 경우에 비해, 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭 사이의 결합 상태가 안정적으로 유지될 수 있다.Therefore, compared to the case where the circuit breaker 20 is moved by a single step, the coupling state between the connector 410 and the jack can be stably maintained.

또한, 복수 개의 단계를 거쳐 차단기(20)의 이동이 허용됨에 따라, 작업자의 오조작 등에 의해 차단기(20)가 임의로 이동되는 상황이 방지될 수 있다.In addition, as the movement of the circuit breaker 20 is allowed through a plurality of steps, a situation in which the circuit breaker 20 is arbitrarily moved due to an operator's erroneous operation can be prevented.

이에 따라, 차단기(20)의 작동 및 작업자의 작업 신뢰성 및 안정성이 향상될 수 있다. 더 나아가, 불의의 사고로 인한 차단기(20)의 손상이 방지될 수 있다.Accordingly, the operation of the circuit breaker 20 and the operation reliability and stability of the operator may be improved. Furthermore, damage to the circuit breaker 20 due to an unexpected accident can be prevented.

이하, 첨부된 도면들을 참조하여 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 이동 제한부(800)를 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, the movement limiter 800 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.

도시된 실시 예에서, 이동 제한부(800)는 승강부(810), 제한 플레이트(820), 체결 부재(840), 회전 링크부(850) 및 수직 링크부(860)를 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the movement limiting unit 800 includes a lifting unit 810 , a limiting plate 820 , a fastening member 840 , a rotating link unit 850 , and a vertical link unit 860 .

승강부(810)는 조작 핸들부(740)의 승강에 따라 함께 승강된다. 승강부(810)의 승강에 따라 삽입 돌기(815)가 걸림 홈부(330) 중 어느 하나에 삽입되거나 인출된다. The lifting unit 810 is raised and lowered together with the lifting of the operation handle unit 740 . The insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into or withdrawn from any one of the locking grooves 330 according to the elevation of the lifting unit 810 .

즉, 상술한 복수 개의 단계 중 어느 하나의 단계는 승강부(810)에 의해 수행된다. 이에 따라, 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에 수용되는 방향 또는 인출되는 방향, 즉 전후 방향으로 슬라이드 이동될 수 있다.That is, any one of the above-described plurality of steps is performed by the lifting unit 810 . Accordingly, the circuit breaker 20 may be slidably moved in the direction accommodated in the casing 10 or the withdrawal direction, that is, in the front-rear direction.

승강부(810)는 카트부(700)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 승강부(810)는 메커니즘 구조체(400)에 반대되는 몸체부(710)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측에, 상하 방향으로 승강 가능하게 결합된다.The lifting unit 810 is coupled to the cart unit 700 . Specifically, the lifting unit 810 is coupled to one side of the body portion 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400, to the lower side in the illustrated embodiment, so as to be lifted in the vertical direction.

승강부(810)는 조작 핸들부(740)와 연결된다. 승강부(810)는 조작 핸들부(740)와 함께 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The lifting unit 810 is connected to the manipulation handle unit 740 . The lifting unit 810 may be moved in the vertical direction together with the manipulation handle unit 740 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 승강부(810)는 연장 바(811), 축부(812), 지지 돌기(813), 가이드 브라켓(814), 삽입 돌기(815) 및 승강 스프링(816)을 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the lifting unit 810 includes an extension bar 811 , a shaft portion 812 , a support protrusion 813 , a guide bracket 814 , an insertion protrusion 815 , and a lifting spring 816 .

연장 바(811)는 조작 핸들부(740)와 연결되어, 조작 핸들부(740)의 승강과 연동되어 상하 방향으로 이동되는 부분이다. The extension bar 811 is connected to the manipulation handle unit 740 and moves in the vertical direction in conjunction with the lifting and lowering of the manipulation handle unit 740 .

연장 바(811)는 조작 핸들부(740)의 연장 방향과 같은 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 연장된다. 조작 핸들부(740)를 향하는 연장 바(811)의 일측 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 전방 측 단부는 조작 핸들부(740)의 후방 측 단부와 연결된다. The extension bar 811 extends in the same direction as the extension direction of the manipulation handle unit 740 , in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. One end of the extension bar 811 facing the manipulation handle unit 740 , in the illustrated embodiment, the front end is connected to the rear end of the manipulation handle unit 740 .

이때, 연장 바(811)와 조작 핸들부(740) 사이에는 이들의 승강을 연동하기 위한 별도의 부재(도면 부호 미표기)가 구비될 수 있다.In this case, a separate member (not shown) for interlocking their lifting and lowering may be provided between the extension bar 811 and the manipulation handle unit 740 .

연장 바(811)가 연장되는 방향의 타측 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 단부는 축부(812)에 회전 가능하게 결합된다. 연장 바(811)는 축부(812)를 중심으로 하여 시계 방향 또는 반 시계 방향으로 회전될 수 있다.The other end in the direction in which the extension bar 811 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, the rear end is rotatably coupled to the shaft portion 812 . The extension bar 811 may be rotated in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction about the shaft portion 812 .

연장 바(811)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 연장 바(811)는 서로 이격되어 마주하게 배치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 연장 바(811)는 두 개 구비되어, 각각 조작 핸들부(740) 및 축부(812)와 연결된다. 복수 개의 연장 바(811)는 조작 핸들부(740)의 승강과 연동되어 함께 회전될 수 있다.A plurality of extension bars 811 may be provided. The plurality of extension bars 811 are spaced apart from each other and disposed to face each other. In the illustrated embodiment, two extension bars 811 are provided and are respectively connected to the manipulation handle unit 740 and the shaft unit 812 . The plurality of extension bars 811 may be rotated together in association with the lifting and lowering of the manipulation handle unit 740 .

연장 바(811)는 가이드 브라켓(814)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 연장 바(811)는 가이드 돌기(811a)에 의해 가이드 브라켓(814)에 승강 가능하게 결합된다.The extension bar 811 is coupled to the guide bracket 814 . Specifically, the extension bar 811 is coupled to the guide bracket 814 by the guide protrusion 811a to be liftable.

연장 바(811)는 삽입 돌기(815)와 결합된다. 연장 바(811)는 삽입 돌기(815)와 함께 회전될 수 있다.The extension bar 811 is coupled to the insertion protrusion 815 . The extension bar 811 may be rotated together with the insertion protrusion 815 .

연장 바(811)는 승강 스프링(816)에 의해 탄성 지지된다. 연장 바(811)가 상측으로 이동되면, 승강 스프링(816)이 압축되며 복원력을 저장할 수 있다. The extension bar 811 is elastically supported by a lifting spring 816 . When the extension bar 811 is moved upward, the lifting spring 816 is compressed to store a restoring force.

도시된 실시 예에서, 연장 바(811)는 가이드 돌기(811a)를 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the extension bar 811 includes a guide protrusion 811a.

가이드 돌기(811a)는 가이드 브라켓(814)에 이동 가능하게 결합되어, 연장 바(811)의 승강을 가이드한다.The guide protrusion 811a is movably coupled to the guide bracket 814 to guide the elevation of the extension bar 811 .

가이드 돌기(811a)는 연장 바(811)의 외측에 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 가이드 돌기(811a)는 복수 개의 연장 바(811)가 서로 마주하는 방향에 반대되는 방향에 각각 위치된다. 즉, 가이드 돌기(811a)는 좌측에 위치되는 연장 바(811)의 좌측에, 우측에 위치되는 연장 바(811)의 우측에 각각 위치된다.The guide protrusion 811a is located on the outside of the extension bar 811 . In the illustrated embodiment, the guide protrusion 811a is positioned in a direction opposite to the direction in which the plurality of extension bars 811 face each other. That is, the guide protrusion 811a is positioned on the left side of the extension bar 811 positioned on the left side and on the right side of the extension bar 811 positioned on the right side, respectively.

가이드 돌기(811a)는 연장 바(811)의 상기 위치에서 외측으로 소정 길이만큼 돌출 형성될 수 있다.The guide protrusion 811a may be formed to protrude outward by a predetermined length from the position of the extension bar 811 .

가이드 돌기(811a)는 가이드 브라켓(814)에 이동 가능하게 결합된다. 구체적으로, 가이드 돌기(811a)는 가이드 브라켓(814)에 상하 방향으로 형성된 승강 가이드 홈(814a)에 이동 가능하게 결합된다. The guide protrusion 811a is movably coupled to the guide bracket 814 . Specifically, the guide protrusion 811a is movably coupled to the elevating guide groove 814a formed in the vertical direction on the guide bracket 814 .

조작 핸들부(740)가 상하 방향으로 승강되면, 연장 바(811) 및 가이드 돌기(811a) 또한 상하 방향으로 승강된다. 이때, 연장 바(811)는 가이드 돌기(811a)가 가이드 브라켓(814)에 결합된 상태로 유지되며 승강된다.When the manipulation handle unit 740 is lifted in the vertical direction, the extension bar 811 and the guide protrusion 811a are also lifted in the vertical direction. At this time, the extension bar 811 is lifted while maintaining the guide protrusion 811a coupled to the guide bracket 814 .

따라서, 연장 바(811)가 다른 방향으로 임의 이동되지 않고 상하 방향으로만 승강될 수 있다.Accordingly, the extension bar 811 may be raised and lowered only in the vertical direction without being moved arbitrarily in other directions.

축부(812)는 연장 바(811)가 회전되는 회전축으로 기능된다. The shaft portion 812 functions as a rotation shaft on which the extension bar 811 is rotated.

축부(812)는 연장 바(811)와 회전 가능하게 결합된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 축부(812)는 연장 바(811)가 연장되는 방향의 타측 단부, 즉 후방 측 단부에 회전 가능하게 관통 결합된다. 축부(812)는 복수 개의 연장 바(811)와 각각 회전 가능하게 관통 결합될 수 있다. The shaft portion 812 is rotatably coupled to the extension bar 811 . In the illustrated embodiment, the shaft portion 812 is rotatably coupled to the other end in the extending direction of the extension bar 811, that is, the rear end. The shaft portion 812 may be rotatably through-coupled with the plurality of extension bars 811 , respectively.

축부(812)는 지지 돌기(813)에 회전 가능하게 관통 결합된다. 축부(812)는 지지 돌기(813)에 의해 회전 가능하게 지지될 수 있다. The shaft portion 812 is rotatably coupled through the support protrusion 813 . The shaft portion 812 may be rotatably supported by the support protrusion 813 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 축부(812)는 그 단면이 원형이고 좌우 방향으로 연장된 원통 형상이다. 축부(812)의 형상은 연장 바(811) 및 지지 돌기(813)와 각각 회전 가능하게 관통 결합될 수 있는 임의의 형상일 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the shaft portion 812 has a circular cross-section and a cylindrical shape extending in the left-right direction. The shape of the shaft portion 812 may be any shape that can be rotatably through-coupled with the extension bar 811 and the support protrusion 813 , respectively.

지지 돌기(813)는 축부(812)를 회전 가능하게 지지한다. 지지 돌기(813)에는 축부(812)가 회전 가능하게 관통 결합된다. The support protrusion 813 rotatably supports the shaft portion 812 . A shaft portion 812 is rotatably coupled through the support protrusion 813 .

지지 돌기(813)는 메커니즘 구조체(400)에 반대되는 몸체부(710)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측에 결합된다. 지지 돌기(813)는 몸체부(710)의 하측 면에서 하측을 향해 연장 형성될 수 있다.The support protrusion 813 is coupled to one side of the body portion 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400 , to the lower side in the illustrated embodiment. The support protrusion 813 may be formed to extend downward from the lower surface of the body portion 710 .

지지 돌기(813)는 연장 바(811)의 후방 측 단부에 인접하게 위치된다. 지지 돌기(813)는 복수 개의 연장 바(811) 사이에 위치될 수 있다. The support protrusion 813 is located adjacent to the rear side end of the extension bar 811 . The support protrusion 813 may be positioned between the plurality of extension bars 811 .

가이드 브라켓(814)은 연장 바(811)를 부분적으로 둘러싼다. 가이드 브라켓(814)은 연장 바(811)의 회전에 따른 승강을 가이드한다. The guide bracket 814 partially surrounds the extension bar 811 . The guide bracket 814 guides the elevation according to the rotation of the extension bar 811 .

가이드 브라켓(814)의 내부에는 공간이 형성된다. 상기 공간에는 삽입 돌기(815)가 승강 가능하게 수용된다. 가이드 브라켓(814)은 연장 바(811)의 회전에 따른 삽입 돌기(815)의 승강을 가이드할 수 있다.A space is formed inside the guide bracket 814 . The insertion protrusion 815 is accommodated in the space to be liftable. The guide bracket 814 may guide the elevation of the insertion protrusion 815 according to the rotation of the extension bar 811 .

가이드 브라켓(814)은 조작 핸들부(740)와 연장 바(811)가 결합되는 위치에 인접하게 배치될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 가이드 브라켓(814)은 조작 핸들부(740)와 연장 바(811)가 결합되는 부위에 인접한 연장 바(811)의 일부를 부분적으로 둘러싼다.The guide bracket 814 may be disposed adjacent to a position where the manipulation handle unit 740 and the extension bar 811 are coupled. In the illustrated embodiment, the guide bracket 814 partially surrounds a portion of the extension bar 811 adjacent to the portion where the operation handle unit 740 and the extension bar 811 are coupled.

가이드 브라켓(814)은 메커니즘 구조체(400)에 반대되는 몸체부(710)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측에 결합된다. The guide bracket 814 is coupled to one side of the body portion 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400 , to the lower side in the illustrated embodiment.

가이드 브라켓(814)은 연장 바(811)가 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 관통 형성된다. 즉, 가이드 브라켓(814)의 전방 측 및 후방 측은 개방되어 외부와 연통된다. 연장 바(811)는 가이드 브라켓(814)의 전방 측 및 후방 측을 통해 관통될 수 있다.The guide bracket 814 is formed penetrating in the direction in which the extension bar 811 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction. That is, the front side and the rear side of the guide bracket 814 are open and communicate with the outside. The extension bar 811 may pass through the front side and the rear side of the guide bracket 814 .

가이드 브라켓(814)이 몸체부(710)의 하측과 결합되는 부분, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 및 우측 면에는 상하 방향으로 연장되는 승강 가이드 홈(814a)이 형성된다. 승강 가이드 홈(814a)에는 가이드 돌기(811a)가 삽입 결합된다. 가이드 돌기(811a)는 승강 가이드 홈(814a)을 따라 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.Elevating guide grooves 814a extending in the vertical direction are formed in the portion where the guide bracket 814 is coupled to the lower side of the body 710, left and right surfaces in the illustrated embodiment. A guide protrusion 811a is inserted and coupled to the elevating guide groove 814a. The guide protrusion 811a may be moved in the vertical direction along the elevating guide groove 814a.

가이드 브라켓(814)이 몸체부(710)의 상기 일측, 즉 하측을 마주하는 부분, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측 면에는 관통공이 형성된다. 상기 관통공에는 삽입 돌기(815)가 상하 방향으로 이동 가능하게 결합된다.A through-hole is formed in the portion of the guide bracket 814 facing the one side, that is, the lower side of the body portion 710 , in the illustrated embodiment, the lower side. An insertion protrusion 815 is movably coupled to the through hole in an up-down direction.

가이드 브라켓(814)의 상기 하측 면은 레일부(310)의 상면(311)과 이격될 수 있다. 즉, 가이드 브라켓(814)의 상기 하측 면은 레일부(310)의 상면(311)에 인접하게 위치되되, 접촉되지는 않을 수 있다.The lower surface of the guide bracket 814 may be spaced apart from the upper surface 311 of the rail unit 310 . That is, the lower surface of the guide bracket 814 is located adjacent to the upper surface 311 of the rail part 310, but may not be in contact.

따라서, 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에 삽입될 때, 가이드 브라켓(814)과 레일부(310) 사이의 마찰이 발생되지 않아, 차단기 조립체(1)의 내구 연한이 증가될 수 있다.Accordingly, when the circuit breaker 20 is inserted into the casing 10 , friction between the guide bracket 814 and the rail part 310 does not occur, so that the durability of the circuit breaker assembly 1 can be increased.

삽입 돌기(815)는 걸림 홈부(330)에 삽입되거나 인출된다. 이에 따라, 차단기(20)의 이동이 허용되거나 제한될 수 있다.The insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into or withdrawn from the locking groove 330 . Accordingly, movement of the circuit breaker 20 may be permitted or restricted.

구체적으로, 삽입 돌기(815)가 걸림 홈부(330)에 삽입되면, 차단기(20)의 이동이 제한된다. 또한, 삽입 돌기(815)가 걸림 홈부(330)에서 인출되면, 차단기(20)의 이동이 허용된다.Specifically, when the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into the locking groove portion 330 , the movement of the circuit breaker 20 is limited. In addition, when the insertion protrusion 815 is withdrawn from the locking groove portion 330 , the movement of the circuit breaker 20 is permitted.

삽입 돌기(815)는 연장 바(811)와 결합된다. 삽입 돌기(815)는 연장 바(811)가 승강됨에 따라 함께 승강될 수 있다. 즉, 삽입 돌기(815)의 상하 방향의 이동은 조작 핸들부(740) 및 이에 연결된 연장 바(811)가 상하 방향으로 이동됨에 따라 달성될 수 있다.The insertion protrusion 815 is coupled to the extension bar 811 . The insertion protrusion 815 may be lifted together as the extension bar 811 is lifted. That is, the vertical movement of the insertion protrusion 815 may be achieved as the manipulation handle unit 740 and the extension bar 811 connected thereto move in the vertical direction.

삽입 돌기(815)는 가이드 브라켓(814)의 내부에 형성된 공간에 수용된다. 또한, 삽입 돌기(815)는 가이드 브라켓(814)의 상기 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측 면에 관통 형성된 관통공에 관통 결합된다.The insertion protrusion 815 is accommodated in a space formed inside the guide bracket 814 . In addition, the insertion protrusion 815 is through-coupled to the one side of the guide bracket 814, a through hole formed through the lower surface in the illustrated embodiment.

삽입 돌기(815)는 가이드 브라켓(814)의 상기 공간에 승강 가능하게 수용된다. 삽입 돌기(815)는 조작 핸들부(740) 및 이에 연결된 연장 바(811)와 함께 승강될 수 있다.The insertion protrusion 815 is accommodated in the space of the guide bracket 814 to be elevating. The insertion protrusion 815 may be raised and lowered together with the manipulation handle unit 740 and the extension bar 811 connected thereto.

삽입 돌기(815)는 승강 스프링(816)에 의해 탄성 지지된다. The insertion protrusion 815 is elastically supported by a lifting spring 816 .

승강 스프링(816)은 조작 핸들부(740)와 함께 승강되는 삽입 돌기(815)를 탄성 지지한다. 승강 스프링(816)은 삽입 돌기(815)를 하측, 즉 차단기 결합부(300)를 향하는 방향으로 가압한다. 이에 따라, 걸림 홈부(330)에 삽입된 삽입 돌기(815)가 임의로 인출되지 않게 된다.The lifting spring 816 elastically supports the insertion protrusion 815 that is raised and lowered together with the operation handle unit 740 . The lifting spring 816 presses the insertion protrusion 815 downward, that is, in a direction toward the breaker coupling part 300 . Accordingly, the insertion protrusion 815 inserted into the locking groove portion 330 is not arbitrarily drawn out.

조작 핸들부(740)가 상측으로 조작되면, 조작 핸들부(740)에 연결된 연장 바(811) 및 삽입 돌기(815)가 함께 상측으로 이동된다. 이때, 승강 스프링(816)은 연장 바(811) 또는 삽입 돌기(815)에 의해 가압되어 형상 변형되며 복원력을 저장한다.When the manipulation handle unit 740 is operated upward, the extension bar 811 and the insertion protrusion 815 connected to the manipulation handle unit 740 move upward together. At this time, the lifting spring 816 is pressed by the extension bar 811 or the insertion protrusion 815 to deform the shape and store the restoring force.

*조작 핸들부(740)에 인가되던 외력이 소멸되면, 승강 스프링(816)은 원래 형상으로 복원되며 저장한 복원력을 삽입 돌기(815)에 제공한다. 이때, 상기 복원력은 하측, 즉 차단기 결합부(300)를 향하는 방향이다. 따라서, 삽입 돌기(815)는 걸림 홈부(330)에 삽입된 상태로 유지될 수 있다. * When the external force applied to the operation handle unit 740 is extinguished, the lifting spring 816 is restored to its original shape and provides the stored restoring force to the insertion protrusion 815 . At this time, the restoring force is downward, that is, in a direction toward the circuit breaker coupling part 300 . Accordingly, the insertion protrusion 815 may be maintained while being inserted into the locking groove portion 330 .

따라서, 도 21 내지 도 24에 도시된 실시 예는 조작 핸들부(740)에 외력이 인가되어 삽입 돌기(815)가 걸림 홈부(330)에서 인출된 상태임이 이해될 것이다.Therefore, in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 21 to 24 , it will be understood that the insertion protrusion 815 is withdrawn from the locking groove 330 by applying an external force to the manipulation handle part 740 .

승강 스프링(816)은 형상 변형에 의해 복원력을 저장하고, 저장된 복원력을 외부에 전달할 수 있는 임의의 형태로 구비될 수 있다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 승강 스프링(816)은 코일 스프링으로 구비된다.The lifting spring 816 may be provided in any form capable of storing the restoring force by shape deformation and transmitting the stored restoring force to the outside. In the illustrated embodiment, the elevating spring 816 is provided as a coil spring.

제한 플레이트(820)는 제1 지지 판(711)이 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 이동되어 차단 플레이트(340)와 접촉되거나 이격된다. 제한 플레이트(820)가 차단 플레이트(340)와 접촉되면, 차단기(20)는 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향, 즉 전방 측으로의 이동이 제한된다. The limiting plate 820 is moved in the direction in which the first support plate 711 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left-right direction to contact or separate from the blocking plate 340 . When the limiting plate 820 comes into contact with the blocking plate 340 , the movement of the circuit breaker 20 in the direction in which it is withdrawn from the casing 10 , that is, toward the front side is restricted.

제한 플레이트(820)는 몸체부(710)에 이동 가능하게 결합된다. 구체적으로, 제한 플레이트(820)는 제1 지지 판(711)의 내측, 도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측에, 좌우 방향으로 이동 가능하게 결합된다. 상기 결합은 체결 부재(840)에 의해 달성된다. The limiting plate 820 is movably coupled to the body 710 . Specifically, the limiting plate 820 is coupled to the inner side of the first support plate 711, the rear side in the illustrated embodiment, movably in the left and right direction. The coupling is achieved by means of a fastening member 840 .

제한 플레이트(820)는 수직 링크부(860)의 승강에 따라 이동될 수 있다. 구체적으로, 수직 링크부(860)가 상하 방향으로 승강되면, 수직 링크부(860)에 연결된 회전 링크부(850)가 시계 방향 또는 반 시계 방향으로 회전된다. The limiting plate 820 may be moved according to the elevation of the vertical link unit 860 . Specifically, when the vertical link unit 860 is raised and lowered in the vertical direction, the rotation link unit 850 connected to the vertical link unit 860 is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise.

이에 따라, 회전 링크부(850)와 연결된 제한 플레이트(820)가 좌측 또는 우측으로 이동될 수 있다.Accordingly, the limit plate 820 connected to the rotation link unit 850 may be moved left or right.

이때, 제한 플레이트(820)가 우측으로 이동될 경우 차단 플레이트(340)를 향하는 방향으로 이동되는 것으로 이해될 수 있다. 즉, 제한 플레이트(820)가 우측으로 이동되면, 제한 플레이트(820)와 차단 플레이트(340)가 접촉된다. 이에 따라, 차단기(20)의 전방 측으로의 이동이 제한된다.In this case, when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the right, it may be understood that it is moved in a direction toward the blocking plate 340 . That is, when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the right, the limiting plate 820 and the blocking plate 340 come into contact with each other. Accordingly, the movement to the front side of the circuit breaker 20 is restricted.

또한, 제한 플레이트(820)가 좌측으로 이동될 경우 차단 플레이트(340)에 반대되는 방향으로 이동되는 것으로 이해될 수 있다. 즉, 제한 플레이트(820)가 좌측으로 이동되면, 제한 플레이트(820)와 차단 플레이트(340)가 이격된다. 이에 따라, 차단기(20)의 전방 측으로의 이동이 허용된다.Also, it may be understood that when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the left, it is moved in a direction opposite to the blocking plate 340 . That is, when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the left, the limiting plate 820 and the blocking plate 340 are spaced apart. Accordingly, movement to the front side of the circuit breaker 20 is permitted.

제한 플레이트(820)는 회전 링크부(850)와 연결된다. 수직 링크부(860)의 승강은 회전 링크부(850)에 의해 제한 플레이트(820)의 수평 방향의 이동으로 전환된다. 일 실시 예에서, 제한 플레이트(820)는 회전 링크부(850)와 링크 결합될 수 있다.The limiting plate 820 is connected to the rotation link unit 850 . Elevation of the vertical link unit 860 is converted into horizontal movement of the limiting plate 820 by the rotary link unit 850 . In an embodiment, the limit plate 820 may be link-coupled to the rotation link unit 850 .

도시된 실시 예에서, 제한 플레이트(820)는 회전 링크부(850)의 제2 링크(853)와 링크 결합된다. 상기 링크 결합은 가압 핀(856)에 의해 달성된다.In the illustrated embodiment, the limiting plate 820 is link-coupled with the second link 853 of the rotary link unit 850 . The link engagement is achieved by means of press pins 856 .

도 20에 도시된 실시 예에서, 제한 플레이트(820)는 제1 부분(821), 제2 부분(822), 결합 홈(823), 제한 돌출부(824), 제1 이동 홈(825), 제2 이동 홈(826), 핀 삽입부(827) 및 걸림 돌출부(828)를 포함한다.In the embodiment shown in FIG. 20 , the limiting plate 820 includes a first portion 821 , a second portion 822 , an engaging groove 823 , a limiting protrusion 824 , a first moving groove 825 , and a first 2 includes a moving groove 826 , a pin insertion portion 827 , and a locking projection 828 .

제1 부분(821)은 제한 플레이트(820)의 부분 중 몸체부(710)를 향하는 부분, 도시된 실시 예에서 상측을 형성한다. 제1 부분(821)은 제1 지지 판(711)이 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 연장된다.The first portion 821 forms a portion facing the body portion 710 among portions of the limiting plate 820 , in the illustrated embodiment, the upper side. The first portion 821 extends in the direction in which the first support plate 711 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left-right direction.

제1 부분(821)은 제1 지지 판(711)에 이동 가능하게 결합된다. 상기 결합은 제1 체결 부재(841)에 의해 달성된다.The first portion 821 is movably coupled to the first support plate 711 . The coupling is achieved by a first fastening member 841 .

제1 부분(821)은 제2 부분(822)과 연속된다. 구체적으로, 제1 부분(821)은 그 하측의 우측 부분이 제2 부분(822)의 상측의 좌측 부분과 연속된다.The first portion 821 is continuous with the second portion 822 . Specifically, the lower right portion of the first portion 821 is continuous with the upper left portion of the second portion 822 .

제1 부분(821)이 연장되는 방향의 일 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 단부에는 제한 돌출부(824)가 위치된다. 제한 돌출부(824)는 제1 부분(821)의 좌측 단부에서 조작 핸들부(740)를 향하는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측으로 돌출 형성된다.A limiting protrusion 824 is positioned at one end in the direction in which the first portion 821 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, at the left end. The limiting protrusion 824 is formed to protrude downward from the left end of the first portion 821 toward the manipulation handle unit 740 , in the illustrated embodiment.

도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 부분(821)은 좌우 방향의 연장 길이가 상하 방향의 연장 길이보다 긴 사각 판형으로 형성된다. 제1 부분(821)은 제1 지지 판(711)에 이동 가능하게 결합될 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 구비될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the first portion 821 is formed in a rectangular plate shape in which the length extended in the left and right direction is longer than the extension length in the vertical direction. The first portion 821 may be provided in any shape capable of being movably coupled to the first support plate 711 .

제1 부분(821)의 내부에는 제1 이동 홈(825)이 두께 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 관통 형성된다.A first moving groove 825 is formed through the inside of the first part 821 in the thickness direction, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.

제1 부분(821)은 조작 핸들부(740)가 위치되는 공간인 결합 홈(823)을 부분적으로 둘러싼다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 부분(821)은 결합 홈(823)의 상측을 둘러싼다.The first portion 821 partially surrounds the engaging groove 823 which is a space in which the operation handle portion 740 is located. In the illustrated embodiment, the first portion 821 surrounds the upper side of the engaging groove 823 .

제한 플레이트(820)가 우측으로 이동되어 제한 플레이트(820)와 차단 플레이트(340)가 전후 방향으로 겹쳐지지 않은 상태에서, 제1 부분(821)은 제2 가이드 홈(711b)을 부분적으로 가릴 수 있다. In a state in which the limiting plate 820 is moved to the right so that the limiting plate 820 and the blocking plate 340 do not overlap in the front-rear direction, the first portion 821 may partially cover the second guide groove 711b. have.

상기 상태에서, 조작 핸들부(740)가 상측으로 이동되는 거리가 감소되되, 제한 플레이트(820)와 차단 플레이트(340)가 접촉되지 않으므로 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향으로 이동될 수 있음은 상술한 바와 같다.In the above state, the distance at which the manipulation handle part 740 moves upward is reduced, but since the limiting plate 820 and the blocking plate 340 do not come into contact with each other, the circuit breaker 20 is moved in the direction in which it is drawn out from the casing 10 . It can be as described above.

제2 부분(822)은 제한 플레이트(820)의 부분 중 몸체부(710)에 반대되는 부분, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측을 형성한다. 제2 부분(822)은 제1 지지 판(711) 또는 제1 부분(821)이 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 연장 형성된다.The second portion 822 forms a portion opposite to the body portion 710 among portions of the limiting plate 820 , the lower side in the illustrated embodiment. The second portion 822 is formed to extend in the direction in which the first support plate 711 or the first portion 821 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left-right direction.

제2 부분(822)은 제1 지지 판(711)에 이동 가능하게 결합된다. 상기 결합은 제2 체결 부재(842)에 의해 달성된다.The second portion 822 is movably coupled to the first support plate 711 . The engagement is achieved by a second fastening member 842 .

제2 부분(822)은 제1 부분(821)과 연속된다. 구체적으로, 제2 부분(822)은 그 상측의 좌측 부분이 제1 부분(821)의 하측의 우측 부분과 연속된다.The second portion 822 is continuous with the first portion 821 . Specifically, the upper left portion of the second portion 822 is continuous with the lower right portion of the first portion 821 .

즉, 제1 부분(821)과 제2 부분(822)은 상하 방향으로 서로 엇갈리게 배치된다.That is, the first portion 821 and the second portion 822 are disposed to be alternated with each other in the vertical direction.

도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 부분(822)은 좌우 방향의 연장 길이가 상하 방향의 연장 길이보다 긴 사각 판형으로 형성된다. 이때, 제2 부분(822)이 좌우 방향으로 연장되는 길이는 제1 부분(821)이 좌우 방향으로 연장되는 길이보다 길 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the second portion 822 is formed in a rectangular plate shape in which the length extended in the left and right direction is longer than the extension length in the vertical direction. In this case, the length in which the second part 822 extends in the left-right direction may be longer than the length in which the first part 821 extends in the left-right direction.

제2 부분(822)은 제1 지지 판(711)에 이동 가능하게 결합될 수 있는 임의의 형상으로 구비될 수 있다.The second portion 822 may be provided in any shape capable of being movably coupled to the first support plate 711 .

제2 부분(822)의 내부에는 제2 이동 홈(826)이 두께 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 관통 형성된다.A second moving groove 826 is formed through the inside of the second portion 822 in the thickness direction, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.

제2 부분(822)의 하측 단부는 차단 플레이트(340)의 차단 돌출부(342)의 상측 단부에 비해 상측에 위치될 수 있다. 즉, 제2 부분(822)의 하측 단부는 차단 플레이트(340)와 접촉되지 않는다.The lower end of the second portion 822 may be located above the upper end of the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 . That is, the lower end of the second portion 822 does not contact the blocking plate 340 .

제1 부분(821)에 반대되는 제2 부분(822)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측의 우측에는 핀 삽입부(827)가 함몰 형성된다. 핀 삽입부(827)에는 회전 링크부(850)의 가압 핀(856)이 삽입된다. On one side of the second part 822 opposite to the first part 821 , a pin insertion part 827 is recessed on the lower right side in the illustrated embodiment. The pressing pin 856 of the rotary link unit 850 is inserted into the pin insertion unit 827 .

따라서, 회전 링크부(850)가 회전되면, 가압 핀(856)에 의해 제2 부분(822) 및 제한 플레이트(820)가 가압되어 좌측 또는 우측으로 이동될 수 있다. Accordingly, when the rotation link unit 850 is rotated, the second portion 822 and the limiting plate 820 may be pressed by the pressing pin 856 to move left or right.

제2 부분(822)은 조작 핸들부(740)가 위치되는 공간인 결합 홈(823)을 부분적으로 둘러싼다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제2 부분(822)은 결합 홈(823)의 우측을 둘러싼다.The second portion 822 partially surrounds the engaging groove 823 which is a space in which the operation handle portion 740 is located. In the illustrated embodiment, the second portion 822 surrounds the right side of the engagement groove 823 .

결합 홈(823)을 둘러싸는 제2 부분(822)의 단부, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측 부분은 그 상측이 하측으로 볼록하도록 라운드지게 형성될 수 있다.The end of the second portion 822 surrounding the coupling groove 823, the left portion in the illustrated embodiment may be formed to be rounded so that its upper side is convex to the lower side.

결합 홈(823)은 제1 지지 판(711)에 관통 결합된 조작 핸들부(740)가 삽입되는 공간이다. 조작 핸들부(740)는 결합 홈(823)에 삽입된 상태에서 제1 부분(821)을 향하는 방향 및 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다. 조작 핸들부(740)는 결합 홈(823)에 전후 방향으로 관통되어 수용된다. The coupling groove 823 is a space into which the manipulation handle part 740 coupled through the first support plate 711 is inserted. The manipulation handle unit 740 may be moved in the direction opposite to the direction toward the first portion 821 in the state inserted into the coupling groove 823, and in the vertical direction in the illustrated embodiment. The manipulation handle unit 740 is received through the coupling groove 823 in the front-rear direction.

결합 홈(823)은 제1 부분(821), 제2 부분(822) 및 제한 돌출부(824)에 부분적으로 둘러싸인다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 결합 홈(823)의 상측은 제1 부분(821)에 의해, 결합 홈(823)의 우측은 제2 부분(822)에 의해 둘러싸인다. 결합 홈(823)의 좌측은 제한 돌출부(824)에 의해 부분적으로 둘러싸인다. The engaging groove 823 is partially surrounded by the first portion 821 , the second portion 822 , and the limiting projection 824 . In the illustrated embodiment, an upper side of the engaging groove 823 is surrounded by a first portion 821 , and a right side of the engaging groove 823 is surrounded by a second portion 822 . The left side of the engaging groove 823 is partially surrounded by a limiting projection 824 .

결합 홈(823)의 나머지 부분은 외부와 연통된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 결합 홈(823)의 좌측의 나머지 부분 및 하측은 외부와 연통된다.The remaining portion of the coupling groove 823 communicates with the outside. In the illustrated embodiment, the remaining portion and the lower side of the left side of the coupling groove 823 communicates with the outside.

제한 돌출부(824)는 결합 홈(823)에 수용된 조작 핸들부(740)의 임의 이탈을 방지한다. 또한, 제한 돌출부(824)는 조작 핸들부(740)가 조작되지 않은 경우 제한 플레이트(820)의 임의 이동을 방지한다.The limiting projection 824 prevents any detachment of the operation handle portion 740 received in the engagement groove 823 . In addition, the limiting protrusion 824 prevents any movement of the limiting plate 820 when the manipulation handle portion 740 is not operated.

제한 돌출부(824)는 제1 부분(821)과 연속된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제한 돌출부(824)는 제1 부분(821)의 좌측 단부에서 하측으로 돌출 형성된다.The limiting projection 824 is continuous with the first portion 821 . In the illustrated embodiment, the limiting projection 824 is formed to protrude downward from the left end of the first portion 821 .

제한 돌출부(824)는 결합 홈(823)을 부분적으로 둘러싼다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제한 돌출부(824)는 결합 홈(823)의 좌측의 상부를 부분적으로 둘러싼다.The limiting projection 824 partially surrounds the engaging groove 823 . In the illustrated embodiment, the limiting projection 824 partially surrounds the upper left side of the engaging groove 823 .

제한 돌출부(824)에 의해, 조작 핸들부(740)가 상측으로 이동 조작된 상태에서 제한 플레이트(820)의 이동이 제한될 수 있다. 또한, 결합 홈(823)에 삽입된 조작 핸들부(740)가 결합 홈(823)에서 임의 이탈되지 않을 수 있다.Due to the restriction protrusion 824 , movement of the restriction plate 820 may be restricted in a state in which the manipulation handle unit 740 is moved upwardly. In addition, the manipulation handle part 740 inserted into the coupling groove 823 may not be arbitrarily separated from the coupling groove 823 .

구체적으로, 상기 상태에서 제한 플레이트(820)가 소정 거리만큼 우측으로 이동되면, 제한 돌출부(824)가 조작 핸들부(740)와 접촉된다. 이에 따라, 제한 플레이트(820)는 더 이상 우측으로 이동되지 않게 된다. Specifically, when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the right by a predetermined distance in the above state, the limiting protrusion 824 comes into contact with the manipulation handle part 740 . Accordingly, the limiting plate 820 is no longer moved to the right.

조작 핸들부(740)가 하측으로 이동 조작된 경우, 제한 플레이트(820)가 우측으로 이동되더라도 조작 핸들부(740)는 결합 홈(823)의 개구부(즉, 좌측에 형성된 개구부)를 통해 결합 홈(823)의 외부로 인출될 수 있다. When the manipulation handle unit 740 is operated to move downward, even if the limit plate 820 is moved to the right, the manipulation handle unit 740 is connected through the engaging groove 823 through the opening (ie, the opening formed on the left side) of the engaging groove 823 . It can be withdrawn to the outside of (823).

제1 이동 홈(825)은 제1 부분(821)을 제1 지지 판(711)에 이동 가능하게 결합하는 제1 체결 부재(841)가 결합되는 부분이다. 제1 이동 홈(825)은 제1 부분(821)의 내측에, 그 두께 방향(즉, 전후 방향)으로 관통 형성된다.The first moving groove 825 is a portion to which the first fastening member 841 for movably coupling the first portion 821 to the first support plate 711 is coupled. The first moving groove 825 is formed through the inside of the first portion 821 in the thickness direction (ie, the front-rear direction).

제1 이동 홈(825)은 제1 부분(821)이 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 제1 이동 홈(825)의 연장 길이는 제한 플레이트(820)가 차단 플레이트(340)와 접촉 및 이격되기 위해 이동되어야 하는 거리에 따라 결정될 수 있다.The first moving groove 825 is formed to extend in the direction in which the first portion 821 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left-right direction. The extended length of the first moving groove 825 may be determined according to a distance that the limiting plate 820 needs to be moved in order to contact and separate from the blocking plate 340 .

즉, 제1 이동 홈(825)은 그 연장 방향의 단부 중 결합 홈(823)을 향하는 일측 단부(즉, 좌측 단부)가 제1 체결 부재(841)와 접촉되었을 때 제한 플레이트(820)가 차단 플레이트(340)와 접촉된다. That is, the limit plate 820 is blocked when one end (ie, the left end) of the first moving groove 825 toward the coupling groove 823 is in contact with the first fastening member 841 among the ends in the extending direction. It is in contact with the plate 340 .

또한, 제1 이동 홈(825)은 그 연장 방향의 단부 중 결합 홈(823)에 반대되는 타측 단부(즉, 우측 단부)가 제1 체결 부재(841)와 접촉되었을 때 제한 플레이트(820)가 차단 플레이트(340)와 이격된다.In addition, when the other end (ie, the right end) opposite to the coupling groove 823 among the ends in the extending direction of the first moving groove 825 comes into contact with the first fastening member 841, the limiting plate 820 is formed. It is spaced apart from the blocking plate 340 .

제1 이동 홈(825)에는 제1 체결 부재(841)가 이동 가능하게 관통 결합된다. 이때, 제1 체결 부재(841)는 제1 지지 판(711)의 제1 홈(711a)에도 관통 결합되어 이동되지 않는다. 따라서, 상술한 이동 과정은 제1 체결 부재(841)에 대한 제1 부분(821)의 상대적인 이동임이 이해될 것이다. A first fastening member 841 is movably through-coupled to the first moving groove 825 . At this time, the first fastening member 841 is also coupled through the first groove 711a of the first support plate 711 and does not move. Accordingly, it will be understood that the above-described moving process is a relative movement of the first portion 821 with respect to the first fastening member 841 .

제1 이동 홈(825)은 제2 이동 홈(826)에 인접하게 위치된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 제1 이동 홈(825)은 제2 이동 홈(826)의 상측에서, 좌측에 치우쳐 위치된다.The first moving groove 825 is positioned adjacent to the second moving groove 826 . In the illustrated embodiment, the first moving groove 825 is located on the upper side of the second moving groove 826, biased to the left.

제1 이동 홈(825) 및 제2 이동 홈(826)의 위치 관계가 제1 부분(821) 및 제2 부분(822)의 상대적인 위치 관계와 유사함이 이해될 것이다.It will be understood that the positional relationship of the first moving groove 825 and the second moving groove 826 is similar to the relative positional relationship of the first part 821 and the second part 822 .

제2 이동 홈(826)은 제2 부분(822)을 제1 지지 판(711)에 이동 가능하게 결합하는 제2 체결 부재(842)가 결합되는 부분이다. 제2 이동 홈(826)은 제2 부분(822)의 내측에, 그 두께 방향(즉, 전후 방향)으로 관통 형성된다.The second moving groove 826 is a portion to which the second fastening member 842 for movably coupling the second portion 822 to the first support plate 711 is coupled. The second moving groove 826 is formed through the inside of the second portion 822 in the thickness direction (ie, the front-rear direction).

제2 이동 홈(826)은 제2 부분(822)이 연장되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌우 방향으로 연장 형성된다. 제2 이동 홈(826)의 연장 길이는 제한 플레이트(820)가 차단 플레이트(340)와 접촉 및 이격되기 위해 이동되어야 하는 거리에 따라 결정될 수 있다. The second moving groove 826 is formed to extend in the direction in which the second portion 822 extends, in the illustrated embodiment, in the left-right direction. The extended length of the second moving groove 826 may be determined according to a distance that the limiting plate 820 needs to be moved in order to contact and separate the blocking plate 340 .

즉, 제2 이동 홈(826)은 그 연장 방향의 단부 중 결합 홈(823)을 향하는 방향의 일측 단부(즉, 좌측 단부)가 제2 체결 부재(842)와 접촉되었을 때 제한 플레이트(820)가 차단 플레이트(340)와 접촉된다.That is, the second moving groove 826 is a limiting plate 820 when one end (ie, the left end) of the ends in the extending direction in the direction toward the coupling groove 823 comes into contact with the second fastening member 842 . is in contact with the blocking plate 340 .

또한, 제2 이동 홈(826)은 그 연장 방향의 단부 중 결합 홈(823)에 반대되는 타측 단부가 제2 체결 부재(842)와 접촉되었을 때 제한 플레이트(820)가 차단 플레이트(340)와 이격된다. In addition, when the other end of the second moving groove 826 in the extending direction, which is opposite to the coupling groove 823, comes into contact with the second fastening member 842, the limiting plate 820 is connected to the blocking plate 340 are spaced apart

제2 이동 홈(826)에는 제2 체결 부재(842)가 이동 가능하게 관통 결합된다. 이때, 제2 체결 부재(842)는 제1 지지 판(711)의 제2 홈(711b)에도 관통 결합되어 이동되지 않는다. 따라서, 상술한 이동 과정 역시 제2 체결 부재(842)에 대한 제2 부분(822)의 상대적인 이동임이 이해될 것이다. A second fastening member 842 is movably through-coupled to the second moving groove 826 . At this time, the second fastening member 842 is also coupled through the second groove 711b of the first support plate 711 and does not move. Accordingly, it will be understood that the above-described movement process is also a relative movement of the second portion 822 with respect to the second fastening member 842 .

핀 삽입부(827)는 회전 링크부(850)의 가압 핀(856)이 삽입되는 공간이다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 핀 삽입부(827)는 제2 부분(822)의 하측 면의 우측에서 함몰 형성된다.The pin insertion unit 827 is a space into which the pressing pin 856 of the rotation link unit 850 is inserted. In the illustrated embodiment, the pin insert 827 is recessed on the right side of the lower surface of the second portion 822 .

회전 링크부(850)가 작동되면, 삽입된 가압 핀(856)은 핀 삽입부(827)를 둘러싸는 내면 중 어느 하나를 가압한다. 이에 따라, 제한 플레이트(820)가 좌측 또는 우측으로 이동될 수 있다.When the rotation link unit 850 is operated, the inserted pressing pin 856 presses any one of the inner surfaces surrounding the pin insertion unit 827 . Accordingly, the restriction plate 820 may be moved left or right.

걸림 돌출부(828)는 제한 플레이트(820)가 차단 플레이트(340)와 접촉되거나 이격되는 부분이다. The locking protrusion 828 is a portion at which the limiting plate 820 is in contact with or spaced apart from the blocking plate 340 .

구체적으로, 제한 플레이트(820)가 좌측으로 이동될 경우, 걸림 돌출부(828)는 차단 플레이트(340)와 전후 방향으로 이격된다. 상기 상태에서, 차단기(20)는 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향(즉, 전방 측)으로 이동될 수 있다.Specifically, when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the left, the locking protrusion 828 is spaced apart from the blocking plate 340 in the front-rear direction. In the above state, the circuit breaker 20 may be moved in the direction (ie, the front side) withdrawn from the casing 10 .

또한, 제한 플레이트(820)가 우측으로 이동될 경우, 걸림 돌출부(828)는 차단 플레이트(340)와 전후 방향으로 겹쳐진다. In addition, when the limiting plate 820 is moved to the right, the locking protrusion 828 overlaps the blocking plate 340 in the front-rear direction.

상기 상태에서, 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향(즉, 전방 측)으로 이동될 경우, 걸림 돌출부(828)와 차단 플레이트(340)의 차단 돌출부(342)가 접촉된다. 결과적으로, 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에서 인출되지 않게 된다.In the above state, when the circuit breaker 20 is moved in the direction to be drawn out from the casing 10 (ie, the front side), the locking protrusion 828 and the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 come into contact with each other. As a result, the circuit breaker 20 is not pulled out of the casing 10 .

걸림 돌출부(828)는 제2 부분(822)의 하측 면에서 돌출 형성된다. 또한, 걸림 돌출부(828)는 제2 부분(822)이 연장되는 방향의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측에 치우쳐 위치된다.The locking protrusion 828 is formed to protrude from the lower surface of the second portion 822 . In addition, the locking protrusion 828 is located on one side of the direction in which the second part 822 extends, and on the left side in the illustrated embodiment.

걸림 돌출부(828)가 제2 부분(822)의 하측 면에서 돌출 형성됨에 따라, 걸림 돌출부(828)의 하측 단부는 제2 부분(822)의 하측 면보다 낮게 위치된다. 이때, 걸림 돌출부(828)의 하측 단부는 차단 플레이트(340)의 차단 돌출부(342)의 상측 단부보다 낮게 위치된다.As the locking projection 828 protrudes from the lower surface of the second portion 822 , the lower end of the locking projection 828 is positioned lower than the lower surface of the second portion 822 . In this case, the lower end of the locking protrusion 828 is positioned lower than the upper end of the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 .

상술한 바와 같이 제2 부분(822)의 하측 면은 차단 플레이트(340)의 차단 돌출부(342)보다 상측에 위치된다. 따라서, 제2 부분(822)과 차단 플레이트(340)와 접촉되지 않는다.As described above, the lower surface of the second part 822 is located above the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 . Accordingly, the second portion 822 and the blocking plate 340 do not come into contact with each other.

반면, 걸림 돌출부(828)는 그 하측 단부가 차단 돌출부(342)의 상측 단부보다 낮게 위치된다. 따라서, 걸림 돌출부(828)와 차단 플레이트(340)가 전후 방향으로 겹쳐지게 배치된 상태에서 차단기(20)가 전후 방향으로 이동되면, 걸림 돌출부(828)와 차단 돌출부(342)가 접촉된다. On the other hand, the lower end of the locking protrusion 828 is positioned lower than the upper end of the blocking protrusion 342 . Accordingly, when the breaker 20 moves in the front-rear direction while the locking protrusion 828 and the blocking plate 340 are disposed to overlap in the front-rear direction, the locking protrusion 828 and the blocking protrusion 342 come into contact with each other.

따라서, 제한 플레이트(820)와 차단 플레이트(340)의 상대적인 위치에 따라, 차단기(20)의 인출이 허용되거나 제한될 수 있다.Accordingly, depending on the relative positions of the limiting plate 820 and the blocking plate 340 , withdrawal of the circuit breaker 20 may be permitted or restricted.

조작 핸들부(740)가 승강 조작되고, 수직 링크부(860) 및 회전 링크부(850)가 작동되어 차단기(20)의 이동이 허용 및 제한되는 과정에 대한 상세한 설명은 후술하기로 한다.A detailed description of a process in which the operation handle unit 740 is lifted and operated, and the vertical link unit 860 and the rotation link unit 850 are operated to allow and restrict the movement of the circuit breaker 20 will be described later.

체결 부재(840)는 제한 플레이트(820)를 카트부(700)에 이동 가능하게 결합한다. 제한 플레이트(820)는 체결 부재(840)에 결합된 상태에서 체결 부재(840)에 대해 상대적으로 좌우 방향으로 이동될 수 있다. 체결 부재(840)는 제1 지지 판(711) 및 제한 플레이트(820)에 관통 결합된다.The fastening member 840 movably couples the restriction plate 820 to the cart unit 700 . The limiting plate 820 may be moved in a left and right direction relative to the fastening member 840 while being coupled to the fastening member 840 . The fastening member 840 is through-coupled to the first support plate 711 and the limit plate 820 .

체결 부재(840)는 서로에 대해 상대적으로 이동 가능하게 두 개 이상의 부재를 결합할 수 있는 임의의 형태로 구비될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에서, 체결 부재(840)는 와셔(washer)를 포함하는 나사 부재로 구비될 수 있다.The fastening member 840 may be provided in any shape capable of coupling two or more members to be movable relative to each other. In an embodiment, the fastening member 840 may be provided as a screw member including a washer.

체결 부재(840)는 복수 개 구비될 수 있다. 복수 개의 체결 부재(840)는 서로 다른 위치에서 제한 플레이트(820) 및 제1 지지 판(711)에 각각 관통 결합될 수 있다. A plurality of fastening members 840 may be provided. The plurality of fastening members 840 may be respectively through-coupled to the limiting plate 820 and the first supporting plate 711 at different positions.

도시된 실시 예에서, 체결 부재(840)는 제1 체결 부재(841) 및 제2 체결 부재(842)를 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the fastening member 840 includes a first fastening member 841 and a second fastening member 842 .

제1 체결 부재(841)는 제한 플레이트(820)의 제1 부분(821)에 결합되어, 제한 플레이트(820)를 좌우 방향으로 이동 가능하게 제1 지지 판(711)에 체결한다. The first fastening member 841 is coupled to the first portion 821 of the limiting plate 820 to fasten the limiting plate 820 to the first supporting plate 711 to be movable in the left and right directions.

제1 체결 부재(841)는 제1 지지 판(711) 및 제1 부분(821)에 관통 결합된다. 구체적으로, 제1 체결 부재(841)는 제1 지지 판(711)에 형성된 제1 홈(711a) 및 제1 부분(821)에 형성된 제1 이동 홈(825)에 관통 결합된다.The first fastening member 841 is through-coupled to the first support plate 711 and the first portion 821 . Specifically, the first fastening member 841 is through-coupled to the first groove 711a formed in the first support plate 711 and the first moving groove 825 formed in the first portion 821 .

제한 플레이트(820)가 좌우 방향으로 이동됨에 따라, 제1 체결 부재(841)는 제1 이동 홈(825)의 양측 단부에 접촉될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 제한 플레이트(820)의 이동 거리가 제한될 수 있다.As the limiting plate 820 moves in the left and right directions, the first fastening member 841 may contact both ends of the first moving groove 825 . Accordingly, the movement distance of the limiting plate 820 may be limited.

제2 체결 부재(842)는 제한 플레이트(820)의 제2 부분(822)에 결합되어, 제한 플레이트(820)를 좌우 방향으로 이동 가능하게 제1 지지 판(711)에 체결한다.The second fastening member 842 is coupled to the second portion 822 of the limiting plate 820 to fasten the limiting plate 820 to the first supporting plate 711 to be movable in the left and right directions.

제2 체결 부재(842)는 제1 지지 판(711) 및 제2 부분(822)에 관통 결합된다. 구체적으로, 제2 체결 부재(842)는 제1 지지 판(711)에 형성된 제2 홈(711b) 및 제2 부분(822)에 형성된 제2 이동 홈(826)에 관통 결합된다.The second fastening member 842 is through-coupled to the first support plate 711 and the second portion 822 . Specifically, the second fastening member 842 is through-coupled to the second groove 711b formed in the first support plate 711 and the second moving groove 826 formed in the second portion 822 .

제한 플레이트(820)가 좌우 방향으로 이동됨에 따라, 제2 체결 부재(842)는 제2 이동 홈(826)의 양측 단부에 접촉될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 제한 플레이트(820)의 이동 거리가 제한될 수 있다.As the limiting plate 820 moves in the left-right direction, the second fastening member 842 may contact both ends of the second moving groove 826 . Accordingly, the movement distance of the limiting plate 820 may be limited.

회전 링크부(850)는 수직 링크부(860)의 수직 방향 이동을 수평 방향 이동으로 전환한다. 이에 따라, 수직 링크부(860)의 수직 이동에 의해 제한 플레이트(820)가 좌우 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The rotary link unit 850 converts vertical movement of the vertical link unit 860 into horizontal movement. Accordingly, the limiting plate 820 may be moved in the left and right directions by the vertical movement of the vertical link unit 860 .

회전 링크부(850)는 수직 링크부(860)와 연결된다. 회전 링크부(850)는 수직 링크부(860)의 상하 방향의 이동에 의해 회전된다. The rotary link unit 850 is connected to the vertical link unit 860 . The rotary link unit 850 is rotated by vertical movement of the vertical link unit 860 .

회전 링크부(850)는 제한 플레이트(820)와 연결된다. 회전 링크부(850)의 회전은 제한 플레이트(820)의 좌우 방향의 이동으로 전환될 수 있다.The rotation link unit 850 is connected to the limiting plate 820 . The rotation of the rotary link unit 850 may be converted into a left-right movement of the limiting plate 820 .

회전 링크부(850)는 메커니즘 구조체(400)에 반대되는 몸체부(710)의 일측, 도시된 실시 예에서 하측에 회전 가능하게 결합된다. The rotation link part 850 is rotatably coupled to one side of the body part 710 opposite to the mechanism structure 400, to the lower side in the illustrated embodiment.

도시된 실시 예에서, 회전 링크부(850)는 링크 몸체(851), 제1 링크(852), 제2 링크(853), 제1 연결부(854), 제2 연결부(855) 및 가압 핀(856)을 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the rotary link unit 850 includes a link body 851 , a first link 852 , a second link 853 , a first connection unit 854 , a second connection unit 855 , and a pressing pin ( 856).

링크 몸체(851)는 회전 링크부(850)의 몸체를 형성한다. 링크 몸체(851)는 제한 플레이트(820)와 수직 링크부(860)를 연결한다. 링크 몸체(851)는 제한 플레이트(820)와 수직 링크부(860) 사이에서 연장된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 링크 몸체(851)는 전후 방향으로 연장된다.The link body 851 forms the body of the rotary link part 850 . The link body 851 connects the limit plate 820 and the vertical link part 860 . The link body 851 extends between the limit plate 820 and the vertical link portion 860 . In the illustrated embodiment, the link body 851 extends in the front-rear direction.

링크 몸체(851)는 회전 가능하게 몸체부(710)에 결합된다. 링크 몸체(851)는 몸체부(710)에 결합된 상태에서 시계 방향 또는 반 시계 방향으로 회전될 수 있다.The link body 851 is rotatably coupled to the body portion 710 . The link body 851 may be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise in a state coupled to the body 710 .

링크 몸체(851)는 수직 링크부(860)와 링크 결합되는 제1 링크(852)와 링크 결합된다. 이에 따라, 링크 몸체(851)는 수직 링크부(860)의 상하 이동에 의해 회전될 수 있다.The link body 851 is link-coupled to the first link 852 that is link-coupled to the vertical link unit 860 . Accordingly, the link body 851 may be rotated by vertical movement of the vertical link unit 860 .

링크 몸체(851)는 제한 플레이트(820)와 링크 결합되는 제2 링크(853)와 링크 결합된다. 이에 따라, 링크 몸체(851)의 회전은 제한 플레이트(820)의 좌우 방향의 이동으로 전환될 수 있다.The link body 851 is link-coupled to the second link 853 that is link-coupled to the limiting plate 820 . Accordingly, the rotation of the link body 851 may be converted into the movement of the limit plate 820 in the left and right direction.

제1 링크(852)는 링크 몸체(851)와 수직 링크부(860)를 연결한다. 제1 링크(852)는 링크 몸체(851) 및 수직 링크부(860)와 각각 링크 결합된다. 구체적으로, 제1 링크(852)는 수직 링크부(860)의 하측에 위치되는 링크 연결부(863)와 링크 결합된다.The first link 852 connects the link body 851 and the vertical link unit 860 . The first link 852 is link-coupled to the link body 851 and the vertical link unit 860, respectively. Specifically, the first link 852 is link-coupled to the link connection part 863 located below the vertical link part 860 .

수직 링크부(860)가 상승 또는 하강되면, 제1 링크(852)는 시계 방향 또는 반 시계 방향으로 회전된다. 이에 따라, 제1 링크(852)와 결합된 링크 몸체(851) 또한 시계 방향 또는 반 시계 방향으로 회전될 수 있다.When the vertical link unit 860 is raised or lowered, the first link 852 is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise. Accordingly, the link body 851 coupled to the first link 852 may also be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise.

제2 링크(853)는 링크 몸체(851)와 제한 플레이트(820)를 연결한다. 제2 링크(853)는 링크 몸체(851) 및 제한 플레이트(820)와 각각 링크 결합된다.The second link 853 connects the link body 851 and the limiting plate 820 . The second link 853 is link-coupled to the link body 851 and the limiting plate 820 , respectively.

링크 몸체(851)가 시계 방향 또는 반 시계 방향으로 회전되면, 제2 링크(853)는 좌측 또는 우측을 향해 이동되거나 시계 방향 또는 반 시계 방향으로 회전될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 제2 링크(853)와 결합된 제한 플레이트(820)가 좌측 또는 우측을 향해 이동될 수 있다.When the link body 851 is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise, the second link 853 may be moved left or right or rotated clockwise or counterclockwise. Accordingly, the limit plate 820 coupled to the second link 853 may be moved toward the left or right.

제1 연결부(854)는 제1 링크(852)와 링크 연결부(863)를 링크 결합한다. 제1 연결부(854)는 제1 링크(852) 및 링크 연결부(863)와 각각 회전 가능하게 결합된다.The first connecting portion 854 link-couples the first link 852 and the link connecting portion 863 . The first connecting portion 854 is rotatably coupled to the first link 852 and the link connecting portion 863, respectively.

제2 연결부(855)는 제2 링크(853)와 제1 지지 판(711)을 회전 가능하게 결합한다(도 12 및 도 17에 가장 잘 도시됨). 즉, 제2 연결부(855)는 제2 링크(853)의 회전축으로 기능된다. A second connection 855 rotatably couples the second link 853 and the first support plate 711 (best shown in FIGS. 12 and 17 ). That is, the second connection part 855 functions as a rotation axis of the second link 853 .

가압 핀(856)은 제2 링크(853)와 결합되어, 제2 링크(853)의 회전을 제한 플레이트(820)에 전달한다. The pressing pin 856 is coupled to the second link 853 to transmit the rotation of the second link 853 to the limiting plate 820 .

가압 핀(856)은 제2 링크(853)에 회전 가능하게 결합된다. 가압 핀(856)은 제2 링크(853)의 회전에 무관하게 회전되지 않을 수 있다.The pressure pin 856 is rotatably coupled to the second link 853 . The pressure pin 856 may not rotate regardless of the rotation of the second link 853 .

가압 핀(856)은 제한 플레이트(820)와 결합된다. 구체적으로, 가압 핀(856)은 제한 플레이트(820)의 핀 삽입부(827)에 삽입 결합된다. 제2 링크(853)가 회전됨에 따라, 가압 핀(858)은 제한 플레이트(820)를 좌측 또는 우측 방향으로 가압한다.The pressure pin 856 is coupled with the limit plate 820 . Specifically, the pressure pin 856 is inserted and coupled to the pin insertion portion 827 of the limiting plate 820 . As the second link 853 rotates, the pressure pin 858 presses the limit plate 820 in a left or right direction.

이에 따라, 제한 플레이트(820)의 걸림 돌출부(828)와 차단 플레이트(340)의 차단 돌출부(342)가 전후 방향으로 겹쳐지게 배치되거나 서로 이격되게 배치되어, 차단기(20)의 인출이 제한되거나 허용될 수 있다.Accordingly, the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 and the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 are disposed to overlap in the front-rear direction or to be spaced apart from each other, so that the withdrawal of the breaker 20 is restricted or allowed can be

수직 링크부(860)는 상기 잭이 커넥터(410)에 결합 또는 분리됨에 따른 승강 프레임(450)의 상하 방향의 이동과 연동되어 승강된다. 수직 링크부(860)의 승강은 회전 링크부(850)의 회전 운동으로 전환된다. 이에 따라, 승강 프레임(450)의 승강에 의해 제한 플레이트(820)가 좌우 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The vertical link unit 860 is elevated by interlocking with the vertical movement of the elevating frame 450 as the jack is coupled to or separated from the connector 410 . Elevation of the vertical link unit 860 is converted into a rotational movement of the rotary link unit 850 . Accordingly, the limiting plate 820 may be moved in the left and right directions by the elevation of the elevation frame 450 .

수직 링크부(860)는 승강 프레임(450)과 연결된다. 수직 링크부(860)는 승강 프레임(450)의 상하 방향의 이동에 의해 상승 또는 하강될 수 있다.The vertical link unit 860 is connected to the lifting frame 450 . The vertical link unit 860 may be raised or lowered by the vertical movement of the elevating frame 450 .

수직 링크부(860)는 회전 링크부(850)와 연결된다. 수직 링크부(860)의 상하 방향의 이동은 회전 링크부(850)의 시계 방향 또는 반 시계 방향의 회전으로 전환될 수 있다.The vertical link unit 860 is connected to the rotation link unit 850 . The vertical movement of the vertical link unit 860 may be converted into a clockwise or counterclockwise rotation of the rotary link unit 850 .

수직 링크부(860)는 메커니즘 구조체(400)에 승강 가능하게 결합된다. 구체적으로, 수직 링크부(860)는 후방 프레임(433)에 승강 가능하게 결합된다. 이때, 수직 링크부(860)의 상기 결합을 위해 브라켓(434)이 구비됨은 상술한 바와 같다.The vertical link unit 860 is coupled to the mechanism structure 400 to be elevating. Specifically, the vertical link unit 860 is coupled to the rear frame 433 to be elevating. At this time, the bracket 434 is provided for the coupling of the vertical link unit 860 as described above.

도시된 실시 예에서, 수직 링크부(860)는 수직 연장부(861), 헤드부(862), 링크 연결부(863) 및 복귀 스프링(864)을 포함한다.In the illustrated embodiment, the vertical link portion 860 includes a vertical extension portion 861 , a head portion 862 , a link connection portion 863 , and a return spring 864 .

수직 연장부(861)는 승강 프레임(450)과 회전 링크부(850)를 연결한다. 수직 연장부(861)는 승강 프레임(450)과 회전 링크부(850) 사이에서 연장된다. 도시된 실시 예에서, 수직 연장부(861)는 상하 방향으로 연장된다.The vertical extension part 861 connects the lifting frame 450 and the rotation link part 850 . The vertical extension portion 861 extends between the lifting frame 450 and the rotation link portion 850 . In the illustrated embodiment, the vertical extension portion 861 extends in the vertical direction.

수직 연장부(861)는 승강 가능하게 후방 프레임(433)에 결합된다. 구체적으로, 수직 연장부(861)는 브라켓(434)에 의해 후방 프레임(433)에 승강 가능하게 결합된다. 수직 연장부(861)는 브라켓(434)에 결합된 상태에서 상측 또는 하측으로 이동될 수 있다. The vertical extension portion 861 is coupled to the rear frame 433 so as to be liftable. Specifically, the vertical extension portion 861 is coupled to the rear frame 433 by a bracket 434 to be elevating. The vertical extension portion 861 may move upward or downward while being coupled to the bracket 434 .

수직 연장부(861)는 승강 프레임(450)과 결합되는 헤드부(862)와 결합된다. 승강 프레임(450) 및 이에 연결된 헤드부(862)가 승강되면, 수직 연장부(861)는 헤드부(862)와 함께 승강될 수 있다.The vertical extension portion 861 is coupled to the head portion 862 coupled to the lifting frame 450 . When the lifting frame 450 and the head portion 862 connected thereto are lifted, the vertical extension portion 861 may be lifted together with the head portion 862 .

수직 연장부(861)는 회전 링크부(850)와 연결되는 링크 연결부(863)와 링크 결합된다. 수직 연장부(861)의 상하 방향의 이동은 링크 연결부(863)에 의해 회전 링크부(850)의 회전으로 전환될 수 있다. The vertical extension part 861 is link-coupled to the link connection part 863 connected to the rotation link part 850 . The vertical movement of the vertical extension part 861 may be converted into rotation of the rotary link part 850 by the link connection part 863 .

헤드부(862)는 수직 연장부(861)와 승강 프레임(450)을 연결한다. 헤드부(862)는 수직 연장부(861) 및 승강 프레임(450)과 각각 결합된다. The head part 862 connects the vertical extension part 861 and the lifting frame 450 . The head portion 862 is coupled to the vertical extension portion 861 and the lifting frame 450 , respectively.

헤드부(862)는 승강 프레임(450)과 함께 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 헤드부(862)와 연결된 수직 연장부(861) 또한 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The head part 862 may be moved in the vertical direction together with the lifting frame 450 . Accordingly, the vertical extension portion 861 connected to the head portion 862 may also be moved in the vertical direction.

헤드부(862)는 복귀 스프링(864)에 의해 탄성 지지된다. 이에 따라, 헤드부(862)와 결합된 승강 프레임(450) 또한 복귀 스프링(864)에 의해 탄성 지지될 수 있다. The head portion 862 is elastically supported by a return spring 864 . Accordingly, the lifting frame 450 coupled to the head portion 862 may also be elastically supported by the return spring 864 .

링크 연결부(863)는 수직 연장부(861)와 회전 링크부(850)를 연결한다. 구체적으로, 링크 연결부(863)는 수직 연장부(861)와 제1 링크(852)에 각각 링크 결합된다. The link connection part 863 connects the vertical extension part 861 and the rotation link part 850 . Specifically, the link connection part 863 is link-coupled to the vertical extension part 861 and the first link 852, respectively.

수직 연장부(861)가 상하 방향으로 이동되면, 링크 연결부(863)는 상하 방향으로 이동된다. 이에 따라, 링크 연결부(863)와 연결된 제1 링크(852)는 시계 방향 또는 반 시계 방향으로 회전된다. 상기 회전은 링크 몸체(851) 및 제2 링크(853)에 의해 제한 플레이트(820)의 좌우 방향의 이동으로 전환된다.When the vertical extension part 861 moves in the vertical direction, the link connection part 863 moves in the vertical direction. Accordingly, the first link 852 connected to the link connection part 863 is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise. The rotation is converted into left-right movement of the limiting plate 820 by the link body 851 and the second link 853 .

복귀 스프링(864)은 헤드부(862) 및 이에 연결된 승강 프레임(450)이 원래 위치, 즉 커넥터(410)가 가압되어 하측으로 이동되기 전 위치로 복귀되기 위한 복원력을 저장한다.The return spring 864 stores the restoring force for returning the head portion 862 and the lifting frame 450 connected thereto to the original position, that is, to the position before the connector 410 is pressed and moved downward.

복귀 스프링(864)은 상기 잭이 커넥터(410)에 결합되어 승강 프레임(450)이 하측으로 이동됨에 따라 형상이 변형되며 복원력을 저장할 수 있다. The return spring 864 is deformed in shape as the jack is coupled to the connector 410 and the elevating frame 450 is moved downward, and may store restoring force.

또한, 상기 잭이 커넥터(410)와 분리되면, 저장한 복원력을 승강 프레임(450)에 제공하여 승강 프레임(450)을 다시 원래 위치로 복귀시킨다.In addition, when the jack is separated from the connector 410 , the stored restoring force is provided to the lifting frame 450 to return the lifting frame 450 to its original position.

도시된 실시 예에서, 복귀 스프링(864)은 코일 스프링의 형태로 구비된다. 복귀 스프링(864)은 형상 변형에 의해 복원력을 저장하고, 저장한 복원력을 다른 부재에 제공할 수 있는 임의의 형태로 구비될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the return spring 864 is provided in the form of a coil spring. The return spring 864 may be provided in any form capable of storing a restoring force by shape deformation and providing the stored restoring force to another member.

도시된 실시 예에서, 복귀 스프링(864)은 상하 방향으로 연장된다. 복귀 스프링(864)의 상측 단부는 헤드부(862) 및 이에 연결된 승강 프레임(450)에 연결되어, 이들을 탄성 지지한다. 복귀 스프링(864)의 하측 단부는 메커니즘 구조체(400)에 구비되는 임의의 구성 요소에 의해 지지될 수 있다.In the illustrated embodiment, the return spring 864 extends in an up-down direction. The upper end of the return spring 864 is connected to the head portion 862 and the lifting frame 450 connected thereto, and elastically supports them. The lower end of the return spring 864 may be supported by any component provided in the mechanism structure 400 .

5. 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기(20)의 이동이 제한되거나 허용되는 과정의 설명5. Description of the process in which the movement of the circuit breaker 20 is restricted or allowed according to an embodiment of the present invention

본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체(1)는 케이싱(10)과 결합되는 차단기(20)의 이동을 복수 개의 단계를 따라 허용하거나 제한할 수 있다.The circuit breaker assembly 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention may allow or limit the movement of the circuit breaker 20 coupled to the casing 10 according to a plurality of steps.

특히, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기(20)는 상기 잭과 커넥터(410)의 결합 여부와 차단기(20)의 이동 여부가 연동된다. 따라서, 상기 잭이 결합된 상태에서 차단기(20)가 임의로 케이싱(10)과 분리되거나 이동되지 않게 된다.In particular, in the circuit breaker 20 according to an embodiment of the present invention, whether the jack and the connector 410 are coupled and whether the circuit breaker 20 moves is interlocked. Accordingly, in the state in which the jack is coupled, the circuit breaker 20 is arbitrarily separated from the casing 10 or is not moved.

결과적으로, 상기 잭과 커넥터(410)의 결합 상태가 안정적으로 유지되어, 임의 분리시 발생될 수 있는 차단기(20)의 구성 요소의 손상 및 오작동이 방지될 수 있다. 따라서, 차단기 조립체(1)의 작동 신뢰성이 향상되고, 내구 연한이 증가되며, 작업자의 작업 편의성이 향상될 수 있다.As a result, the coupling state of the jack and the connector 410 is stably maintained, and damage and malfunction of the components of the circuit breaker 20 that may occur during arbitrary separation can be prevented. Accordingly, the operational reliability of the circuit breaker assembly 1 may be improved, the service life may be increased, and the operator's working convenience may be improved.

이하, 다시 도 4, 도 6, 도 21 내지 도 26을 참조하여 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체(1)의 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에 결합되고, 이동이 제한되는 과정을 상세하게 설명한다.Hereinafter, again with reference to FIGS. 4, 6, and 21 to 26 , a process in which the circuit breaker 20 of the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention is coupled to the casing 10 and the movement is restricted will be described in detail. explain in detail.

(1) 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에 결합되는 초기 단계의 설명(1) Description of the initial stage in which the circuit breaker 20 is coupled to the casing 10

도 4를 참조하면, 차단기(20)가 분리된 상태의 케이싱(10)이 도시된다. Referring to FIG. 4 , the casing 10 in a state in which the circuit breaker 20 is separated is shown.

상술한 바와 같이, 차단기(20)는 다양한 위치에서 케이싱(10)에 결합되어 슬라이드 이동될 수 있다.As described above, the circuit breaker 20 may be coupled to the casing 10 at various positions to be slidably moved.

즉, 휠부(720)는 각각 복수 개의 가이드 레일(240)에 회전 가능하게 삽입된다. 또한, 삽입 가이드부(730)는 가이드부(250)의 상측에 위치되어, 그 좌측 및 우측이 가이드부(250)의 좌측 및 우측 면을 감싸게 위치된다.That is, each of the wheel parts 720 is rotatably inserted into the plurality of guide rails 240 . In addition, the insertion guide part 730 is positioned above the guide part 250 , and its left and right sides are positioned to surround the left and right sides of the guide part 250 .

또한, 승강부(810)는 레일부(310)의 상측에 위치되어, 삽입 돌기(815)가 레일부(310)를 향해 돌출되게 배치된다.In addition, the lifting unit 810 is positioned above the rail unit 310 , and the insertion protrusion 815 is disposed to protrude toward the rail unit 310 .

이때, 레일부(310)의 전방 측, 즉 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에 결합되는 초기 위치에는 전방 측으로 연장되며, 하측으로 경사지게 형성되는 경사면(320)이 구비된다.At this time, the front side of the rail part 310 , that is, at an initial position where the circuit breaker 20 is coupled to the casing 10 , is provided with an inclined surface 320 that extends to the front side and is inclined downwardly.

따라서, 차단기(20), 구체적으로 승강부(810)는 경사면(320)에 의해 가이드되며 원활하게 레일부(310)로 진입될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 차단기(20)가 수용 공간(130)으로 용이하게 진입될 수 있다.Accordingly, the circuit breaker 20 , specifically, the lifting unit 810 may be guided by the inclined surface 320 and smoothly enter the rail unit 310 . Accordingly, the circuit breaker 20 can easily enter the accommodation space 130 .

(2) 차단기(20)의 이동이 제한 및 허용되는 일 단계의 설명(2) Description of one step in which the movement of the circuit breaker 20 is restricted and allowed

도 21 내지 도 24를 참조하면, 차단기(20)에 구비되는 조작 핸들부(740) 및 승강부(810)가 도시된다.21 to 24 , the manipulation handle unit 740 and the lifting unit 810 provided in the circuit breaker 20 are illustrated.

조작 핸들부(740)는 상하 방향으로 이동 가능하게 몸체부(710)에 결합된다. 또한, 조작 핸들부(740)는 그 연장 방향의 일 단부(도시된 실시 예에서 후방 측 단부)가 몸체부(710)의 하측으로 연장되어 연장 바(811)와 연결된다.The manipulation handle unit 740 is coupled to the body unit 710 to be movable in the vertical direction. In addition, one end of the manipulation handle unit 740 in the extending direction (a rear end in the illustrated embodiment) extends downward of the body unit 710 and is connected to the extension bar 811 .

이에 따라, 조작 핸들부(740)의 상하 방향의 이동은 연장 바(811) 및 연장 바(811)에 결합된 삽입 돌기(815)의 상하 방향의 이동과 연동된다. Accordingly, the vertical movement of the manipulation handle unit 740 is linked with the vertical movement of the extension bar 811 and the insertion protrusion 815 coupled to the extension bar 811 .

조작 핸들부(740)가 상측으로 이동 조작되면, 연장 바(811) 및 삽입 돌기(815) 또한 상측으로 이동된다. 이에 따라, 삽입 돌기(815)는 그 하측 단부가 레일부(310)의 상면(311)과 이격된다.When the manipulation handle unit 740 is operated to move upward, the extension bar 811 and the insertion protrusion 815 are also moved upward. Accordingly, the lower end of the insertion protrusion 815 is spaced apart from the upper surface 311 of the rail unit 310 .

상기 상태에서, 차단기(20)와 레일부(310)는 서로 이격되므로, 차단기(20)는 케이싱(10)에 삽입 또는 인출되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.In the above state, since the circuit breaker 20 and the rail part 310 are spaced apart from each other, the circuit breaker 20 may be moved in the direction in which it is inserted into or withdrawn from the casing 10 , and in the front-rear direction in the illustrated embodiment.

차단기(20)가 시험 모드 및 운전 모드로 작동되기 위한 위치로 이동된 후, 조작 핸들부(740)가 하측으로 이동 조작되어 차단기(20)의 위치가 유지될 수 있다.After the circuit breaker 20 is moved to a position for operating in the test mode and the driving mode, the operation handle part 740 is moved downward to maintain the position of the circuit breaker 20 .

상술한 바와 같이, 삽입 돌기(815)가 제1 홈부(331)에 삽입되는 위치를 시험 위치, 삽입 돌기(815)가 제2 홈부(332)에 삽입되는 위치를 운전 위치로 정의할 수 있음은 상술한 바와 같다(도 6 참조).As described above, the position where the insertion protrusion 815 is inserted into the first groove portion 331 can be defined as the test position, and the position where the insertion projection 815 is inserted into the second groove portion 332 can be defined as the driving position. As described above (see Fig. 6).

또한, 조작 핸들부(740)가 상측으로 가압된 경우, 승강 스프링(816)이 가압 및 형상 변형되며 복원력을 저장하고, 조작 핸들부(740)에 인가되던 외력이 소멸되면, 상기 복원력에 의해 삽입 돌기(815) 및 조작 핸들부(740)가 하측으로 이동됨 또한 상술한 바와 같다.In addition, when the manipulation handle unit 740 is pressed upward, the lifting spring 816 is pressed and deformed to store the restoring force, and when the external force applied to the manipulation handle unit 740 is extinguished, the lifting spring 816 is inserted by the restoring force. The projection 815 and the operation handle portion 740 are also moved downward as described above.

상기 상태에서, 삽입 돌기(815)와 걸림 홈부(330)의 결합에 의해 차단기(20)는 케이싱(10)에 삽입 또는 인출되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 전후 방향으로 이동될 수 없다.In the above state, the circuit breaker 20 cannot be moved in the direction in which the insertion protrusion 815 and the locking groove 330 are coupled to each other in the direction to be inserted or drawn into the casing 10, in the illustrated embodiment, in the front-rear direction.

따라서, 케이싱(10)에 결합된 차단기(20)가 임의로 이동되어 발생될 수 있는 사고 등의 발생이 방지될 수 있다. Accordingly, the occurrence of an accident that may be caused by the breaker 20 coupled to the casing 10 being moved arbitrarily can be prevented.

(3) 차단기(20)의 인출이 제한 및 허용되는 다른 단계의 설명(3) Description of the different steps in which withdrawal of circuit breaker 20 is restricted and permitted.

도 25 및 도 26을 참조하면, 차단기(20)에 구비되는 메커니즘 구조체(400) 및 이동 제한부(800)가 도시된다.25 and 26 , the mechanism structure 400 and the movement limiter 800 provided in the circuit breaker 20 are shown.

승강 프레임(450)은 상하 방향으로 승강 가능하게 프레임(430)에 결합된다. 또한, 커넥터(410) 및 커넥터 체결부(420)는 승강 프레임(450)에 결합되어, 승강 프레임(450)과 함께 상하 방향으로 이동될 수 있다.The elevating frame 450 is coupled to the frame 430 so as to be elevating in the vertical direction. In addition, the connector 410 and the connector fastening part 420 may be coupled to the lifting frame 450 to move vertically together with the lifting frame 450 .

승강 프레임(450)은 이동 제한부(800)의 수직 링크부(860)와 연결된다. 또한, 수직 링크부(860)는 회전 링크부(850)에 의해 제한 플레이트(820)와 연결된다. The lifting frame 450 is connected to the vertical link unit 860 of the movement limiter 800 . In addition, the vertical link unit 860 is connected to the limiting plate 820 by the rotation link unit 850 .

따라서, 승강 프레임(450)이 상하 방향으로 이동되면, 제한 플레이트(820)가 좌우 방향으로 이동되어 차단 플레이트(340)와 접촉 또는 이격될 수 있다.Accordingly, when the lifting frame 450 is moved in the vertical direction, the limit plate 820 may be moved in the left and right directions to contact or separate from the blocking plate 340 .

이하의 설명에서는, 차단기(20)가 시험 모드로 작동되기 위한 위치 또는 그보다 내측, 즉 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에 더 삽입된 위치에 배치됨을 전제한다. In the following description, it is assumed that the circuit breaker 20 is disposed at or inside the position for operating in the test mode, that is, at a position where the circuit breaker 20 is further inserted into the casing 10 .

즉, 제한 플레이트(820)가 이동될 경우 차단 플레이트(340)의 차단 돌출부(342)의 후방 측과 접촉될 수 있는 위치에 차단기(20)가 배치됨을 전제한다.That is, it is assumed that the circuit breaker 20 is disposed at a position where it can come into contact with the rear side of the blocking protrusion 342 of the blocking plate 340 when the restriction plate 820 is moved.

커넥터(410)에 상기 잭이 결합된 경우, 커넥터(410) 및 이에 연결된 승강 프레임(450)은 하측으로 이동된다. 이에 따라, 승강 프레임(450)에 연결된 수직 연장부(861) 또한 하측으로 이동된다.When the jack is coupled to the connector 410 , the connector 410 and the lifting frame 450 connected thereto are moved downward. Accordingly, the vertical extension 861 connected to the lifting frame 450 is also moved downward.

이에 따라 수직 연장부(861)에 연결된 링크 연결부(863)에 의해, 상기 승강은 회전 링크부(850)의 회전 운동으로 전환된다. 회전 링크부(850)는 시계 방향 및 반 시계 방향 중 어느 하나의 방향으로 회전된다.Accordingly, by the link connection part 863 connected to the vertical extension part 861 , the lifting and lowering is converted into a rotational motion of the rotary link part 850 . The rotation link unit 850 is rotated in any one of a clockwise direction and a counterclockwise direction.

이에 따라, 제2 링크(853)에 연결된 제한 플레이트(820)는 차단 플레이트(340)를 향하는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 우측을 향해 이동된다.Accordingly, the limiting plate 820 connected to the second link 853 is moved toward the blocking plate 340, in the illustrated embodiment, toward the right.

따라서, 상기 잭이 커넥터(410)와 결합된 경우, 제한 플레이트(820)의 걸림 돌출부(828)는 차단 돌출부(342)와 전후 방향으로 겹쳐지게 된다. Accordingly, when the jack is coupled to the connector 410 , the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 overlaps the blocking protrusion 342 in the front-rear direction.

즉, 차단기(20)는 케이싱(10)의 내측을 향하는 방향(즉, 후방 측)으로는 이동될 수 있으나, 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향(즉, 전방 측)으로는 이동되지 않게 된다. That is, the circuit breaker 20 may be moved in a direction toward the inside of the casing 10 (ie, the rear side), but does not move in a direction (ie, the front side) withdrawn from the casing 10 .

결과적으로, 커넥터(410)에 상기 잭이 결합된 상태에서는, 차단기(20)가 케이싱(10)에서 인출되지 않게 된다. As a result, in a state in which the jack is coupled to the connector 410 , the circuit breaker 20 is not drawn out from the casing 10 .

또한, 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭이 분리된 경우, 커넥터(410) 및 이에 연결된 승강 프레임(450)은 상측으로 이동된다. 이에 따라, 승강 프레임(450)에 연결된 수직 연장부(861) 또한 상측으로 이동된다.In addition, when the connector 410 and the jack are separated, the connector 410 and the lifting frame 450 connected thereto are moved upward. Accordingly, the vertical extension portion 861 connected to the lifting frame 450 is also moved upward.

상기 이동을 위한 복원력은 복귀 스프링(864)에 의해 제공될 수 있음은 상술한 바와 같다.As described above, the restoring force for the movement may be provided by the return spring 864 .

이에 따라 수직 연장부(861)에 연결된 링크 연결부(863)에 의해, 상기 승강은 회전 링크부(850)의 회전 운동으로 전환된다. 회전 링크부(850)는 시계 방향 및 반 시계 방향 중 다른 하나의 방향으로 회전된다.Accordingly, by the link connection part 863 connected to the vertical extension part 861 , the lifting and lowering is converted into a rotational motion of the rotary link part 850 . The rotation link unit 850 is rotated in the other one of a clockwise direction and a counterclockwise direction.

이에 따라, 제2 링크(853)에 연결된 제한 플레이트(820)는 차단 플레이트(340)에 반대되는 방향, 도시된 실시 예에서 좌측을 향해 이동된다.Accordingly, the limiting plate 820 connected to the second link 853 is moved in a direction opposite to the blocking plate 340, in the illustrated embodiment, toward the left.

따라서, 상기 잭이 커넥터(410)와 분리되면, 제한 플레이트(820)의 걸림 돌출부(828)는 차단 돌출부(342)와 전후 방향으로 이격된다. Accordingly, when the jack is separated from the connector 410 , the locking protrusion 828 of the limiting plate 820 is spaced apart from the blocking protrusion 342 in the front-rear direction.

즉, 차단기(20)는 케이싱(10)의 내측을 향하는 방향(즉, 후방 측) 또는 케이싱(10)에서 인출되는 방향(즉, 전방 측)으로 이동될 수 있다.That is, the circuit breaker 20 may be moved in a direction toward the inside of the casing 10 (ie, the rear side) or a direction drawn out from the casing 10 (ie, the front side).

이상 설명한 바와 같이, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체(1)는 케이싱(10)과 차단기(20)의 초기 결합이 용이하게 수행될 수 있다. As described above, in the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention, the initial coupling of the casing 10 and the circuit breaker 20 can be easily performed.

또한, 본 발명의 실시 예에 따른 차단기 조립체(1)는 차단기(20)가 특정 모드로 작동되는 위치에 배치되었는지 여부 또는 커넥터(410)와 상기 잭이 연결되었는지 여부와 연동되어 차단기(20)의 이동 가부가 제어될 수 있다. In addition, the circuit breaker assembly 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention is interlocked with whether the circuit breaker 20 is disposed at a position operated in a specific mode or whether the connector 410 and the jack are connected to the circuit breaker 20. Whether to move can be controlled.

따라서, 차단기 조립체(1)의 작동 신뢰성이 향상될 수 있고, 오조작 등에 의한 안전 사고 및 제품 손상이 방지될 수 있다.Accordingly, the operational reliability of the circuit breaker assembly 1 can be improved, and safety accidents and product damage caused by erroneous operation and the like can be prevented.

이상 본 발명의 바람직한 실시 예를 참조하여 설명하였지만, 당 업계에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자라면 이하의 청구범위에 기재된 본 발명의 사상 및 영역을 벗어나지 않는 범위 내에서 본 발명을 다양하게 수정 및 변경시킬 수 있음을 이해할 수 있을 것이다.Although the above has been described with reference to the preferred embodiment of the present invention, those of ordinary skill in the art can variously modify and change the present invention within the scope without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention described in the claims below. You will understand that you can.

[부호의 설명][Explanation of code]

1: 차단기 조립체1: Breaker assembly

10: 케이싱10: casing

20: 진공 차단기20: vacuum circuit breaker

100: 베이스100: base

110: 수평 판110: horizontal plate

120: 지지 부재120: support member

130: 수용 공간130: accommodation space

200: 수직부200: vertical

210: 제1 판210: first edition

220: 제2 판220: second edition

230: 보강 부재230: reinforcing member

240: 가이드 레일240: guide rail

241: 제1 가이드 레일241: first guide rail

242: 제2 가이드 레일242: second guide rail

250: 가이드부250: guide unit

300: 차단기 결합부300: breaker coupling part

310: 레일부310: rail unit

311: 상면311: upper surface

312: 측면312: side

320: 경사면320: slope

330: 걸림 홈부330: locking groove

331: 제1 홈부331: first groove

332: 제2 홈부332: second groove

340: 차단 플레이트340: blocking plate

341: 차단 연장부341: blocking extension

342: 차단 돌출부342: blocking protrusion

400: 메커니즘 구조체400: mechanism structure

410: 커넥터410: connector

420: 커넥터 체결부420: connector fastening part

421: 측판421: side plate

421a: 체결 홀421a: fastening hole

422: 걸림 바422: jam bar

430: 프레임430: frame

431: 수평 프레임431: horizontal frame

432: 수직 프레임432: vertical frame

433: 후방 프레임433: rear frame

434: 브라켓434: bracket

440: 메커니즘440: mechanism

450: 승강 프레임450: elevating frame

500: 차단부500: block

510: 제1 차단부510: first blocking unit

520: 제2 차단부520: second blocking unit

530: 제3 차단부530: third blocking unit

600: 단자부600: terminal part

610: 제1 단자부610: first terminal unit

620: 제2 단자부620: second terminal unit

630: 제3 단자부630: third terminal unit

700: 카트부700: cart

710: 몸체부710: body part

711: 제1 지지 판711: first support plate

711a: 제1 가이드 홈(좌우)711a: first guide groove (left and right)

711b: 제2 가이드 홈(상하)711b: second guide groove (up and down)

712: 제2 지지 판712: second support plate

720: 휠부720: wheel part

730: 삽입 가이드부730: insertion guide unit

740: 조작 핸들부740: operation handle unit

800: 이동 제한부800: movement limiter

810: 승강부810: elevator

811: 연장 바811: extension bar

811a: 가이드 돌기811a: guide turn

812: 축부812: shaft

813: 지지 돌기813: support projection

814: 가이드 브라켓814: guide bracket

814a: 승강 가이드 홈814a: elevating guide groove

815: 삽입 돌기815: insertion protrusion

816: 승강 스프링816: elevating spring

820: 제한 플레이트820: limit plate

821: 제1 부분821: first part

822: 제2 부분822: second part

823: 결합 홈823: mating groove

824: 제한 돌출부824: limiting protrusion

825: 제1 이동 홈825: first moving home

826: 제2 이동 홈826: second moving groove

827: 핀 삽입부827: pin insert

828: 걸림 돌출부828: catch protrusion

840: 체결 부재840: fastening member

841: 제1 체결 부재841: first fastening member

842: 제2 체결 부재842: second fastening member

850: 회전 링크부 850: rotation link unit

851: 링크 몸체851: link body

852: 제1 링크852: first link

853: 제2 링크853: second link

854: 제1 연결부854: first connection part

855: 제2 연결부855: second connection part

856: 가압 핀856: press pin

860: 수직 링크부860: vertical link unit

861: 수직 연장부861: vertical extension

862: 헤드부862: head

863: 링크 연결부863: link connection

864: 복귀 스프링864: return spring

h1: 제1 높이h1: first height

h2: 제2 높이h2: second height

l1: 제1 길이l1: first length

l2: 제2 길이l2: second length

Claims (14)

카트부;cart unit; 상기 카트부에 제1 방향 및 상기 제1 방향에 반대되는 제2 방향으로 이동 가능하게 결합되는 제한 플레이트;a limiting plate movably coupled to the cart in a first direction and in a second direction opposite to the first direction; 상기 카트부에 회전 가능하게 결합되며, 상기 제한 플레이트와 링크 결합되는 회전 링크부;a rotation link unit rotatably coupled to the cart unit and linked to the limit plate; 상기 회전 링크부와 링크 결합되며, 제3 방향으로 연장되는 수직 링크부; 및a vertical link portion coupled to the rotation link portion and extending in a third direction; and 상기 수직 링크부와 연결되어, 상기 수직 링크부와 함께 상기 제3 방향 및 상기 제3 방향에 반대되는 제4 방향으로 이동되는 커넥터를 포함하며,and a connector connected to the vertical link unit and moved together with the vertical link unit in the third direction and in a fourth direction opposite to the third direction, 상기 제한 플레이트는,The limiting plate is 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향 중 어느 하나의 방향으로 이동되면, 상기 카트부의 상기 제4 방향의 외측에 위치되는 차단 플레이트와 제5 방향을 따라 겹쳐지고,When moving in any one of the first direction and the second direction, the cart part overlaps with a blocking plate located outside the fourth direction in a fifth direction, 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향 중 다른 하나의 방향으로 이동되면, 상기 차단 플레이트와 상기 제5 방향을 따라 이격되는,When moving in the other one of the first direction and the second direction, the blocking plate and the blocking plate are spaced apart along the fifth direction, 차단기.breaker. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1, 상기 차단 플레이트는,The blocking plate is 상기 제5 방향으로 연장되며, 소정의 높이를 갖게 형성되는 차단 연장부; 및a blocking extension extending in the fifth direction and having a predetermined height; and 상기 차단 연장부와 연속되며, 상기 차단 연장부보다 더 긴 높이를 갖게 형성되는 차단 돌출부를 포함하며,It is continuous with the blocking extension and includes a blocking protrusion formed to have a height longer than that of the blocking extension, 상기 제한 플레이트는,The limiting plate is 상기 차단 플레이트를 향하는 일측에서 상기 차단 플레이트를 향해 연장되는 걸림 돌출부를 포함하고,and a locking protrusion extending toward the blocking plate from one side facing the blocking plate, 상기 걸림 돌출부가 연장되는 방향의 단부는,The end in the direction in which the locking protrusion extends is, 상기 차단 연장부의 높이보다 높게 위치되되, 상기 차단 돌출부의 높이보다 낮게 위치되는,Doedoe located higher than the height of the blocking extension, located lower than the height of the blocking projection, 차단기.breaker. 제2항에 있어서,3. The method of claim 2, 상기 커넥터가 상기 제4 방향으로 이동되어 상기 회전 링크부가 회전되면, When the connector is moved in the fourth direction and the rotation link unit is rotated, 상기 차단 플레이트가 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향 중 상기 어느 하나의 방향으로 이동되어 상기 차단 돌출부와 상기 걸림 돌출부가 상기 제5 방향을 따라 겹쳐지게 배치되는,The blocking plate is moved in any one of the first direction and the second direction so that the blocking protrusion and the locking protrusion are arranged to overlap in the fifth direction, 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1, 상기 제한 플레이트는,The limiting plate is 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향으로 연장되는 제1 부분;a first portion extending in the first direction and the second direction; 상기 제1 부분과 연속되며, 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향으로 연장되는 제2 부분; 및a second portion continuous with the first portion and extending in the first direction and the second direction; and 상기 제1 부분 및 상기 제2 부분에 부분적으로 둘러싸이며, 상기 카트부에 이동 가능하게 결합되는 조작 핸들부가 수용되는 결합 홈을 포함하는,and an engaging groove partially surrounded by the first and second portions, wherein an operation handle portion movably coupled to the cart portion is accommodated; 차단기.breaker. 제4항에 있어서,5. The method of claim 4, 상기 회전 링크부는,The rotary link unit, 상기 제한 플레이트에 회전 가능하게 결합되는 가압 핀을 포함하고,and a pressing pin rotatably coupled to the limiting plate; 상기 제한 플레이트는,The limiting plate is 상기 제2 부분의 외주에서 함몰 형성되어, 상기 가압 핀이 수용되는 핀 삽입부를 포함하는,It is formed recessed in the outer periphery of the second portion, comprising a pin insertion portion in which the pressing pin is accommodated, 차단기.breaker. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1, 상기 카트부의 상기 제3 방향의 외측에 위치되어 상기 카트부와 연결되며, 상기 수직 링크부가 상기 제3 방향 및 상기 제4 방향으로 이동 가능하게 결합되는 프레임; 및a frame positioned outside the cart part in the third direction and connected to the cart part, the vertical link part being movably coupled in the third direction and the fourth direction; and 상기 커넥터와 결합되며, 상기 커넥터와 함께 상기 제3 방향 및 상기 제4 방향으로 이동 가능하게 상기 프레임에 결합되는 승강 프레임을 포함하는,and a lifting frame coupled to the connector and coupled to the frame to be movable in the third direction and the fourth direction together with the connector, 차단기.breaker. 제6항에 있어서,7. The method of claim 6, 상기 수직 링크부는,The vertical link unit, 상기 승강 프레임과 연결되는 헤드부;a head unit connected to the elevating frame; 상기 헤드부와 연결되며, 상기 승강 프레임과 상기 회전 링크부 사이에서 연장되는 수직 연장부; 및a vertical extension part connected to the head part and extending between the lifting frame and the rotation link part; and 상기 수직 연장부 및 상기 회전 링크부와 각각 연결되는 링크 연결부를 포함하는,Containing a link connecting portion respectively connected to the vertical extension portion and the rotary link portion, 차단기.breaker. 제7항에 있어서,8. The method of claim 7, 상기 수직 링크부는,The vertical link portion, 상기 헤드부의 상기 제4 방향의 외측에 위치되어, 상기 헤드부를 탄성 지지하는 복귀 스프링을 포함하는,and a return spring positioned outside the head part in the fourth direction to elastically support the head part, 차단기.breaker. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1, 상기 회전 링크부는,The rotary link unit, 상기 수직 링크부와 상기 제한 플레이트 사이에서 연장되는 링크 몸체;a link body extending between the vertical link part and the limiting plate; 상기 링크 몸체 및 상기 수직 링크부와 각각 링크 결합되는 제1 링크; 및a first link coupled to the link body and the vertical link unit, respectively; and 상기 링크 몸체 및 상기 제한 플레이트와 각각 링크 결합되는 제2 링크를 포함하는,and a second link coupled to the link body and the limiting plate, respectively, 차단기.breaker. 제9항에 있어서,10. The method of claim 9, 상기 제1 링크는,The first link is 상기 수직 링크부의 이동을 상기 링크 몸체의 회전으로 전환하며, Converting the movement of the vertical link portion to rotation of the link body, 상기 제2 링크는,The second link is 상기 링크 몸체의 회전을 상기 제한 플레이트의 이동으로 전환하는,converting the rotation of the link body into movement of the limiting plate, 차단기.breaker. 제1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1, 상기 카트부에 상기 제한 플레이트를 이동 가능하게 결합하는 체결 부재를 포함하며,and a fastening member for movably coupling the restriction plate to the cart unit, 상기 제한 플레이트는,The limiting plate is 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향으로 연장되는 제1 부분; 및a first portion extending in the first direction and the second direction; and 상기 제1 부분과 연속되며, 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향으로 연장되는 제2 부분을 포함하며,and a second portion continuous with the first portion and extending in the first direction and the second direction, 상기 제1 부분 및 상기 제2 부분 중 어느 하나 이상에는,In any one or more of the first part and the second part, 상기 제1 방향 및 상기 제2 방향으로 연장되어, 상기 체결 부재가 결합되는 이동 홈이 형성되는,A moving groove extending in the first direction and the second direction to which the fastening member is coupled is formed, 차단기.breaker. 내부에 공간이 형성된 케이싱; 및a casing with a space formed therein; and 상기 케이싱에 슬라이드 이동 가능하게 결합되어, 상기 공간에 인입되거나 인출되는 차단기를 포함하며,It is slidably coupled to the casing and includes a circuit breaker that is drawn into or drawn out into the space, 상기 케이싱은,The casing is 인입된 상기 차단기의 하측에 위치되고, 전후 방향으로 연장되는 레일부; 및a rail portion positioned below the retracted circuit breaker and extending in the front-rear direction; and 상기 레일부의 폭 방향의 일측에 위치되며, 전후 방향으로 연장되되, 전방 측 단부의 높이가 후방 측 단부의 높이보다 높은 차단 플레이트를 포함하며,It is located on one side in the width direction of the rail part, and extending in the front-rear direction, the height of the front end includes a blocking plate higher than the height of the rear end, 상기 차단기는,the circuit breaker, 외부의 제어 전원과 통전 가능하게 연결되며, 상하 방향으로 승강 가능하게 구비되는 커넥터;a connector that is energably connected to an external control power source and is provided so as to be able to move up and down in the vertical direction; 상하 방향으로 연장되며, 상기 커넥터와 연결되어 상기 커넥터와 함께 승강되는 수직 링크부;a vertical link unit extending in the vertical direction and connected to the connector to be lifted and lowered together with the connector; 상기 수직 링크부와 링크 결합되어, 상기 수직 링크부의 승강에 따라 회전되는 회전 링크부; 및a rotary link unit coupled to the vertical link unit and rotated according to the elevation of the vertical link unit; and 상기 레일부의 상측에 위치되며 상기 회전 링크부와 링크 결합되어, 상기 회전 링크부의 회전에 따라 좌측 또는 우측으로 이동되는 제한 플레이트를 포함하며,It is located on the upper side of the rail unit and is link-coupled with the rotating link unit, and includes a limiting plate that is moved to the left or right according to the rotation of the rotating link unit, 상기 제한 플레이트는,The limiting plate is 상기 레일부를 향해 돌출되어, 그 하측 단부가 상기 차단 플레이트의 상기 전방 측 단부보다 낮고 상기 후방 측 단부보다 높게 위치되는,protruding toward the rail portion, the lower end of which is lower than the front end of the blocking plate and positioned higher than the rear end of the blocking plate, 차단기 조립체.breaker assembly. 제12항에 있어서,13. The method of claim 12, 상기 차단기는 상기 케이싱의 전방 측으로부터 상기 케이싱에 인입되고,The circuit breaker is drawn into the casing from the front side of the casing, 상기 레일부의 상측에는,On the upper side of the rail part, 상기 레일부의 전방 측에 위치되며, 상측이 개방된 제1 홈부; 및a first groove portion positioned on the front side of the rail portion and having an open upper side; and 상기 레일부의 후방 측에 위치되며, 상측이 개방된 제2 홈부가 형성되고,It is located on the rear side of the rail part, and a second groove part with an open upper side is formed, 상기 차단기는,the circuit breaker, 전방 측으로 연장되며, 상하 방향으로 이동 가능하게 결합되는 조작 핸들부; 및an operation handle portion extending in the front side and movably coupled in the vertical direction; and 상기 조작 핸들부와 연결되어, 상기 조작 핸들부와 함께 승강되어 상기 제1 홈부 또는 상기 제2 홈부에 삽입되는 삽입 돌기를 포함하는,and an insertion protrusion connected to the operation handle portion, lifted together with the operation handle portion, and inserted into the first groove portion or the second groove portion, 차단기 조립체.breaker assembly. 제13항에 있어서,14. The method of claim 13, 상기 차단기는,the circuit breaker, 상기 케이싱에 슬라이드 가능하게 결합되어, 상기 레일부를 마주하는 몸체부; 및a body portion slidably coupled to the casing and facing the rail portion; and 상기 몸체부에 구비되어, 상기 삽입 돌기를 탄성 지지하는 승강 스프링을 포함하며,It is provided on the body portion and includes a lifting spring for elastically supporting the insertion protrusion, 상기 조작 핸들부가 상측으로 가압되면, 상기 승강 스프링은 복원력을 저장하는,When the operation handle portion is pressed upward, the lifting spring stores the restoring force, 차단기 조립체.breaker assembly.
PCT/KR2021/015584 2020-11-19 2021-11-01 Circuit breaker and circuit breaker assembly including same Ceased WO2022108176A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180064469.XA CN116250056A (en) 2020-11-19 2021-11-01 Circuit breaker and circuit breaker assembly including same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2020-0155753 2020-11-19
KR1020200155753A KR102507648B1 (en) 2020-11-19 2020-11-19 Circuit breaker and circuit breaker assembly include the same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022108176A1 true WO2022108176A1 (en) 2022-05-27

Family

ID=81709184

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2021/015584 Ceased WO2022108176A1 (en) 2020-11-19 2021-11-01 Circuit breaker and circuit breaker assembly including same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR102507648B1 (en)
CN (1) CN116250056A (en)
WO (1) WO2022108176A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115608655A (en) * 2022-09-15 2023-01-17 杭州之江开关股份有限公司 Automatic single-phase large-current detection device of frame circuit breaker and operation method thereof

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102742680B1 (en) * 2023-04-04 2024-12-16 엘에스일렉트릭(주) Guide rail for circuit breaker and power distribution panel having the same

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090255790A1 (en) * 2008-04-15 2009-10-15 Soundararajan Narayanasamy Racking mechanism for a circuit breaker
KR101010078B1 (en) * 2009-01-05 2011-01-24 엘에스산전 주식회사 Drawer device of breaker and breaker with same
JP4698741B2 (en) * 2007-01-19 2011-06-08 三菱電機株式会社 Switchgear
KR101068757B1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2011-09-28 엘에스산전 주식회사 Plug interlock device for circuit breaker
KR20170079600A (en) * 2015-12-30 2017-07-10 엘에스산전 주식회사 Interlock Device of Withdrawable Circuit Breaker

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100852436B1 (en) 2004-12-23 2008-08-14 현대중공업 주식회사 Door and closed interlock device for vacuum circuit breaker
KR101078955B1 (en) * 2010-03-23 2011-11-01 엘에스산전 주식회사 Plug interlock device for vacuum circuit breaker
KR101470048B1 (en) 2010-11-01 2014-12-05 현대중공업 주식회사 Drawing mecanism with double interlock function for a vacuum circuit breaker

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4698741B2 (en) * 2007-01-19 2011-06-08 三菱電機株式会社 Switchgear
US20090255790A1 (en) * 2008-04-15 2009-10-15 Soundararajan Narayanasamy Racking mechanism for a circuit breaker
KR101010078B1 (en) * 2009-01-05 2011-01-24 엘에스산전 주식회사 Drawer device of breaker and breaker with same
KR101068757B1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2011-09-28 엘에스산전 주식회사 Plug interlock device for circuit breaker
KR20170079600A (en) * 2015-12-30 2017-07-10 엘에스산전 주식회사 Interlock Device of Withdrawable Circuit Breaker

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115608655A (en) * 2022-09-15 2023-01-17 杭州之江开关股份有限公司 Automatic single-phase large-current detection device of frame circuit breaker and operation method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR102507648B1 (en) 2023-03-08
KR20220068702A (en) 2022-05-26
CN116250056A (en) 2023-06-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021040175A1 (en) Arc path formation unit and direct current relay including same
WO2021040172A1 (en) Arc path forming unit and direct current relay including same
WO2020241970A1 (en) Direct current relay
WO2020241969A1 (en) Direct current relay and manufacturing method therefor
WO2021182788A2 (en) Air circuit breaker
WO2022108176A1 (en) Circuit breaker and circuit breaker assembly including same
WO2020241968A1 (en) Direct current relay
WO2021040177A1 (en) Arc path forming unit and direct current relay comprising same
WO2021040176A1 (en) Arc path forming unit and direct current relay comprising same
WO2022065638A1 (en) Movable contact part and dc relay including same
WO2021182786A1 (en) Arc extinguishing unit and air circuit breaker comprising same
WO2023167422A1 (en) Slot member and power electronic device including same
WO2021040174A1 (en) Arc path formation unit and direct current relay including same
WO2021132794A1 (en) Emergency-releasable electric door latch for vehicle
WO2023090792A1 (en) Arc path formation unit and direct current relay comprising same
WO2022098032A2 (en) Movable contact part and direct current relay comprising same
WO2021182789A2 (en) Air circuit breaker
WO2024210313A1 (en) Circuit breaker guide rail and distribution board including same
WO2023204394A1 (en) Insertion/withdrawal device
WO2024219599A1 (en) Input counting device of circuit breaker
WO2022181985A1 (en) Load break switch
WO2021230515A1 (en) Movable core unit and direct current relay including same
WO2021100984A1 (en) Crossbar assembly and trip assembly comprising same
WO2018169258A1 (en) Vehicle door latch system
WO2023204393A1 (en) Retracting and extending apparatus and cart apparatus transporting same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21894947

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21894947

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1